Teaching Outline Series

A Comprehensive Study of The Gospel of Matthew

{86,695 words}


Matthew 28:18-20 says, "Then Jesus came to them and said, 'All authority in heaven and on earth has been given to me. Therefore go and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, and teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you. And surely I am with you always, to the very end of the age.'"



by

James Thomas Lee, Jr.

A Bible Study For 2004

11/30/2003 --- 86,695 words

----------------------------------------------

Table of Contents


Why the NIV Bible was Used in This Book

Chapter 1 - Jesus' Genealogy and Birth to Mary (Matthew 1:1-25)

Study Question 1.1
Study Questions 1.2 Through 1.4

Study Questions 1.5 Through 1.6

Study Question 1.7

Study Questions 1.8 Through 1.9

Study Questions 1.10 Through 1.12

Chapter 2 – The Magi Seek Jesus and Jesus in Egypt and Nazareth (Matthew 2:1-23)

Study Questions 2.1 Through 2.6
Study Questions 2.7 Through 2.11

Study Questions 2.12 Through 2.20

Chapter 3 – John the Baptist Begins his Ministry (Matthew 3:1-17)

Study Questions 3.1 Through 3.6
Study Questions 3.7 Through 3.10

Study Questions 3.11 Through 3.16

Chapter 4 – The Devil Tempts Jesus and He Begins His Galilean Ministry (Matthew 4:1-25)

Study Questions 4.1 Through 4.5
Study Questions 4.6 Through 4.12

Study Questions 4.13 Through 4.17

Study Questions 4.18 Through 4.22

Chapter 5 – The Sermon on the Mount Begins (Matthew 5:1-48)

Study Questions 5.1 Through 5.6
Study Questions 5.7 Through 5.10

Study Questions 5.11 Through 5.14

Study Questions 5.15 Through 5.19

Study Questions 5.20 Through 5.23

Study Questions 5.24 Through 5.26

Study Questions 5.27 Through 5.31

Study Questions 5.32 Through 5.35

Chapter 6 – The Right Ways to Give, Pray, Forgive, and Fast (Matthew 6:1-34)

Study Questions 6.1 Through 6.7
Study Questions 6.8 Through 6.13

Study Questions 6.14 Through 6.20

Study Questions 6.21 Through 6.24

Study Question 6.25

Study Questions 6.26 Through 6.28

Chapter 7 – Judging, Being Judged, Asking, and Entering (Matthew 7:1-29)

Study Questions 7.1 Through 7.5
Study Questions 7.6 Through 7.8

Study Questions 7.9

Study Questions 7.10 Through 7.12

Study Questions 7.13 Through 7.17

Study Questions 7.18 Through 7.22

Chapter 8 – Jesus Healed Three Plus Others and Miscellaneous Teachings (Matthew 8:1-34)

Study Questions 8.1 Through 8.8
Study Questions 8.9 Through 8.16

Study Questions 8.17 Through 8.21

Study Questions 8.22 Through 8.23

Study Questions 8.24 Through 8.29

Chapter 9 – A Healing, a Calling, a Meal and a Ruler's Daughter was Healed (Matthew 9:1-38)

Study Questions 9.1 Through 9.4
Study Questions 9.5 Through 9.10

Study Questions 9.11 Through 9.18

Study Questions 9.19 Through 9.24

Chapter 10 – Jesus Instructs the Twelve (Matthew 10:1-42)

Study Questions 10.1 Through 10.6
Study Questions 10.7 Through 10.10

Study Questions 10.11 Through 10.17

Chapter 11 – Jesus Defends the Baptist (Matthew 11:1-30)

Study Questions 11.1 Through 11.6
Study Questions 11.7 Through 11.10

Study Questions 11.11 Through 11.15

Study Questions 11.16 Through 11.20

Chapter 12 – Disciples Pick Grain and the Pharisees Accuse Jesus (Matthew 12:1-50)

Study Questions 12.1 Through 12.4
Study Questions 12.5 Through 12.8

Study Questions 12.9 Through 12.15

Study Questions 12.16 Through 12.24

Study Questions 12.25 Through 12.29

Chapter 13 – Seven (or Eight) Parables (Matthew 13:1-58)

Study Questions 13.1 Through 13.7
Study Questions 13.8 Through 13.14

Study Questions 13.15 Through 13.19

Study Questions 13.20 Through 13.23

Chapter 14 – John the Baptist Beheaded and Five Thousand People Fed (Matthew 14:1-36)

Study Questions 14.1 Through 14.4
Study Questions 14.5 Through 14.10

Study Questions 14.11 Through 14.16

Study Questions 14.17 Through 14.25

Study Questions 14.26 Through 14.30

Chapter 15 – Tradition without Obedience, Healing and More Feeding (Matthew 15:1-39)

Study Questions 15.1 Through 15.6
Study Questions 15.7 Through 15.11

Study Questions 15.12 Through 15.18

Study Questions 15.19 Through 15.22

Chapter 16 – Beware the Pharisees and Sadducees (Matthew 16:1-28)

Study Questions 16.1 Through 16.5
Study Questions 16.6 Through 16.10

Study Questions 16.11 Through 16.17

Study Questions 16.18 Through 16.24

Chapter 17 – The Transfiguration, Healing, and Taxes (Matthew 17:1-27)

Study Questions 17.1 Through 17.8
Study Questions 17.9 Through 17.13

Study Questions 17.14 Through 17.20

Study Questions 17.21 Through 17.25

Chapter 18 – Behavior and Parables (Matthew 18:1-35)

Study Questions 18.1 Through 18.9
Study Questions 18.10 Through 18.18

Study Questions 18.19 Through 18.25

Chapter 19 – Divorce and Riches (Matthew 19:1-30)

Study Questions 19.1 Through 19.8
Study Questions 19.9 Through 19.19

Study Questions 19.20 Through 19.26

Chapter 20 – The Parable of the Vineyard and Preparing to Die (Matthew 20:1-34)

Study Questions 20.1 Through 20.6
Study Questions 20.7 Through 20.11

Study Questions 20.12 Through 20.18

Chapter 21 – The Triumphal Entry (Matthew 21:1-46)

Study Questions 21.1 Through 21.9
Study Questions 21.10 Through 21.16

Study Questions 21.17 Through 21.23

Study Questions 21.24 Through 21.30

Study Questions 21.31 Through 21.40

Chapter 22 – A Parable, Paying Taxes, and Kingdom Truths (Matthew 22:1-46)

Study Questions 22.1 Through 22.11
Study Questions 22.12 Through 22.20

Study Questions 22.21 Through 22.30

Study Questions 22.31 Through 22.37

Chapter 23 – Seven Woes (Matthew 23:1-39)

Study Questions 23.1 Through 23.7
Study Questions 23.8 Through 23.15

Study Questions 23.16 Through 23.28

Chapter 24 – The End of the Age (Matthew 24:1-51)

Study Questions 24.1 Through 24.10
Study Questions 24.11 Through 24.19

Study Questions 24.20 Through 24.27

Study Questions 24.28 Through 24.36

Chapter 25 – Two More Parables and the Sheep and Goats (Matthew 25:1-46)

Study Questions 25.1 Through 25.5
Study Questions 25.6 Through 25.13

Study Questions 25.14 Through 25.21

Chapter 26 – The Plot Against Jesus (Matthew 26:1-75)

Study Questions 26.1 Through 26.3
Study Questions 26.4 Through 26.9

Study Questions 26.10 Through 26.19

Study Questions 26.20 Through 26.27

Study Questions 26.28 Through 26.38

Study Questions 26.39 Through 26.50

Chapter 27 – Judas, Jesus, More Trials, and Crucifixion (Matthew 27:1-66)

Study Questions 27.1 Through 27.6
Study Questions 27.7 Through 27.14

Study Questions 27.15 Through 27.19

Study Questions 27.20 Through 27.28

Study Questions 27.29 Through 27.38

Study Questions 27.39 Through 27.45

Chapter 28 – Jesus Lives (Matthew 28:1-20)

Study Questions 28.1 Through 28.8
Study Questions 28.9 Through 28.17

Study Questions 28.18 Through 28.19

Bibliography

Copyright Page

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

 

Why the NIV Bible was Used in This Book

Neither the King James Version (KJV) nor the New International Version (NIV) of the Bible is Holy Spirit inspired. Both versions are translations of copies of copies of the original. The KJV was translated from the Massoretic texts, which date to around 900AD, and the NIV was translated from the Dead Sea Scrolls, which were discovered in 1948 and date to around 200BC. Based on that, the NIV was translated from copies that are about eleven hundred years closer to the original, and in my opinion, that makes it more reliable.

No evidence exists to show or even suggest that anyone involved in the transmission of the Bible was corrupt. Based on the available data, no one ever tried to intentionally make alterations to the original or to the copies during the copying process, and no one ever tried to change the meaning while translating from one language to another. The individuals involved in producing the KJV and the NIV were all trying to do a good, accurate job. However, despite that, there have still been some minor errors documented in the KJV through the centuries. A scribal copying error was made in Samuel and Chronicles in the use of a verb because a scribe, at one point during the whole process, wrote a Hebrew "r" instead of "k". That error has been retained ever since in the KJV, but translators of the NIV corrected the flaw. The two versions do not agree completely. But they are very close, and none of the differences affect Bible doctrines.

The NIV often uses transliterations, which make the text easier to understand. A transliteration means that the original language, Greek or Hebrew, word was brought forward to the translation. For example, in Genesis 6:4 and Numbers 13:33, the Hebrew word "Nephilim" was used instead of the word "giant" in the KJV. In thirty-nine places, the word "Asherah" was used in place of the word "grove," and the KJV reader would probably not know that the word "grove" was really referring to the pagan god, Asherah. But the NIV reader would immediately see that.

The NIV is also written in more modern language, which makes it more readable. One of the arguments for the KJV is that the church has always accepted that version, but one who uses that argument must understand that the KJV was not produced until 1625AD. The manuscripts accepted by the early church were written in Greek because even the Old Testament had been translated from Hebrew to Greek to give a text that is called the Septuagint.

Having said all of the above, I use both the KJV and the NIV. In 1974, when I began studying the Bible in earnest, I used the KJV. Therefore, I learned the Bible from the KJV, and I still find many of the more obscure verses by using a KJV concordance. However, when I discovered the NIV, I found that version to make much more sense and to be much easier to understand. In I Corinthians 14:19, the Apostle Paul wrote, "But in the church I would rather speak five intelligible words to instruct others than ten thousand words in a tongue."

In my opinion, the true Bible scholar will always try to work closely with the original languages of the Bible rather than just with one of the popular English translations. When I want to better understand what a particular Bible passage says, I look at numerous English translations, including the KJV, the NIV, and the American Standard Version, plus I look at the original languages of Hebrew and Greek. I try to understand the context of the passage, the intent of the author, the traditions of the time period, and also any kinds of historical or geographical factors that may be involved. I examine commentaries on the passage, and I also seek the leading of the Holy Spirit as He illuminates Scriptures to those that earnestly seek the truth.

My opinion is that valid Bible study always involves much more than just settling on either the KJV or the NIV. It always involves a complete analysis of all of the available information, and it involves a total commitment to the Lord and to His Word.

Tom Lee

1/21/2003

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

 

Chapter 1 - Jesus' Genealogy and Birth to Mary (Matthew 1:1-25)

Study Question 1.1


Question 1.1 What was life like during the days of the early church?



I. A wealthy merchant from Pontus, named Marcion, was excommunicated from the church in 144AD for being a Gnostic.

A. He had studied under a well-known Gnostic named Credo. Gnostics thought that evil existed in physical materials (an idea from the Greeks), and this belief lasted throughout the first two centuries of the church.

B. He had tried to identify his own Canon. In so doing, he tried to remove the Gospel of Luke, chapters 1 and 2, the Gospel of Matthew, Acts, and Hebrews.

C. He had tried to remove the Jewish stuff about Jesus and some of the things relating to His physical birth.

D. He had claimed that the original Scriptures had been obscured, but the church said no. The Canon had not been established yet, so what Marcion was doing was not entirely bad. However, he seemed to be promoting Gnostic ideals in the way that he was doing it.

II. Date and Authorship of the Gospel of Matthew

A. Each synoptic Gospel had a particular theme and audience.

Study Questions 1.2 Through 1.4


Question 1.2 To whom were the gospels written?
Question 1.3 What is the Synoptic Problem, and how is it explained?
Question 1.4 How do we know that Matthew wrote the Gospel of Matthew?






1. The Gospel of Matthew was written to the Jews to show Jesus as their king. Matthew was an eyewitness to what he wrote.

2. The Gospel of Mark was written to the Romans to show Jesus as a servant. Mark got his information from the Apostle Peter.

3. The Gospel of Luke was written to the Greeks to show Jesus as the Son of Man. Luke got his information from eyewitnesses.

4. The Gospel of John was written to believers and non-believers so that they could understand the deity of Christ. The key word in his gospel is "believe." John was an eyewitness to what he wrote.

B. The Synoptic Problem - How can three Gospels be so close in viewpoint, Greek words and phrases, but each is a little different than the others? Mark has 93% agreement with others, but John has 92% differences.

1. Common Original Theory - the other two copied from the first.

2. Mutual Dependence Theory - two used the other, but they were mutually dependent on each other.

3. Many different fragments were used.

C. The three most credible church fathers (Clement of Alexandria, Tertullian, and Irenaeus) certified that Matthew wrote this gospel. Papyrus, who was the disciple of John, also certified Matthew's authorship.

D. The date of authorship was determined to be sometime before 70AD because there is not any mention of the destruction of the Temple.

E. Dr. Marvin R. Vincent, Vincent's Word Studies of the New Testament, said that Levi and Matthew was the same man. The name, Matthew, means "gift of God" and represented Levi after he became a Christian. In Jewish cultures, people's names often changed to acknowledge their new relationship to the Lord (i.e., Abram to Abraham, Jacob to Israel, Simon to Peter, and Saul to Paul).

Study Questions 1.5 Through 1.6


Question 1.5 How does the Gospel of Matthew differ from the other gospels?
Question 1.6 Why does Matthew list the genealogy of Joseph?





F. According to Dr. Vincent, there are some unique writings in the Gospel of Matthew:

1. Ten parables were the Tares, the Hid Treasure, the Pearl, the Draw-net, the Unmerciful Servant, the Laborers in the Vineyard, the Two Sons, the Marriage of the King's Son, the Ten Virgins, and the Talents.

2. Two miracles were the Cure of the Two Blind Men and the Coin in the Fish's Mouth.

3. Four events related to His birth were the Visit of the Magi, the Massacre of the Infants, the Flight into Egypt, and the Return to Nazareth.

4. Ten great discourses were Parts of the Sermon on the Mount, the Revelation of the Babes, the Invitations to the Weary, Idle Words, the Prophecy to Peter, Humility and Forgiveness, Rejection of the Jews, the Great Denunciation, the Discourse about Last Things, and the Great Commission and Promise.

III. Matthew 1:1-17 lists the royal genealogy of Joseph. Luke 3:23-38 lists the genealogy of Mary.

A. Joseph was a descendant from David through Solomon (Matthew 1:6). Jesus inherited the throne of David from Joseph, His stepfather.

B. Mary was a descendant from David through Nathan (Luke 3:31). Jesus was the legitimate Son of David and Seed of the woman (Genesis 3:15) through Mary.


Matthew 1:6 says, "and Jesse the father of King David. David was the father of Solomon, whose mother had been Uriah's wife,"

Luke 3:31 says, "the son of Melea, the son of Menna, the son of Mattatha, the son of Nathan, the son of David,"



Study Question 1.7


Question 1.7 What can one learn from Joseph’s genealogy?



IV. Significant verses in Matthew 1:1-17

A. Matthew 1:17 says, "Thus there were fourteen generations in all from Abraham to David, fourteen from David to the exile to Babylon, and fourteen from the exile to the Christ."

1. Or Messiah. "The Christ" (Greek) and "the Messiah" (Hebrew) both mean "the Anointed One."

2. Jewish children were often taught in patterns that could be more easily remembered.

3. The key word in the above verse is fourteen.

B. Matthew 1:3 says, "Judah the father of Perez and Zerah, whose mother was Tamar, Perez the father of Hezron, Hezron the father of Ram."

C. Matthew 1:5 says, "Salmon the father of Boaz, whose mother was Rahab, Boaz the father of Obed, whose mother was Ruth, Obed the father of Jesse,"

D. Matthew 1:10 says, "Hezekiah the father of Manasseh, Manasseh the father of Amon, Amon the father of Josiah,"


II Kings 21:16 says, "Moreover, Manasseh also shed so much innocent blood that he filled Jerusalem from end to end-- besides the sin that he had caused Judah to commit, so that they did evil in the eyes of the LORD."



Study Questions 1.8 Through 1.9


Question 1.8 Does the Bible teach reincarnation?
Question 1.9 How can a person argue against reincarnation in Jesus?



V. Mr. James M. Pryse wrote a book entitled, Reincarnation in the New Testament.


18 This is how the birth of Jesus Christ came about: His mother Mary was pledged to be married to Joseph, but before they came together, she was found to be with child through the Holy Spirit.





A. In that book, he claimed that Jesus was a reincarnation of David.

B. He based his reasoning on the dual accounts in Matthew 1:1-17 and Luke 3:23-38 and on Psalm 110:1, which says, "The LORD says to my Lord: 'Sit at my right hand until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet.'"

1. Mr. Pryse did not understand the differences between the two genealogies.

2. He did not realize that Mary was a descendant of David, too.

3. He did not accept Jesus as eternal deity.

4. He did not understand the virgin birth.

5. He did not understand the right of succession to the throne.

C. In Psalm 110:1, under the inspiration of the Holy Spirit, David said, "The LORD says to my Lord." David was verifying that Jesus had existed as Lord even before David, himself, existed. Jesus confirmed that in John 8:58.


John 8:58 says, "'I tell you the truth,' Jesus answered, 'before Abraham was born, I am!'"





D. Because Mr. Pryse's words are contrary to the Bible, they MUST BE REJECTED!!!

Study Questions 1.10 Through 1.12


Question 1.10 What kind of a man was Joseph?
Question 1.11 What convinced him to stay with Mary?
Question 1.12 What do we learn about Jesus from Matthew’s account?



VI. In the beginning, Joseph did not want to have anything to do with Mary and her baby.


19 Because Joseph her husband was a righteous man and did not want to expose her to public disgrace, he had in mind to divorce her quietly.
20 But after he had considered this, an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream and said, "Joseph son of David, do not be afraid to take Mary home as your wife, because what is conceived in her is from the Holy Spirit."





A. He was going to quietly walk away until an angel of the Lord appeared to him in a dream.

B. The angel told him to not be afraid.

C. He said that the Holy Spirit conceived her child. He had to have as much faith as Mary.


Isaiah 7:14 says, "Therefore the Lord himself will give you a sign: The virgin will be with child and will give birth to a son, and will call him Immanuel."

Genesis 3:15 says, "And I will put enmity between you and the woman, and between your offspring and hers; he will crush your head, and you will strike his heel."







1. She was probably a young teenager, and he was probably somewhat older.

2. He probably died shortly after Jesus' birth because he not mentioned much in the New Testament.

VII. Facts about Jesus from the above verses


21 "She will give birth to a son, and you are to give him the name Jesus, because he will save his people from their sins."
22 All this took place to fulfill what the Lord had said through the prophet:
23 "The virgin will be with child and will give birth to a son, and they will call him Immanuel"--which means, "God with us."
24 When Joseph woke up, he did what the angel of the Lord had commanded him and took Mary home as his wife.
25 But he had no union with her until she gave birth to a son. And he gave him the name Jesus.





A. He will save His people from their sins (John 12:32-33). Jesus is the Greek form of the name Joshua, which means the LORD saves.


John 12:32-33 says, "But I, when I am lifted up from the earth, will draw all men to myself." He said this to show the kind of death he was going to die."





B. Joseph did what the angel of the Lord commanded him to do (I Samuel 15:22).


I Samuel 15:22 says, "But Samuel replied: 'Does the LORD delight in burnt offerings and sacrifices as much as in obeying the voice of the LORD? To obey is better than sacrifice, and to heed is better than the fat of rams.'"





C. He stayed away from Mary until after Jesus was born.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 2 – The Magi Seek Jesus and Jesus in Egypt and Nazareth (Matthew 2:1-23)

I. The birth of Jesus

A. He was born in Bethlehem. Micah 5:2 says, "But you, Bethlehem Ephrathah, though you are small among the clans of Judah, out of you will come for me one who will be ruler over Israel, whose origins are from of old, from ancient times."


1 After Jesus was born in Bethlehem in Judea, during the time of King Herod, Magi from the east came to Jerusalem
2 and asked, "Where is the one who has been born king of the Jews? We saw his star in the east and have come to worship him."
3 When King Herod heard this he was disturbed, and all Jerusalem with him.



Study Questions 2.1 Through 2.6


Question 2.1 How was prophecy fulfilled when Jesus was born?
Question 2.2 How did Herod come to power?
Question 2.3 What were some of Herod’s positive accomplishments?
Question 2.4 In what year was Jesus born?
Question 2.5 How is His birth dated to Herod and to the visit of the magi?
Question 2.6 How did Herod react to the news about Jesus’ birth?





B. Jesus was born during the time of Herod, and Herod was very wicked. The Jews hated him because he was so evil.

1. Herod the Great was born in 73BC to Antipater II, his father, and to his mother, who was the daughter of King Nabatea.

2. His father was a patriot that had helped Julius Caesar come to power. Because of that, the Roman Senate, in 40BC, through the encouragement of Mark Anthony and Caesar Octavian, declared Herod to be the king of the Jews, if he could conquer them.

3. Herod first took Galilee, and over the next three years, he took Israel.

4. Herod was very accomplished, and he was very worried about being overthrown. His fear of being attacked from within explains some of his accomplishments.

a) He built the Antonia, which was a structure seventy-five to one hundred feet tall.

b) He built another fortress, called Herodium, which was five miles south of Jerusalem and looked like a volcano.

c) He built Macherias, which was where John the Baptist was beheaded.

d) He fortified Masada, which was thirteen hundred feet above the Dead Sea.

e) He built the Alexandrian as a fortification for defending against his enemies.

f) He built two more such structures in Jericho and Mount Tabor, and those fortresses were high enough to not be obstructed by anything else. Guards could see each other from the different towers and use them for cross communications.

g) He built the Western Wall.

h) He died in 4BC, but members of his family controlled the throne until 34AD.

C. The Magi and the star in the East (unique to Matthew)

1. The Magi were normally considered wise men.

2. They saw the star come up in the east. According to astronomers, a number of planets lined up in about 6BC, and Herod died in April 4BC. Most Bible scholars say that Jesus was born sometime between those two dates.

D. Herod was paranoid when he heard the news.

II. Herod wanted to know where Jesus was born.


4 When he had called together all the people's chief priests and teachers of the law, he asked them where the Christ was to be born.
5 "In Bethlehem in Judea," they replied, "for this is what the prophet has written:
6 "'But you, Bethlehem, in the land of Judah, are by no means least among the rulers of Judah; for out of you will come a ruler who will be the shepherd of my people Israel.'"
7 Then Herod called the Magi secretly and found out from them the exact time the star had appeared.



Study Questions 2.7 Through 2.11


Question 2.7 How did Herod react when he heard about Jesus’ birth?
Question 2.8 How did the chief priests react when he heard about His birth?
Question 2.9 What kind of man was Herod?
Question 2.10 How did the magi learn of Herod’s plot?
Question 2.11 How was Joseph warned of Herod’s plot?





A. Notice that he never questioned that Jesus was and is the Christ, or Messiah.

B. Notice that the chief priests and teachers of the Law acknowledged the prophet Micah and his prophesy in Micah 5:2 about Bethlehem.

1. Micah said that a Ruler and a Shepherd would be born in Bethlehem.

2. Fulfilled prophecy is one way that we can have confidence in the Bible.

III. Herod tried to trick the wise men.


8 He sent them to Bethlehem and said, "Go and make a careful search for the child. As soon as you find him, report to me, so that I too may go and worship him."
9 After they had heard the king, they went on their way, and the star they had seen in the east went ahead of them until it stopped over the place where the child was.
10 When they saw the star, they were overjoyed.
11 On coming to the house, they saw the child with his mother Mary, and they bowed down and worshiped him. Then they opened their treasures and presented him with gifts of gold and of incense and of myrrh.





A. He did not intend to worship Jesus.

B. The wise men followed the star and found Jesus.

C. They gave Him gold, incense, and myrrh.

1. Gold symbolized royalty.

2. Incense "was the purest incense. When burned it produced a white smoke which symbolized the prayers and praises of the faithful ascending to heaven. Because the ancients often burned frankincense during religious rituals, this gift symbolizes sacrifice, Christ's divinity, His sweet savor, and His priestly role. It is also a symbol of the Divine name of God" (source: "Christmas Symbols" at http://ww2.netnitco.net/users/legend01/frankin.htm).


Isaiah 60:6 says, "Herds of camels will cover your land, young camels of Midian and Ephah. And all from Sheba will come, bearing gold and incense and proclaiming the praise of the LORD."






3. "Legend says Caspar brought the gift of myrrh from Europe or Tarsus and placed it before the Christ Child. Because of myrrh's various medicinal uses this gift represents Christ's human nature, the Suffering Savior, the Great Physician, and the Passion" (source: "Christmas Symbols" at http://ww2.netnitco.net/users/legend01/myrrh.htm).

IV. The wise men were warned, and Herod did not get the information that he very much wanted.


12 And having been warned in a dream not to go back to Herod, they returned to their country by another route.



V. The third of three dreams (Matthew 1:20, Matthew 2:12, and Matthew 2:13)


13 When they had gone, an angel of the Lord appeared to Joseph in a dream. "Get up," he said, "take the child and his mother and escape to Egypt. Stay there until I tell you, for Herod is going to search for the child to kill him."
14 So he got up, took the child and his mother during the night and left for Egypt,
15 where he stayed until the death of Herod. And so was fulfilled what the Lord had said through the prophet: "Out of Egypt I called my son."





A. According Luke 2:22-24, Jesus was presented in the Temple shortly after His birth.

Study Questions 2.12 Through 2.20


Question 2.12 Why was Herod so persistent?
Question 2.13 Why did God allow Herod to pursue Jesus?
Question 2.14 What did Herod do to try to get Jesus?
Question 2.15 How did the Lord communicate with Joseph?
Question 2.16 What was Joseph’s first dream?
Question 2.17 What was his second dream?
Question 2.18 Why did He communicate with Joseph and not Mary?
Question 2.19 What was Joseph’s third dream?
Question 2.20 How did Joseph, Mary, and Jesus end up in Nazareth?





B. An angel appeared to Joseph in a dream. This was his second important dream. The first had told him that Mary was okay to marry. Why did Joseph have the dreams and not Mary? In good marriages, husbands and wives are partners, not master-servant.


Ephesians 5:22 says, "Wives, submit to your husbands as to the Lord."

Ephesians 5:28 says, "In this same way, husbands ought to love their wives as their own bodies. He who loves his wife loves himself."





C. Joseph was told to take Jesus and Mary to Egypt for safety (unique to Matthew).

1. Why did God allow Herod to pursue Jesus? He could have just killed the king and let Joseph, Mary, and Jesus have an easy time of things.

2. Most of the time, God uses natural processes to accomplish His purposes. Even in something like evolution, God created each species and then allowed those species to evolve within their own kinds (Genesis 1:21-27).

3. Notice that they left the same night. They did not even wait until morning. He might have been seeking the safety of night time travel, but he also might have been faithful to obey his dream.

D. Herod was very persistent even though he knew that Jesus was and is the Messiah (Matthew 2:4).

1. Why would he fight so hard against God?

2. Why did Saul fight so hard against David?

3. Why did Haman fight so hard against Mordecai and the Jews?

E. Out of Egypt was a prophecy in Hosea 11:1.

1. Hosea wrote about Israel's deliverance from Egypt through Moses, and Hosea 11:2-7 talks about Israel's rebellion against Him.

2. Jesus returned from Eqypt, but He did not rebel against His heavenly Father (unique to Matthew).


Hosea 11:1 says, "When Israel was a child, I loved him, and out of Egypt I called my son."



VI. Herod did not want to be outdone.


16 When Herod realized that he had been outwitted by the Magi, he was furious, and he gave orders to kill all the boys in Bethlehem and its vicinity who were two years old and under, in accordance with the time he had learned from the Magi.
17 Then what was said through the prophet Jeremiah was fulfilled:
18 "A voice is heard in Ramah, weeping and great mourning, Rachel weeping for her children and refusing to be comforted, because they are no more."





A. Herod issued orders to kill all the boys two and under in Bethlehem (unique to Matthew).

1. If Herod died in April 4BC and if Jesus was already two years old, then Jesus would have been born in 6BC.

2. Therefore, his time of birth is usually put at between 6BC and 4BC.

B. Jeremiah had prophesied those killings in Jeremiah 31:15.


Jeremiah 31:15 says, "This is what the LORD says: 'A voice is heard in Ramah, mourning and great weeping, Rachel weeping for her children and refusing to be comforted, because her children are no more.'"



VII. Two More Dreams, and Joseph, Mary, and Jesus Return to Nazareth


19 After Herod died, an angel of the Lord appeared in a dream to Joseph in Egypt
20 and said, "Get up, take the child and his mother and go to the land of Israel, for those who were trying to take the child's life are dead."
21 So he got up, took the child and his mother and went to the land of Israel.
22 But when he heard that Archelaus was reigning in Judea in place of his father Herod, he was afraid to go there. Having been warned in a dream, he withdrew to the district of Galilee,
23 and he went and lived in a town called Nazareth. So was fulfilled what was said through the prophets: "He will be called a Nazarene."





A. Herod failed just like Saul and Haman many years earlier. A person cannot fight God and win.

1. Saul died in battle, and David became king (I Samuel 31:3-6).

2. Haman was hanged on his own gallows (Esther 9:23-25).

B. Joseph obeyed his third dream and returned to Israel.

C. He was warned in the same dream or possibly a fourth dream to stay out of Judea.

D. He took Jesus and Mary to Galilee and Nazareth.

1. Bethlehem was about ten miles south of Jerusalem.

2. Nazareth was about thirty miles north of Jerusalem in the vicinity of Mount Tabor and about twenty miles west of the Sea of Galilee.

3. Nazareth was the small village where Joseph had grown up, and it was where Jesus would grow up.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 3 – John the Baptist Begins his Ministry (Matthew 3:1-17)

Study Questions 3.1 Through 3.6


3.1 What kind of man was John the Baptist?
3.2 What did John the Baptist preach?
3.3 What had the Prophet Isaiah said about him?
3.4 When did Isaiah live, and when did John the Baptist live?
3.5 Did John the Baptist eat bugs?
3.6 Did everyone like John the Baptist? Who did not?



I. The Beginning of John the Baptist's Ministry


1 In those days John the Baptist came, preaching in the Desert of Judea
2 and saying, "Repent, for the kingdom of heaven is near."
3 This is he who was spoken of through the prophet Isaiah: "A voice of one calling in the desert, 'Prepare the way for the Lord, make straight paths for him.'"
4 John's clothes were made of camel's hair, and he had a leather belt around his waist. His food was locusts and wild honey.





A. He preached in the desert of Judea. Where was that?

B. His message was one of repentance. When people come to the Lord, they always change their ways.

C. The Prophet Isaiah had prophesied the coming of John the Baptist (Isaiah 40:3).


Isaiah 40:3 says, "A voice of one calling: 'In the desert prepare the way for the Lord; make straight in the wilderness a highway for our God."






1. He was the son of Zechariah and Elizabeth (Luke 1:57-66). Luke 1:63 says, "asked for a writing tablet, and to everyone's astonishment he wrote, 'His name is John.'"

2. His appearance was unusual.

3. His diet was unusual. Did he actually eat bugs?

II. He introduced a type of water baptism, and the church still observes that ordinance. But the two baptisms were different. John baptized repentant sinners. The church baptizes those that associate with Christ and a local assembly of believers.


5 People went out to him from Jerusalem and all Judea and the whole region of the Jordan.
6 Confessing their sins, they were baptized by him in the Jordan River.





A. People went to him.

B. They confessed their sins.

1. Even under the Law, people knew that confession of sins was important.

2. Compare Habakkuk 2:4 and II Corinthians 5:7. Paul quoted Habakkuk 2:4 in Romans 1:17. People were saved the same way in the Old and New Testaments. One looked forward to the cross, and the other looks back to the cross.


Habakkuk 2:4 says, "See, he is puffed up; his desires are not upright- but the righteous will live by his faith."

II Corinthians 5:7 says, "We live by faith, not by sight."





C. They were baptized.

III. John the Baptist was not popular with everyone.


7 But when he saw many of the Pharisees and Sadducees coming to where he was baptizing, he said to them: "You brood of vipers! Who warned you to flee from the coming wrath?
8 Produce fruit in keeping with repentance.
9 And do not think you can say to yourselves, 'We have Abraham as our father.' I tell you that out of these stones God can raise up children for Abraham.
10 The ax is already at the root of the trees, and every tree that does not produce good fruit will be cut down and thrown into the fire.





A. The Pharisees and Sadducees could not stay away, but they did not come to repent. They were there to find fault.

B. Jesus came to seek and to save the lost, but salvation is conditional. The sinner has some clear responsibilities (Luke 19:10).

1. The sinner must come to Jesus (Matthew 3:5).

2. The sinner must believe on Him and accept Him as Savior (John 3:16-18).


John 3:16-18 says, "For God so loved the world that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him shall not perish but have eternal life. For God did not send his Son into the world to condemn the world, but to save the world through him. Whoever believes in him is not condemned, but whoever does not believe stands condemned already because he has not believed in the name of God's one and only Son.






3. The sinner must ask for forgiveness. God cannot forgive someone that does not ask for forgiveness.

4. The sinner must show fruits of repentance (Matthew 3:8).

C. God expects His people to produce fruit. (Compare John 15:1-8)

Study Questions 3.7 Through 3.10


Question 3.7 How did John the Baptist feel about his “temporary” ministry?
Question 3.8 How was his baptism different than church baptism?
Question 3.9 What does church baptism symbolize? How?
Question 3.10 Is baptism by immersion important?



IV. John the Baptist knew that his ministry was temporary, and he was at peace with that.


11 "I baptize you with water for repentance. But after me will come one who is more powerful than I, whose sandals I am not fit to carry. He will baptize you with the Holy Spirit and with fire.
12 His winnowing fork is in his hand, and he will clear his threshing floor, gathering his wheat into the barn and burning up the chaff with unquenchable fire."





A. Hebrew "with" in verse eleven also means "in".

B. Baptism is a symbol for washing and regeneration, but it is also a good conscience before God (I Peter 3:18-22).


I Peter 3:18-22 says, "For Christ died for sins once for all, the righteous for the unrighteous, to bring you to God. He was put to death in the body but made alive by the Spirit, through whom also he went and preached to the spirits in prison who disobeyed long ago when God waited patiently in the days of Noah while the ark was being built. In it only a few people, eight in all, were saved through water, and this water symbolizes baptism that now saves you also--not the removal of dirt from the body but the pledge of a good conscience toward God. It saves you by the resurrection of Jesus Christ, who has gone into heaven and is at God's right hand--with angels, authorities and powers in submission to him."





C. John basically said that Jesus would clean house.

Study Questions 3.11 Through 3.16


Question 3.11 Why was Jesus baptized?
Question 3.12 Did He have to be baptized to be saved? Why or why not?
Question 3.13 Did either John witness the dove descending upon Jesus?
Question 3.14 Should all Christians be baptized? Why or why not?
Question 3.15 What is modalism?
Question 3.16 Is modalism correct or incorrect?



V. Jesus was baptized.


13 Then Jesus came from Galilee to the Jordan to be baptized by John.
14 But John tried to deter him, saying, "I need to be baptized by you, and do you come to me?"
15 Jesus replied, "Let it be so now; it is proper for us to do this to fulfill all righteousness." Then John consented.
16 As soon as Jesus was baptized, he went up out of the water. At that moment heaven was opened, and he saw the Spirit of God descending like a dove and lighting on him.
17 And a voice from heaven said, "This is my Son, whom I love; with him I am well pleased."





A. An Important Observation: The Holy Spirit had revealed to John the Baptist, to the people who repented and came to him, and to Jesus that water baptism is important. It was important then, and it is important now.

B. Jesus acknowledged that baptism was the right thing to do. He submitted Himself to John when John really should have been the one to be baptized.

C. Which "he" saw the Spirit of God descending? I think that John the Baptist saw the Spirit of God descending upon Jesus (see John 1:32-34).


John 1:32-34 says, "Then John gave this testimony: 'I saw the Spirit come down from heaven as a dove and remain on him. I would not have known him, except that the one who sent me to baptize with water told me, The man on whom you see the Spirit come down and remain is he who will baptize with the Holy Spirit. I have seen and I testify that this is the Son of God.'"





D. Did everyone hear the voice and the same words? I think so because God would not have said only to Jesus, "This is my Son."

E. Based on this passage, notice that modalism cannot be true.

1. Modalism says that one God manifested Himself three different ways at different times in history.

2. But all three Persons of the Trinity were witness to Jesus' Baptism.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 4 – The Devil Tempts Jesus and He Begins His Galilean Ministry (Matthew 4:1-25)

I. Jesus was tempted in all points of the Law.


1 Then Jesus was led by the Spirit into the desert to be tempted by the devil.
2 After fasting forty days and forty nights, he was hungry.



Study Questions 4.1 Through 4.5


Question 4.1 How was Jesus tempted?
Question 4.2 How did Jesus respond to the devil's tempting?
Question 4.3 Why did Eve fail when she was tempted?
Question 4.4 What is the kenosis?
Question 4.5 Why did Jesus endure so much?





A. He was tempted just as we are tempted (Hebrews 4:14-15) but not in the same way.


Hebrews 4:14-15 says, "Therefore, since we have a great high priest who has gone through the heavens, Jesus the Son of God, let us hold firmly to the faith we profess. For we do not have a high priest who is unable to sympathize with our weaknesses, but we have one who has been tempted in every way, just as we are--yet was without sin."





B. Jesus was not tempted to steal, to cheat on His taxes, to have an illicit affair, or to skip church. He was tempted, and He understood the pangs of temptation. But His temptation was different than what we typically experience.

II. Jesus was tempted to turn stones into bread so that He could eat.


3 The tempter came to him and said, "If you are the Son of God, tell these stones to become bread."
4 Jesus answered, "It is written: 'Man does not live on bread alone, but on every word that comes from the mouth of God.'





A. He had the need.

B. He had the power.

C. But He did not give into the temptation. Instead, He quoted from Deuteronomy 8:3 and applied James 4:7-8.


Deuteronomy 8:3 says, "He humbled you, causing you to hunger and then feeding you with manna, which neither you nor your fathers had known, to teach you that man does not live on bread alone but on every word that comes from the mouth of the Lord."

James 4:7-8 says, "Submit yourselves, then, to God. Resist the devil, and he will flee from you. Come near to God and he will come near to you. Wash your hands, you sinners, and purify your hearts, you double-minded."






1. Jesus countered the devil's temptation by rightly using Scripture.

a) He had a high view of the Old Testament, which was all that they had in those days.

b) He accepted the writings of Moses, which means that He believed him to be a prophet.

c) Our strength also comes from God's Word.

2. The kenosis (Philippians 2:5-8))


Philippians 2:5-8 says, "Your attitude should be the same as that of Christ Jesus: Who, being in very nature God, did not consider equality with God something to be grasped, but made himself nothing, taking the very nature of a servant, being made in human likeness. And being found in appearance as a man, he humbled himself and became obedient to death--even death on a cross!







a) Jesus could have turned every rock in this world into a piece of bread to satisfy His hunger, BUT HE RESISTED THAT TEMPTATION.

b) When was the last time that you fasted for forty days, knowing that you could quickly grab something to eat from the refrigerator in the next room. Jesus felt hunger that as you and I do, and He could have turned anything into food or even created something from nothing for His meal.

c) The essence of the kenosis is that Jesus gave up the "voluntary" use of his "comparative attributes" (omniscience, omnipotence, omnipresence).

III. He was tempted to show His supernatural power, but he did not do so. The challenge was Psalm 91:11-12, and His response was Deuteronomy 6:16).


5 Then the devil took him to the holy city and had him stand on the highest point of the temple.
6 "If you are the Son of God," he said, "throw yourself down. For it is written: "'He will command his angels concerning you, and they will lift you up in their hands, so that you will not strike your foot against a stone.'"
7 Jesus answered him, "It is also written: 'Do not put the Lord your God to the test.'



IV. He was tempted to rule the kingdoms that He already had the right to rule.


8 Again, the devil took him to a very high mountain and showed him all the kingdoms of the world and their splendor.
9 "All this I will give you,," he said, "if you will bow down and worship me."
10 Jesus said to him, "Away from me, Satan! For it is written: 'Worship the Lord your God, and serve him only.'"
11 Then the devil left him, and angels came and attended him.





A. He countered Satan with Deuteronomy 6:13.

B. The essence of the kenosis is that Jesus gave up a lot when He voluntarily became a human.

C. He did it for each of us (Romans 5:6-8).

Study Questions 4.6 Through 4.12


Question 4.6 Why was John the Baptist arrested?
Question 4.7 Why did Jesus set up His home base in Capernaum?
Question 4.8 What did Matthew mean when he spoke of great light?
Question 4.9 What was the theme of Jesus' preaching?
Question 4.10 What was the theme of John the Baptist's preaching?
Question 4.11 How are "believing" and "repenting" related?
Question 4.12 What do "eis" and "epi" mean?



V. John the Baptist was arrested and would eventually be put to death.


12 When Jesus heard that John had been put in prison, he returned to Galilee.





A. John took a stand, and it cost him his life (Matthew 14:1-12, Mark 6:14-29, and Luke 3:19).

B. He told the king to stop his wicked behavior.

VI. Jesus set up his home base (Isaiah 9:1-2)


13 Leaving Nazareth, he went and lived in Capernaum, which was by the lake in the area of Zebulun and Naphtali--
14 to fulfill what was said through the prophet Isaiah:
15 "Land of Zebulun and land of Naphtali, the way to the sea, along the Jordan, Galilee of the Gentiles--
16 the people living in darkness have seen a great light; on those living in the land of the shadow of death a light has dawned."





A. Jesus had His home base in Capernaum.

B. The Prophet Isaiah had said that He could come out of Zebulum and Naphtali and that He would be a great light to the people living in darkness.


Isaiah 9:1-2 says,, "Nevertheless, there will be no more gloom for those who were in distress. In the past he humbled the land of Zebulun and the land of Naphtali, but in the future he will honor Galilee of the Gentiles, by the way of the sea, along the Jordan - The people walking in darkness have seen a great light; on those living in the land of the shadow of death a light has dawned."

John 8:12 says, "When Jesus spoke again to the people, he said, 'I am the light of the world. Whoever follows me will never walk in darkness, but will have the light of life.'"



VII. Believing is more than just believing.


17 From that time on Jesus began to preach, "Repent, for the kingdom of heaven is near."





A. John the Baptist and Jesus preached the same message (Matthew 3:8).

B. There is more to John 3:16 than just believing in Jesus. The devil believes and trembles (James 2:14-19).

1. EIS - means into and presents the idea of entering into a relationship with Jesus.

2. EPI means on and presents the idea of trusting "on" the Lord like one would trust a chair.

Study Questions 4.13 Through 4.17


Question 4.13 How did the disciples respond when Jesus called them?
Question 4.14 What was the first thing that Andrew did after meeting Jesus?
Question 4.15 Was this their first encounter with the Lord?
Question 4.16 Who was Jesus' best earthly friend?
Question 4.17 How did He organize His disciples?



VIII. They dropped everything and followed Him immediately.


18 As Jesus was walking beside the Sea of Galilee, he saw two brothers, Simon called Peter and his brother Andrew. They were casting a net into the lake, for they were fishermen.
19 "Come, follow me," Jesus said, "and I will make you fishers of men."
20 At once they left their nets and followed him.
21 Going on from there, he saw two other brothers, James son of Zebedee and his brother John. They were in a boat with their father Zebedee, preparing their nets. Jesus called them,
22 and immediately they left the boat and their father and followed him.





A. Jesus called Andrew and Peter. But according to John 1:41, Andrew went and found Peter, his brother.

B. The account in Matthew 4:18-22 differs from the account in John 1:35-42. Notice the chronology between the two accounts.

1. In John 1:35-42, Jesus met with Andrew, John, Peter, and James. He had probably just been baptized.

2. John 1:39 says that Andrew and John spent the day with Jesus.

3. John 1:40 says that Andrew left Jesus to go find his brother, Peter. He brought Peter to Jesus.

4. John 1:43 says that Jesus decided to go to Galilee the next day. While there, He turned water into wine at Cana in Galilee, and then they went their separate ways. He went to Capernaum, and they went back to their fishing trade in Galilee.


John 1:35-43 says, "The next day John was there again with two of his disciples. When he saw Jesus passing by, he said, 'Look, the Lamb of God!' When the two disciples heard him say this, they followed Jesus. Turning around, Jesus saw them following and asked, 'What do you want?' They said, 'Rabbi' (which means Teacher), 'where are you staying?' 'Come,' he replied, 'and you will see.' So they went and saw where he was staying, and spent that day with him. It was about the tenth hour. Andrew, Simon Peter's brother, was one of the two who heard what John had said and who had followed Jesus. The first thing Andrew did was to find his brother Simon and tell him, 'We have found the Messiah' (that is, the Christ). And he brought him to Jesus. Jesus looked at him and said, 'You are Simon son of John. You will be called Cephas' (which, when translated, is Peter). The next day Jesus decided to leave for Galilee. Finding Philip, he said to him, 'Follow me.'"






5. Matthew 4:18-22 says that Jesus saw the four again while in Galilee.

6. The first day, they came to Jesus. Some time later, He came after them on a return visit to Galilee. When He sought them, during their second meeting, they left everything to follow Him.

C. He called James and John. They were also called the sons of thunder because they were so highly spirited.

1. James and John wanted to sit next to Jesus in the kingdom (Matthew 20:20-28).

a) James became the first martyred disciple (Acts 12:1-4).

b) John became so humble that he always referred to himself as the one that Jesus loved (John 13:23, John 20:2, and John 21:20).

2. John was Jesus' best friend on earth.

a) He was the only disciple to not be martyred.

b) He wrote the Book of Revelation.

D. Jesus organized the Twelve into four groups of three, and those first four became His inner-circle.

Study Questions 4.18 Through 4.22


Question 4.18 How did Jesus minister?
Question 4.19 How old was He when He started His ministry?
Question 4.20 How long did He minister?
Question 4.21 Why did so many people follow Him from place to place?
Question 4.22 Were the people true to Jesus?



IX. Jesus started ministering to the people.


23 Jesus went throughout Galilee, teaching in their synagogues, preaching the good news of the kingdom, and healing every disease and sickness among the people.
24 News about him spread all over Syria, and people brought to him all who were ill with various diseases, those suffering severe pain, the demon-possessed, those having seizures, and the paralyzed, and he healed them.
25 Large crowds from Galilee, the Decapolis, Jerusalem, Judea and the region across the Jordan followed him.





A. How old was He (Luke 3:23)?

B. How long did He minister?

1. This is known based on the number of Passovers that He attended (John 2:13, John 6:4, and John 11:55).

2. He ministered between three and four years because He attended three Passovers.

C. He taught, preached, and healed.

D. Jesus was very popular.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 5 – The Sermon on the Mount Begins (Matthew 5:1-48)

Study Questions 5.1 Through 5.6


Question 5.1 What were the major discourses recorded by Matthew?
Question 5.2 Which one was the longest?
Question 5.3 What does Matthew mean when he says "Blessed."
Question 5.4 Who are the poor in spirit?
Question 5.5 Who are those that mourn?
Question 5.6 How can anyone be pure in heart?



I. Jesus went into the mountainside to speak to the crowd.


1 Now when he saw the crowds, he went up on a mountainside and sat down. His disciples came to him,
2 and he began to teach them, saying:





A. His first major discourse: The Sermon on the Mount (Dr. D. A. Carson, "Matthew," The Expositor's Bible Commentary, volume 8).

1. Discourse 1 - The Sermon on the Mount (Matthew 5:1 through Matthew 7:29).

2. Discourse 2 - Mission and Martyrdom (Matthew 10:5 through Matthew 11:1).

3. Discourse 3 - The Parables of the Kingdom (Matthew 13:1-53).

4. Discourse 4 - Life Under Kingdom Authority (Matthew 18:1 through Matthew 19:2).

5. Discourse 5 - The Olivet Discourse (Matthew 23:1 through Matthew 26:1)

B. His longest message in the Bible is this sermon.

C. He went up into a mountain.

1. From that location, He could have spoken to the crowd that had gathered.

2. He also could have spoken privately to His disciples.

II. The Beatitudes


3 "Blessed are the poor in spirit, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.
4 Blessed are those who mourn, for they will be comforted.
5 Blessed are the meek, for they will inherit the earth.
6 Blessed are those who hunger and thirst for righteousness, for they will be filled.
7 Blessed are the merciful, for they will be shown mercy.
8 Blessed are the pure in heart, for they will see God.
9 Blessed are the peacemakers, for they will be called sons of God.
10 Blessed are those who are persecuted because of righteousness, for theirs is the kingdom of heaven.
11 "Blessed are you when people insult you, persecute you and falsely say all kinds of evil against you because of me.
12 Rejoice and be glad, because great is your reward in heaven, for in the same way they persecuted the prophets who were before you.





A. The Beatitudes are not easy to understand. A person must understand that the Beatitudes were a proverbial type of genre (or literature). See Proverbs 6:10-11.


Proverbs 6:10-11 says, "A little sleep, a little slumber, a little folding of the hands to rest--and poverty will come on you like a bandit and scarcity like an armed man."






1. Dr. Vincent said that the Greek word for "blessed" had a meaning of outward prosperity before Christ but that the New Testament use of the word elevated it to more of a spiritual significance. The word means "happy" rather than just outwardly well off.

2. "Poor in spirit" and the "kingdom of heaven" – Was Jesus saying that being poor in spirit is an automatic ticket to heaven?

3. "Mourn" and "comforted" – Was Jesus saying that people who mourn would be comforted?

4. Both of those verses must be qualified.

B. The "meek" and "inheriting the earth"

C. Those that hunger and thirst for righteousness will be filled. That compares to Matthew 5:4.

D. The merciful will be shown mercy.

E. The pure in heart will see God. Compare this to Romans 3:10-11, which says, "As it is written: "There is no one righteous, not even one; there is no one who understands, no one who seeks God."

F. The peacemakers will be called sons of God.

G. Those that are persecuted for the cause of Christ will be blessed.

1. Followers in Christ are expected to not retaliate when people insult them, persecute them, or falsely say all kinds of evil against them because of the Lord.

2. Note that the prophets of old could not win. They were killed for telling lies, and they were killed for telling the truth.

Study Questions 5.7 Through 5.10


Question 5.7 What does it mean to be salt and light?
Question 5.8 Why was Lot's wife not just killed for looking back to Sodom?
Question 5.9 Why are Christians to be salt and light?
Question 5.10 What is meant by Christian adoption?



III. Being salt and light in a world that lacks both.


13 "You are the salt of the earth. But if the salt loses its saltiness, how can it be made salty again? It is no longer good for anything, except to be thrown out and trampled by men.
14 "You are the light of the world. A city on a hill cannot be hidden.
15 Neither do people light a lamp and put it under a bowl. Instead they put it on its stand, and it gives light to everyone in the house.
16 In the same way, let your light shine before men, that they may see your good deeds and praise your Father in heaven.





A. Lot's wife was turned to a pillar of salt. That was a symbolic gesture.

B. Sodom had not been the right place for Lot to live, but he had chosen to take his family there anyway (Genesis 13:12). By the time that the Lord destroyed Sodom and Gomorrah in Genesis 19:15-17, Lot was living inside of Sodom.


Genesis 19:26 says, "But Lot's wife looked back, and she became a pillar of salt."

Genesis 13:12 says, "Abram lived in the land of Canaan, while Lot lived among the cities of the plain and pitched his tents near Sodom."

Genesis 19:14 says, "So Lot went out and spoke to his sons-in-law, who were pledged to marry his daughters. He said, "Hurry and get out of this place, because the LORD is about to destroy the city!" But his sons-in-law thought he was joking."





C. Salt preserves. It causes pain when put on a wound. Christians are to be salt in this world, but Lot had lost his saltiness.

1. In Genesis 19:14, when he tried to warn his sons-in-law, they only laughed at him.

2. His faith was a joke to them.

D. Light penetrates the darkness. It shows the dark, dirty places in a person's life (John 3:16-19).


John 3:16-19 says, "For God so loved the world that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him shall not perish but have eternal life. For God did not send his Son into the world to condemn the world, but to save the world through him. Whoever believes in him is not condemned, but whoever does not believe stands condemned already because he has not believed in the name of God's one and only Son. This is the verdict: Light has come into the world, but men loved darkness instead of light because their deeds were evil."





E. In Knowing God, Dr. J. I. Packer wrote, "adoption appears in the Sermon [on the Mount] as the basis of Christian conduct." He also said that the entire Christian life must be understood in terms of adoption (pages 209-214). Christian adoption makes the following requirements on one's life.

1. The first requirement is to "imitate the Father" (Matthew 5:44-48).

2. The second requirement is to "glorify the Father" (Matthew 5:16).

3. The third requirement is to "please the Father" (Matthew 6:1-18).

Study Questions 5.11 Through 5.14


Question 5.11 How did Jesus feel about the Old Testament?
Question 5.12 What does verbal, plenary inspiration mean?
Question 5.13 Was Jesus aggressive with His enemies? In what ways?
Question 5.14 How can someone exceed the righteousness of the Pharisees?



IV. What was Jesus saying in these verses?


17 "Do not think that I have come to abolish the Law or the Prophets; I have not come to abolish them but to fulfill them.
18 I tell you the truth, until heaven and earth disappear, not the smallest letter, not the least stroke of a pen, will by any means disappear from the Law until everything is accomplished.
19 Anyone who breaks one of the least of these commandments and teaches others to do the same will be called least in the kingdom of heaven, but whoever practices and teaches these commands will be called great in the kingdom of heaven.
20 For I tell you that unless your righteousness surpasses that of the Pharisees and the teachers of the law, you will certainly not enter the kingdom of heaven.





A. In Matthew 5:17-18, He was showing His high regard for the Old Testament.

1. He did not speak negatively of Scriptures.

2. He said that He had come to fulfill them.

3. Even the smallest part of a letter was precious to Him.

B. In Matthew 5:19, He was showing that a person can actually do wrong, teach the same, and still go to heaven. Of course, the greater blessing will be for those that rightly teach and practice His word. Salvation is not tied to the Law.

C. The point of Matthew 5:20 was that they were self-righteous and that everyone in Christ exceeds the righteousness of the Pharisees and scribes (teachers of the Law). His remark about the Pharisees was sad but true.

Study Questions 5.15 Through 5.19


Question 5.16 What is the significance of the three judgments?
Question 5.17 Was Jesus advocating capital punishment for one angry?
Question 5.18 Why was He comparing murder and being angry?
Question 5.19 Can one person mess up everyone? What about Achan?



V. Maintaining Good Relationships with Others


21 "You have heard that it was said to the people long ago, 'Do not murder, and anyone who murders will be subject to judgment.'
22 But I tell you that anyone who is angry with his brother will be subject to judgment. Again, anyone who says to his brother, 'Raca, ' is answerable to the Sanhedrin. But anyone who says, 'You fool!' will be in danger of the fire of hell.
23 "Therefore, if you are offering your gift at the altar and there remember that your brother has something against you,
24 leave your gift there in front of the altar. First go and be reconciled to your brother; then come and offer your gift.





A. Jesus was speaking in a progressive fashion about one's inappropriate attitude towards a brother (Exodus 20:13).

B. Three types of judgment. According to Matthew Henry, during this time in Jewish culture, there were three degrees of capital punishment for an offender of the law, and each form was a little more brutal than the others [1].

1. The first was beheading, and the lowest court pronounced this punishment.

2. The second form was stoning, and the Sanhedrin carried out this one. "Raca" was an Aramaic term of contempt.

3. The third was to be burned in the valley of the son of Hinnon, and this form of capital punishment was considered to be the most severe.

C. Those statements about capital punishment were probably intentional overstatements.

1. Jesus was making the point that He had power to redefine the Old Testament Law.

2. He was also giving them a higher Law.

3. One must also remember that Jesus was speaking in a proverbial type of genre (or literature). See Proverbs 6:10-11 on page 40.

D. Jesus always emphasized Christians' love for one another.

E. Do not waste your time with God if you are at odds with someone else.

Study Questions 5.20 Through 5.23


Question 5.20 Should Christians take someone to court?
Question 5.21 In talking about adultery, how did Jesus prove His deity.
Question 5.22 What is spiritual adultery?
Question 5.23 Who specifically was guilty of spiritual adultery?



VI. Settle your disputes quickly.


25 "Settle matters quickly with your adversary who is taking you to court. Do it while you are still with him on the way, or he may hand you over to the judge, and the judge may hand you over to the officer, and you may be thrown into prison.
26 I tell you the truth, you will not get out until you have paid the last penny.





A. Jesus said to avoid going to court with anyone, Christian or not.

B. The Apostle Paul said to take a loss rather than go to court with a brother or sister in the Lord (I Corinthians 6:7-8).


I Corinthians 6:7-8 says, "The very fact that you have lawsuits among you means you have been completely defeated already. Why not rather be wronged? Why not rather be cheated? Instead, you yourselves cheat and do wrong, and you do this to your brothers."





C. The consequences of going to court can be serious.

1. Going to court against another Christian is a bad testimony.

2. Jesus said that you may be found at fault and suffer serious consequences.

VII. Jesus' Teaching on Spiritual Adultery


27 "You have heard that it was said, 'Do not commit adultery.'
28 But I tell you that anyone who looks at a woman lustfully has already committed adultery with her in his heart.
29 If your right eye causes you to sin, gouge it out and throw it away. It is better for you to lose one part of your body than for your whole body to be thrown into hell.
30 And if your right hand causes you to sin, cut it off and throw it away. It is better for you to lose one part of your body than for your whole body to go into hell.





A. Committing physical adultery is wrong (Exodus 20:14).

B. In Matthew 5:28, He redefines adultery. Only God can do that.

C. In Matthew 5:29-30, was Jesus trying to warn that a person's sins, and specifically adultery, would condemn that individual to eternal doom? The answer had better be NO.

1. He was more accurately saying that nothing on earth is worth turning one's heart from God and that a person would be better off going through this life without an eye or without a hand than to die lost.

2. Based on Matthew 5:19-20, which was discussed above, people are not eternally condemned because of their sins.

3. They are eternally condemned if they do not accept the finished work of Jesus, the Christ, on the cross at Calvary, but they are not condemned if they do receive Him (John 3:18).


John 3:18 says, "Whoever believes in him is not condemned, but whoever does not believe stands condemned already because he has not believed in the name of God's one and only Son."






4. In this passage about adultery, one needs to understand that Jesus was not just talking about physical adultery.

a) He was also talking about spiritual adultery.

b) The First Commandment, recorded in Exodus 20:2-3, says, "I am the LORD your God, who brought you out of Egypt, out of the land of slavery. You shall have no other gods before me."

c) In Jeremiah 3:1-11, the prophet wrote about the spiritual adultery of Israel.

Study Questions 5.24 Through 5.26


Question 5.24 In talking about divorce, how did Jesus prove His deity?
Question 5.25 What provision did Moses make for divorce?
Question 5.26 Why did Jesus speak negatively about making oaths?



VIII. Jesus' Teaching on Divorce and on Making Oaths


31 "It has been said, 'Anyone who divorces his wife must give her a certificate of divorce.'
32 But I tell you that anyone who divorces his wife, except for marital unfaithfulness, causes her to become an adulteress, and anyone who marries the divorced woman commits adultery.
33 "Again, you have heard that it was said to the people long ago, 'Do not break your oath, but keep the oaths you have made to the Lord.'
34 But I tell you, Do not swear at all: either by heaven, for it is God's throne;
35 or by the earth, for it is his footstool; or by Jerusalem, for it is the city of the Great King.
36 And do not swear by your head, for you cannot make even one hair white or black.
37 Simply let your 'Yes' be 'Yes,' and your 'No,' 'No'; anything beyond this comes from the evil one.





A. Giving a certificate of divorce was permissible under the Mosaic Law (Deuteronomy 24:1-4).

B. The Greek word for marital unfaithfulness is "porneia," and this word means illicit sexual intercourse, adultery, fornication, homosexuality, lesbianism, intercourse with animals, sexual intercourse with close relatives, or sexual intercourse with a divorced man or woman.

C. As with the discourses on calling a brother a fool and on looking lustfully at a woman, Jesus was expanding the definition of sin, which is one more evidence that He was telling the people that He was God-incarnated. Only God can legitimately define and redefine sin.

D. Jesus consistently taught everyone that He was the Christ and that He had actually been born the Christ.

E. Concerning making oaths, or swearing what you will or will not do, Jesus said to not do it.

1. The problems with making oaths are that not all oaths are positive and that people cannot always control what they will or will not do.

2. When oaths are made, a person's integrity is put on the line. When oaths are made foolishly, a Christian's spiritual immaturity is put on display.

Study Questions 5.27 Through 5.31


Question 5.27 Why did Jesus teach His followers to not resist evil people?
Question 5.28 Should Christians be peaceful and aggressive?
Question 5.29 What did He mean by going two miles with someone?
Question 5.30 Are Christians supposed to be doormats?
Question 5.31 How does giving to others relate to being a good steward?



IX. Jesus' Teaching on Handling Evil People


38 "You have heard that it was said, 'Eye for eye, and tooth for tooth.'
39 But I tell you, Do not resist an evil person. If someone strikes you on the right cheek, turn to him the other also.
40 And if someone wants to sue you and take your tunic, let him have your cloak as well.
41 If someone forces you to go one mile, go with him two miles.
42 Give to the one who asks you, and do not turn away from the one who wants to borrow from you.





A. Do not resist the evil person (Colossians 3:1).


Colossians 3:1 says, "Since, then, you have been raised with Christ, set your hearts on things above, where Christ is seated at the right hand of God."






1. Turn the other cheek.

2. Give your cloak also.

3. Go two miles.

4. Give to those that ask.

B. What do these things mean?

1. Jesus presented a higher teaching on suffering, and it did not focus so much on recovering damages for oneself or on the protection of one's possessions.

2. Are Christians supposed to be the world's doormat? In a sense, the answer is yes. But in a different sense, the answer is no.

3. Christians are not to be controlled or owned by the things of this world. Instead, they are to be Christ-centered and heavenly-minded.

4. Christians need to be very careful about being self-serving, about being unwilling to make sacrifices for the Lord, about trying to hoard this world's goods, and about trying to have the good life in the name of Jesus. Christians are supposed to live differently than the rest of the world.

5. However, He did not expect them to simply lay down and let people walk all over them. Balanced with the idea of being very peaceable and very accommodating is also the idea of being a good steward (I Corinthians 4:1-4).


I Corinthians 4:1-4 says, "So then, men ought to regard us as servants of Christ and as those entrusted with the secret things of God. Now it is required that those who have been given a trust must prove faithful. I care very little if I am judged by you or by any human court; indeed, I do not even judge myself. My conscience is clear, but that does not make me innocent. It is the Lord who judges me."



Study Questions 5.32 Through 5.35


Question 5.32 How did Jesus prove His deity?
Question 5.33 What was the significance of the sun and the rain?
Question 5.34 Based on these verses, is it easy to live a Christian life?
Question 5.35 How can someone be perfect?



X. Jesus' Teaching on Spiritual Maturity


43 "You have heard that it was said, 'Love your neighbor and hate your enemy.'
44 But I tell you: Love your enemies and pray for those who persecute you,
45 that you may be sons of your Father in heaven. He causes his sun to rise on the evil and the good, and sends rain on the righteous and the unrighteous.
46 If you love those who love you, what reward will you get? Are not even the tax collectors doing that?
47 And if you greet only your brothers, what are you doing more than others? Do not even pagans do that?
48 Be perfect, therefore, as your heavenly Father is perfect.





A. The Old Testament said to love one's neighbor (Leviticus 19:18).

B. Jesus once again gave a higher command, and the fact that the people listened shows that they believed Him to be God also.

C. Christians are called to a higher lifestyle than non-Christians. Perfect comes from the Greek word that means to be spiritually MATURE.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 6 – The Right Ways to Give, Pray, Forgive, and Fast (Matthew 6:1-34)

I. The Right Way to Give


1 "Be careful not to do your 'acts of righteousness' before men, to be seen by them. If you do, you will have no reward from your Father in heaven.
2 "So when you give to the needy, do not announce it with trumpets, as the hypocrites do in the synagogues and on the streets, to be honored by men. I tell you the truth, they have received their reward in full.
3 But when you give to the needy, do not let your left hand know what your right hand is doing,
4 so that your giving may be in secret. Then your Father, who sees what is done in secret, will reward you.



Study Questions 6.1 Through 6.7


Question 6.1 Why is Christian conduct so important?
Question 6.2 What was the Pharisee's number one problem?
Question 6.3What is the correct way to give?
Question 6.4 How does giving imitate God the Father?
Question 6.5 How does giving glorify God the Father?
Question 6.6 How goes giving please God the Father?
Question 6.7 Is giving about receiving rewards?





A. In Knowing God, Dr. J. I. Packer wrote, "adoption appears in the Sermon as the basis of Christian conduct." He also said that the entire Christian life must be understood in terms of adoption (pages 209-214). Our adoption makes the following requirements on our life.

1. The first requirement is to "imitate the Father" (Matthew 5:44-48).

2. The second requirement is to "glorify the Father" (Matthew 5:16).

3. The third requirement is to "please the Father" (Matthew 6:1-18).

B. The Pharisees did things so that they could be seen by others. They have their reward.

C. Be considerate of those that you help so that you do not embarrass or humiliate them.

D. A left hand and right hand mentality.

E. Gaining a reward is a poor reason for helping others. Christians should have a heart to help others whether there is a heavenly reward or not.

Study Questions 6.8 Through 6.13


Question 6.8 How do hypocrites pray?
Question 6.9 Is praying about receiving rewards?
Question 6.10 How should people pray?
Question 6.11 What can a person learn from Jesus' model prayer?
Question 6.12 What does the model prayer teach about lifestyle?
Question 6.13 How does correct prayer satisfy the adoption requirements?



II. The Right Way to Pray


5 "And when you pray, do not be like the hypocrites, for they love to pray standing in the synagogues and on the street corners to be seen by men. I tell you the truth, they have received their reward in full.
6 But when you pray, go into your room, close the door and pray to your Father, who is unseen. Then your Father, who sees what is done in secret, will reward you.
7 And when you pray, do not keep on babbling like pagans, for they think they will be heard because of their many words.
8 Do not be like them, for your Father knows what you need before you ask him.





A. Do not be like the hypocrites.

B. They have their reward.

C. Do things in secret.

D. Do not make long prayers just to be heard.

E. The Lord knows our needs.

1. Do not pray amiss.

2. Do not pray selfishly

III. A Model Prayer


9 "This, then, is how you should pray: "'Our Father in heaven, hallowed be your name,
10 your kingdom come, your will be done on earth as it is in heaven.
11 Give us today our daily bread.
12 Forgive us our debts, as we also have forgiven our debtors.
13 And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from the evil one.'





A. We can talk to God like a Father.

B. Hebrew "hagiazo" for hallowed means to purify by expiation: free from the guilt of sin. God's name is pure, and it cannot be associated with any kind of evil.

C. The Millennium Kingdom is a futuristic event. The devil is the prince of this world (John 12:31, John 14:30, and John 16:11).


John 12:31 says, "Now is the time for judgment on this world; now the prince of this world will be driven out."

John 14:30 says, "I will not speak with you much longer, for the prince of this world is coming. He has no hold on me."

John 16:11 says, "And in regard to judgment, because the prince of this world now stands condemned."





D. Praying for the right things

1. God's Will to be done on earth.

2. Daily Bread (Proverbs 30:8)


Proverbs 30:8 says, "Keep falsehood and lies far from me; give me neither poverty nor riches, but give me only my daily bread."






3. Forgiveness for our shortcomings (the sin debt)

4. Deliverance from evil. Divine wisdom reminds us that we are not a match for the devil.

Study Questions 6.14 Through 6.20


Question 6.14 Why is it so difficult to forgive others?
Question 6.15 Why was Jesus able to forgive those that crucified Him?
Question 6.16 How do the hypocrites fast?
Question 6.17 Why should a person fast?
Question 6.18 What is the correct way to fast?
Question 6.19 Is there a Bible example to show that God honors fasting?
Question 6.20 Does an unchanging God ever change His mind?



IV. Forgiving Others and Fasting


14 For if you forgive men when they sin against you, your heavenly Father will also forgive you.
15 But if you do not forgive men their sins, your Father will not forgive your sins.
16 "When you fast, do not look somber as the hypocrites do, for they disfigure their faces to show men they are fasting. I tell you the truth, they have received their reward in full.
17 But when you fast, put oil on your head and wash your face,
18 so that it will not be obvious to men that you are fasting, but only to your Father, who is unseen; and your Father, who sees what is done in secret, will reward you.





A. Being willing to forgive is an indication that you have been forgiven and that the Holy Spirit dwells within.

B. My definition of fasting: Fasting is being so involved with something spiritually that you do not think about eating.

1. Jesus opposed the Pharisees who did everything for show. He opposed their boasting about helping others and their lengthy prayers, too.

2. God rewards things done secretly, including helping others, praying, and fasting.

3. When the Prophet Jonah preached in Nineveh, God honored the Ninevites when they repented, prayed and fasted. The Ninevites were not even Jewish (Jonah 3:4-10).

Study Questions 6.21 Through 6.24


Question 6.21 Why is money such a problem for people?
Question 6.22 Why should a person NOT seek earthly treasures?
Question 6.23 How can a person store treasures in heaven?
Question 6.24 Does God reward His best servants with earthly wealth?



V. Accumulating True Treasure


19 "Do not store up for yourselves treasures on earth, where moth and rust destroy, and where thieves break in and steal.
20 But store up for yourselves treasures in heaven, where moth and rust do not destroy, and where thieves do not break in and steal.
21 For where your treasure is, there your heart will be also.





A. The treasures that most people seek are phony. Everyone knows that money cannot buy happiness, but people still try to get it.

1. Jesus did not buy into prosperity religion. Many preachers promise earthly wealth to those that support their ministries, but God is interested in people serving Him.

2. Jesus did not buy into prosperity religion, but all His earthly needs were met.

3. He owns all the cattle on the hills, but He did not try to make the good life for Himself (Psalm 50:10).


Psalm 50:10 says, "For every beast of the forest is mine, and the cattle upon a thousand hills."





B. Jesus taught and demonstrated the importance of being ministers and servants (Matthew 20:20-28). The Apostles John and James learned His lesson well.


Matthew 20:26-28 says, "Not so with you. Instead, whoever wants to become great among you must be your servant, and whoever wants to be first must be your slave--just as the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many."





C. Riches are not bad. But when people love their riches, they become bad for that individual. Money is a resource to be used, not a commodity to be hoarded.

Study Question 6.25


Question 6.25 Whom do you serve?



VI. Whom do you serve?


22 "The eye is the lamp of the body. If your eyes are good, your whole body will be full of light.
23 But if your eyes are bad, your whole body will be full of darkness. If then the light within you is darkness, how great is that darkness!
24 "No one can serve two masters. Either he will hate the one and love the other, or he will be devoted to the one and despise the other. You cannot serve both God and Money.





A. With the eyes, people lust after things (I John 2:15-17).


I John 2:15-17 says, "Do not love the world or anything in the world. If anyone loves the world, the love of the Father is not in him. For everything in the world--the cravings of sinful man, the lust of his eyes and the boasting of what he has and does--comes not from the Father but from the world. The world and its desires pass away, but the man who does the will of God lives forever."





B. Jesus said, "You cannot serve both God and money."

1. If you have money, then use it for good to serve God and others.

2. Whether you have money or not,

a) Be thankful for a God that enters into personal relationships with His Creation.

b) Be thankful for a God that meets all your earthly needs.

c) Be thankful for a God that loved you enough to die for you so that you can spend eternity with Him.

Study Questions 6.26 Through 6.28


Question 6.26 Why do people worry?
Question 6.27 What do people worry about?
Question 6.28 How can a person have victory over worrying?



VII. Worrying is not Biblical.


25 "Therefore I tell you, do not worry about your life, what you will eat or drink; or about your body, what you will wear. Is not life more important than food, and the body more important than clothes?
26 Look at the birds of the air; they do not sow or reap or store away in barns, and yet your heavenly Father feeds them. Are you not much more valuable than they?
27 Who of you by worrying can add a single hour to his life?
28 "And why do you worry about clothes? See how the lilies of the field grow. They do not labor or spin.
29 Yet I tell you that not even Solomon in all his splendor was dressed like one of these.




A. Do not worry.

1. Do not worry about your life.

2. Do not worry about what you will eat or drink.

3. Do not worry about what you will wear.

B. God puts a high value on human life (Jeremiah 1:5, John 3:16, and Romans 5:6-8)

C. Solomon was rich, but we live better than he did.

VIII. Seek the Kingdom of God first


30 If that is how God clothes the grass of the field, which is here today and tomorrow is thrown into the fire, will he not much more clothe you, O you of little faith?
31 So do not worry, saying, 'What shall we eat?' or 'What shall we drink?' or 'What shall we wear?'
32 For the pagans run after all these things, and your heavenly Father knows that you need them.
33 But seek first his kingdom and his righteousness, and all these things will be given to you as well.
34 Therefore do not worry about tomorrow, for tomorrow will worry about itself. Each day has enough trouble of its own.





A. God will clothe you and give you nourishment.

1. He does this most of the time by giving you a way to earn a living, so people should be thankful for their jobs.

2. One thing that is worse than having to work is not being able to work.

B. God cares for His own (Psalm 37:25).


Psalm 37:25 says, "I was young and now I am old, yet I have never seen the righteous forsaken or their children begging bread."





C. Seek God first.

D. Do not look for trouble.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 7 – Judging, Being Judged, Asking, and Entering (Matthew 7:1-29)

I. Does this mean to not judge or to judge intelligently?

Study Questions 7.1 Through 7.5


Question 7.1 What did Jesus mean when He told people to not judge?
Question 7.2 Are Matthew 7:2 and Matthew 10:12-14 contradictory?
Question 7.3 What does Matthew 7:2 actually say?
Question 7.4 How can one reconcile the above two passages?
Question 7.5 What was Jesus saying about specks and planks?




1 "Do not judge, or you too will be judged.
2 For in the same way you judge others, you will be judged, and with the measure you use, it will be measured to you.
3 "Why do you look at the speck of sawdust in your brother's eye and pay no attention to the plank in your own eye?
4 How can you say to your brother, 'Let me take the speck out of your eye,' when all the time there is a plank in your own eye?
5 You hypocrite, first take the plank out of your own eye, and then you will see clearly to remove the speck from your brother's eye.





A. What did Jesus mean? He used the Greek word, krino, for judge, which means to approve, esteem, to prefer (respecter of persons), to dispute or to go to law, to have a suit at law (judicial matters), or to pronounce an opinion concerning right and wrong (evaluate).


Matthew 5:40 says, "And if someone wants to sue you and take your tunic, let him have your cloak as well."

Luke 7:43 says, "Simon replied, 'I suppose the one who had the bigger debt canceled.' 'You have judged correctly,' Jesus said."

John 3:17 says, "For God did not send his Son into the world to condemn the world, but to save the world through him."

II Corinthians 2:1 say, "So I made up my mind that I would not make another painful visit to you."





B. You will be judged as you judge others. Judge by the Word of God, and you will be judged by the Word of God.

C. Sawdust and Plank. Judge yourself by the Word of God. People are usually quick to find the faults of others but slow to find their own.

D. There are always at least two sides to every argument.

II. Be careful how you expend yourself foolishly.


6 "Do not give dogs what is sacred; do not throw your pearls to pigs. If you do, they may trample them under their feet, and then turn and tear you to pieces.





A. The Gentiles were often referred to as dogs. The Gospel is free, but Jesus never forced Himself on anyone.

B. The Pig was an unclean animal for the Jews. The Gospel is free, but He never made it cheap for the sake of others.

C. Dust off your feet. Jesus wants to reach everyone, but He knows that some people will not let themselves be reached (Matthew 10:11-16).


Matthew 10:11-16 says, "Whatever town or village you enter, search for some worthy person there and stay at his house until you leave. As you enter the home, give it your greeting. If the home is deserving, let your peace rest on it; if it is not, let your peace return to you. If anyone will not welcome you or listen to your words, shake the dust off your feet when you leave that home or town. I tell you the truth, it will be more bearable for Sodom and Gomorrah on the day of judgment than for that town. I am sending you out like sheep among wolves. Therefore be as shrewd as snakes and as innocent as doves."



Study Questions 7.6 Through 7.8


Question 7.6 Are prayers answered by simply asking?
Question 7.7 What did James write about prayer?
Question 7.8 What does the model prayer say in Matthew 6:10?



III. Getting Your Prayers Answered (see Matthew 6:5-8)


7 "Ask and it will be given to you; seek and you will find; knock and the door will be opened to you.
8 For everyone who asks receives; he who seeks finds; and to him who knocks, the door will be opened.
9 "Which of you, if his son asks for bread, will give him a stone?
10 Or if he asks for a fish, will give him a snake?
11 If you, then, though you are evil, know how to give good gifts to your children, how much more will your Father in heaven give good gifts to those who ask him!





A. Jesus presented a continuum of difficulty, effort, and faith.

1. Ask -- Receive è Asking is simple and requires minimal effort and minimal faith.

2. Seek -- Find è Seeking can be easy or difficult, and it requires more effort and more faith.

3. Knock -- Door Opened è Knocking requires even more effort, making a commitment, and having more faith

B. A good God gives good gifts to those that ask, but a person needs to understand some things about asking.

1. God does not always answer our prayers the way we want (James 4:1-3). That's because we do not always pray the way He wants.


James 4:1-3 says, "What causes fights and quarrels among you? Don't they come from your desires that battle within you? You want something but don't get it. You kill and covet, but you cannot have what you want. You quarrel and fight. You do not have, because you do not ask God. When you ask, you do not receive, because you ask with wrong motives, that you may spend what you get on your pleasures."






2. An unselfish God does not answer selfish prayers (Matthew 20:20-28 and James 4:1-3 again). God is honored when His people serve Him and others.

3. God does not answer the prayers of those that harbor sin in their heart (Isaiah 59:2 and Psalm 66:18).


Isaiah 59:2 says, "But your iniquities have separated you from your God; your sins have hidden his face from you, so that he will not hear."

Psalm 66:18 says, "If I had cherished sin in my heart, the Lord would not have listened."





C. NOTE: God is pleased when we pray for the right things, with the right motives, and with unwavering faith, trusting Him and thanking Him for whatever results He brings.

Study Questions 7.9


Question 7.9 What did Jesus mean when He said the Law and the Prophets?



IV. The Golden Rule


12 So in everything, do to others what you would have them do to you, for this sums up the Law and the Prophets.





A. Do Right by God and by Others (Matthew 22:37-39).

B. This sums up the Law and the Prophets (Matthew 22:40)


Matthew 22:36-40 says, "'Teacher, which is the greatest commandment in the Law?' Jesus replied: 'Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind. This is the first and greatest commandment. And the second is like it: Love your neighbor as yourself. All the Law and the Prophets hang on these two commandments.'"



Study Questions 7.10 Through 7.12


Question 7.10 Who will be saved?
Question 7.11 Why do so many people choose the broad gate?
Question 7.12 Was Jesus talking about a "works" salvation?



V. Choosing the Way to Heaven


13 "Enter through the narrow gate. For wide is the gate and broad is the road that leads to destruction, and many enter through it.
14 But small is the gate and narrow the road that leads to life, and only a few find it.





A. Making a personal choice

B. The narrow gate and the broad road

C. Choosing Life. Is Jesus talking about earning your way to heaven? No.

Study Questions 7.13 Through 7.17


Question 7.13 What is a prophet?
Question 7.14 Who are the false prophets?
Question 7.15 How can you know the true prophets?
Question 7.16 Is outward religion a sign of one being saved?
Question 7.17 Do demons have power to perform miracles?



VI. Recognizing False Prophets


15 "Watch out for false prophets. They come to you in sheep's clothing, but inwardly they are ferocious wolves.
16 By their fruit you will recognize them. Do people pick grapes from thornbushes, or figs from thistles?
17 Likewise every good tree bears good fruit, but a bad tree bears bad fruit.
18 A good tree cannot bear bad fruit, and a bad tree cannot bear good fruit.
19 Every tree that does not bear good fruit is cut down and thrown into the fire.
20 Thus, by their fruit you will recognize them.





A. False prophets are as ferocious wolves.

B. God was harsh on false prophets during Old Testament times (Deuteronomy 18:20-22 and Jeremiah 28:1-17).

C. God expects fruit from His own (John 15:1-8).


Deuteronomy 18:20 says, "But a prophet who presumes to speak in my name anything I have not commanded him to say, or a prophet who speaks in the name of other gods, must be put to death."

Jeremiah 28:15-17 says, "Then the prophet Jeremiah said to Hananiah the prophet, 'Listen, Hananiah! The LORD has not sent you, yet you have persuaded this nation to trust in lies. Therefore, this is what the LORD says: I am about to remove you from the face of the earth. This very year you are going to die, because you have preached rebellion against the LORD.' In the seventh month of that same year, Hananiah the prophet died."

John 15:6-7 says, "If anyone does not remain in me, he is like a branch that is thrown away and withers; such branches are picked up, thrown into the fire and burned. If you remain in me and my words remain in you, ask whatever you wish, and it will be given you."



VII. Those in and not in Christ


21 "Not everyone who says to me, 'Lord, Lord,' will enter the kingdom of heaven, but only he who does the will of my Father who is in heaven.
22 Many will say to me on that day, 'Lord, Lord, did we not prophesy in your name, and in your name drive out demons and perform many miracles?'
23 Then I will tell them plainly, 'I never knew you. Away from me, you evildoers!'





A. Not everyone who says "Lord, Lord."

B. He that does the Father's will.

C. What about doing good works in Jesus' name?

D. Not knowing Jesus.

E. Dr. Packer pointed out that Jesus will be God's agent in judgment (page 144).

Study Questions 7.18 Through 7.22


Question 7.18 What is wisdom?
Question 7.19 How do you build your house on a rock?
Question 7.20 How does that compare with Proverbs 11:32?
Question 7.21 What constitutes Jesus saying that someone is a fool?
Question 7.22 How can one reconcile that with Matthew 5:22?



VIII. Building One's House on a Rock


24 "Therefore everyone who hears these words of mine and puts them into practice is like a wise man who built his house on the rock.
25 The rain came down, the streams rose, and the winds blew and beat against that house; yet it did not fall, because it had its foundation on the rock.
26 But everyone who hears these words of mine and does not put them into practice is like a foolish man who built his house on sand.
27 The rain came down, the streams rose, and the winds blew and beat against that house, and it fell with a great crash."





A. Being a wise person.

1. Hearing Jesus' words and acting on them is wise.

2. James wrote about true religion (James 1:27).


James 1:27 says, "Religion that God our Father accepts as pure and faultless is this: to look after orphans and widows in their distress and to keep oneself from being polluted by the world."





B. The wise withstand the difficult challenges of life.

C. The foolish do not withstand those challenges.

IX. The people were impressed when they listened to Jesus


28 When Jesus had finished saying these things, the crowds were amazed at his teaching,
29 because he taught as one who had authority, and not as their teachers of the law.



 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 8 – Jesus Healed Three Plus Others and Miscellaneous Teachings (Matthew 8:1-34)

I. Jesus Healed a Leper

Study Questions 8.1 Through 8.8


Question 8.1 Why did large crowds follow Jesus?
Question 8.2 How is Jesus' healing of the leper like salvation?
Question 8.3 What did Jesus do for the healing?
Question 8.4 What did the leper have to do?
Question 8.5 Why did Jesus want them to not say anything?
Question 8.6 How did Jesus show His high regard for the Old Testament?
Question 8.7 What did Jesus think of Moses?
Question 8.8 What is He was wrong about Moses?




1 When he came down from the mountainside, large crowds followed him.
2 A man with leprosy came and knelt before him and said, "Lord, if you are willing, you can make me clean."
3 Jesus reached out his hand and touched the man. "I am willing," he said. "Be clean!" Immediately he was cured of his leprosy.
4 Then Jesus said to him, "See that you don't tell anyone. But go, show yourself to the priest and offer the gift Moses commanded, as a testimony to them."





A. Jesus was very popular with the people.

B. The leper knew that Jesus could heal him.

C. Jesus wanted to help the man. He wants to help everyone.

D. The man was healed immediately.

1. In the same way, salvation is immediate.

2. It is not a process, and it does not take a lot of time.

E. Jesus did not want His works to be announced yet. This also compares to Mark 5:43 after Jesus healed the little girl. Why not?


Mark 5:43 says, "He gave strict orders not to let anyone know about this, and told them to give her something to eat."



II. The Faith of the Centurion

Study Questions 8.9 Through 8.16


Question 8.9 Why was Jesus in Capernaum?
Question 8.10 What did the rank of centurion mean?
Question 8.11 What was the centurion's nationality?
Question 8.12 How did the centurion show his faith?
Question 8.13 Why did Jesus say what He did?
Question 8.14 How can a person become great in the kingdom of heaven?
Question 8.15 What did Jesus mean by His mentioning of the banquet?
Question 8.16 What was the outcome for the centurion?




5 When Jesus had entered Capernaum, a centurion came to him, asking for help.
6 "Lord," he said, "my servant lies at home paralyzed and in terrible suffering."
7 Jesus said to him, "I will go and heal him."
8 The centurion replied, "Lord, I do not deserve to have you come under my roof. But just say the word, and my servant will be healed.
9 For I myself am a man under authority, with soldiers under me. I tell this one, 'Go,' and he goes; and that one, 'Come,' and he comes. I say to my servant, 'Do this,' and he does it."
10 When Jesus heard this, he was astonished and said to those following him, "I tell you the truth, I have not found anyone in Israel with such great faith.





A. Jesus set up His home base in Capernaum.

B. The centurion "asked" for help for his servant.

C. Jesus was willing to help, even to the point of going (Matthew 20:20-28).


Matthew 20:26-28 says, "Not so with you. Instead, whoever wants to become great among you must be your servant, and whoever wants to be first must be your slave -- just as the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many."






1. He had the heart of a servant.

2. Jesus came to serve and to offer His life.

D. The centurion had great faith.

1. He believed that Jesus could heal just by saying the word.

2. Jesus was pleased with the centurion because of the centurion's faith (Hebrews 11:6).


Hebrews 11:6 says, "And without faith it is impossible to please God, because anyone who comes to him must believe that he exists and that he rewards those who earnestly seek him."



III. A difficult passage – Jesus often taught hard truths for His listeners.


11 I say to you that many will come from the east and the west, and will take their places at the feast with Abraham, Isaac and Jacob in the kingdom of heaven.
12 But the subjects of the kingdom will be thrown outside, into the darkness, where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth."





A. Who will come? Jesus was talking about everyone, Jews and Gentiles, and they will all take their place at the feast.

B. Which feast was Jesus talking about? This feast refers to the future messianic banquet, as discussed in Isaiah 25:6-9 and Isaiah 65:13-14.

C. Who will be thrown outside? Those Jews that were trusting their place at the banquet to their birthright in Abraham (John 8:37-58) would be wrong.

IV. Jesus Healed the Centurion's Servant


13 Then Jesus said to the centurion, "Go! It will be done just as you believed it would." And his servant was healed at that very hour.





A. Jesus does according to our faith.

B. The servant was healed immediately, just like the leper.

V. Jesus healed Peter's mother-in-law as well as others that had come.

Study Questions 8.17 Through 8.21


Question 8.17 How did Jesus heal Peter's mother-in-law?
Question 8.18 How did she respond?
Question 8.19 How did He heal those that were demon-possessed?
Question 8.20 How have Bible critics attacked Isaiah 8:17?
Question 8.21 How is it known that the critics are wrong?




14 When Jesus came into Peter's house, he saw Peter's mother-in-law lying in bed with a fever.
15 He touched her hand and the fever left her, and she got up and began to wait on him.
16 When evening came, many who were demon-possessed were brought to him, and he drove out the spirits with a word and healed all the sick.
17 This was to fulfill what was spoken through the prophet Isaiah: "He took up our infirmities and carried our diseases."





A. Peter's mother-in-law was sick.

B. Jesus touched her – the fever left her --- immediately.

C. After He healed her, she worked for Him. When someone has a life-changing encounter with the Christ, they become like a new person (II Corinthians 5:17).

D. He took on the needs of others and healed them (Isaiah 53:4)


Isaiah 53:4 says, "Surely he took up our infirmities and carried our sorrows, yet we considered him stricken by God, smitten by him, and afflicted."

II Corinthians 5:17 says, "And without faith it is impossible to please God, because anyone who comes to him must believe that he exists and that he rewards those who earnestly seek him."



VI. Jesus Warned that Following Him Would not be Easy.

Study Questions 8.22 Through 8.23


Question 8.22 Why was Jesus so negative with two potential followers?
Question 8.23 Why were His disciples so afraid during the storm?




18 When Jesus saw the crowd around him, he gave orders to cross to the other side of the lake.
19 Then a teacher of the law came to him and said, "Teacher, I will follow you wherever you go."
20 Jesus replied, "Foxes have holes and birds of the air have nests, but the Son of Man has no place to lay his head."
21 Another disciple said to him, "Lord, first let me go and bury my father."
22 But Jesus told him, "Follow me, and let the dead bury their own dead."





A. To the first person, He warned that He did not have a place to even lay His head.

1. Following Jesus can mean hardships and sacrifices.

2. The believer's confidence must be in Christ alone, not in any of the things in this world.

3. Jesus will meet all your needs.

4. The faithful servant will seek to do the bidding of his master.

B. To the second person, He demanded to be first.

1. The disciple's father may not have been dead.

2. Jesus does not force anyone, but He expects a lot of those that follow Him.

VII. Jesus had Power over Nature


23 Then he got into the boat and his disciples followed him.
24 Without warning, a furious storm came up on the lake, so that the waves swept over the boat. But Jesus was sleeping.
25 The disciples went and woke him, saying, "Lord, save us! We're going to drown!"
26 He replied, "You of little faith, why are you so afraid?" Then he got up and rebuked the winds and the waves, and it was completely calm.
27 The men were amazed and asked, "What kind of man is this? Even the winds and the waves obey him!"





A. His disciples followed Him into the boat, but their faith was not complete.

1. The centurion, in Matthew 8:8, said, "But just say the word, and my servant will be healed."

2. By contrast, the scared disciples thought that they would drown.

B. Jesus rebuked the winds and the waves, and they obeyed Him.

VIII. Jesus had Power over Demons

Study Questions 8.24 Through 8.29


Question 8.24 Why is the Mark account different?
Question 8.25 Do the differences change any truths about Jesus?
Question 8.26 How does Matthew 8:29 put down easy believism?
Question 8.27 Why pigs?
Question 8.28 How were the men changed after their experience with Jesus?
Question 8:29 How can one witness Christ effectively?




28 When he arrived at the other side in the region of the Gadarenes, two demon-possessed men coming from the tombs met him. They were so violent that no one could pass that way.
29 "What do you want with us, Son of God?" they shouted. "Have you come here to torture us before the appointed time?"
30 Some distance from them a large herd of pigs was feeding.
31 The demons begged Jesus, "If you drive us out, send us into the herd of pigs."
32 He said to them, "Go!" So they came out and went into the pigs, and the whole herd rushed down the steep bank into the lake and died in the water.
33 Those tending the pigs ran off, went into the town and reported all this, including what had happened to the demon-possessed men.
34 Then the whole town went out to meet Jesus. And when they saw him, they pleaded with him to leave their region.





A. Some manuscripts say Gergesenes; others Gerasenes, instead of Gadarenes.

B. This account says that two men came out of the tomb. Mark 5:1-19 is a parallel account, and it only talks about one man.

1. They were demon-possessed. The name of the demons was Legion because they were very many (Mark 5:10).

2. They were violent

3. Jesus was not afraid

C. Matthew 8:29 is an argument against an easy believism concerning Jesus (John 3:16). Even the demons believe and shudder (James 2:18-20).


John 3:16 says, "For God so loved the world that he gave his one and only Son, that whoever believes in him shall not perish but have eternal life."

James 2:18-19 says, "But someone will say, 'You have faith; I have deeds.' Show me your faith without deeds, and I will show you my faith by what I do. You believe that there is one God. Good! Even the demons believe that -- and shudder."






1. The demons in the two men knew that Jesus is the Son of God, but they were not saved.

2. More is required for salvation than believing in Jesus.

3. You must also receive Him by accepting His finished work on the cross.

4. You must be born again (John 3:3). Believing unto salvation is a belief that causes action on the part of the believer.

5. The Greek prepositions, eis and epi, clearly express the essence of salvation.

D. Jesus sent the demons into a herd of pigs, and those pigs quickly ran into the sea and drowned. There were about 2,000 pigs (Mark 5:13).

E. Mark 5:15 says that the demon-possessed man was clothed and in his right mind.

F. The people wanted Jesus to leave. What a testimony!!! Jesus will not force Himself on anyone. Matthew 9:1 says that He stepped back into His boat and left.

G. The demon-possessed man wanted to go with Jesus, but Jesus told him to go tell others what Jesus had done for him. This is the key to effective witnessing. Tell others what Jesus has done for you. Decapolis means that he went into ten neighboring cities.


Mark 5:18-20 says, "As Jesus was getting into the boat, the man who had been demon-possessed begged to go with him. Jesus did not let him, but said, 'Go home to your family and tell them how much the Lord has done for you, and how he has had mercy on you.' So the man went away and began to tell in the Decapolis how much Jesus had done for him. And all the people were amazed."



 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 9 – A Healing, a Calling, a Meal and a Ruler's Daughter was Healed (Matthew 9:1-38)

I. Jesus Healed a Paralytic Man

Study Questions 9.1 Through 9.4


Question 9.1 Where was Jesus' town?
Question 9.2 Why was Jesus accused of blasphemy?
Question 9.3 What comparative attribute showed His deity?
Question 9.4 Is there a one-to-one relationship between sin and results?




1 Jesus stepped into a boat, crossed over and came to his own town.
2 Some men brought to him a paralytic, lying on a mat. When Jesus saw their faith, he said to the paralytic, "Take heart, son; your sins are forgiven."
3 At this, some of the teachers of the law said to themselves, "This fellow is blaspheming!"
4 Knowing their thoughts, Jesus said, "Why do you entertain evil thoughts in your hearts?
5 Which is easier: to say, 'Your sins are forgiven,' or to say, 'Get up and walk'?
6 But so that you may know that the Son of Man has authority on earth to forgive sins...." Then he said to the paralytic, "Get up, take your mat and go home."
7 And the man got up and went home.
8 When the crowd saw this, they were filled with awe; and they praised God, who had given such authority to men.





A. Jesus returned to His own town - Capernaum. In Matthew 8:34, He had been asked to leave Gadara.

B. He was impressed by the faith of the paralytic man and of those that brought him (Remember Hebrews 11:6). Note that this story was also recorded in Mark 2:3-12 and Luke 5:17-26.

C. Jesus associated the man's condition with his sins. Why? Compare John 5:14 and I Corinthians 11:29-30.


John 5:14 says, "Later Jesus found him at the temple and said to him, 'See, you are well again. Stop sinning or something worse may happen to you.'"

I Corinthians 11:29-30 says, "For anyone who eats and drinks without recognizing the body of the Lord eats and drinks judgment on himself. That is why many among you are weak and sick, and a number of you have fallen asleep."





D. Jesus was and is omniscient. He knew the thoughts of the teachers, and that was Matthew's first recorded incident on their open opposition to His teachings.

E. Jesus had authority on earth to forgive sins. The man's sins were being forgiven at that time, not in the past. Jesus said, "your sins ARE forgiven."

F. The man immediately obeyed Him.

1. The man experienced Jesus' healing power because of His faith.

2. He also experienced salvation because of His faith.

II. Jesus called Matthew to be His Disciple

Study Questions 9.5 Through 9.10


Question 9.5 What was Matthew's profession before Jesus called him?
Question 9.6 Why did the Pharisees object to His dinner?
Question 9.7 How did He respond?
Question 9.8 What was the meaning of the verse that He quoted?
Question 9.9 Why didn't His disciples fast?
Question 9.10 What was Jesus talking about with wineskins?




9 As Jesus went on from there, he saw a man named Matthew sitting at the tax collector's booth. "Follow me," he told him, and Matthew got up and followed him.
10 While Jesus was having dinner at Matthew's house, many tax collectors and "sinners" came and ate with him and his disciples.
11 When the Pharisees saw this, they asked his disciples, "Why does your teacher eat with tax collectors and 'sinners'?"
12 On hearing this, Jesus said, "It is not the healthy who need a doctor, but the sick.
13 But go and learn what this means: 'I desire mercy, not sacrifice.' For I have not come to call the righteous, but sinners."





A. Jesus picked a tax collector to be His disciple. Tax collectors were very unpopular.

B. Jesus freely ate with the undesirable (tax collectors and sinners).

C. He knew that He had come to seek and to save the lost (Luke 19:10).

D. He came to call sinners, not the righteous (Hosea 6:6). God does not want sacrifice. He seeks those that seek Him.


Luke 19:10 says, "For the Son of Man came to seek and to save what was lost."

Hosea 6:6 says, "For I desire mercy, not sacrifice, and acknowledgment of God rather than burnt offerings."



III. Jesus' Disciples Did Not Fast


14 Then John's disciples came and asked him, "How is it that we and the Pharisees fast, but your disciples do not fast?"
15 Jesus answered, "How can the guests of the bridegroom mourn while he is with them? The time will come when the bridegroom will be taken from them; then they will fast.





A. John's disciples and the Pharisees fasted.

1. John's disciples prayed and fasted for the coming Kingdom.

2. The Pharisees fasted to be seen (see Matthew 6:16-18 and Luke 18:10-14). They were hypocrites, and they openly opposed Jesus.


Luke 18:10-14 says, "Two men went up to the temple to pray, one a Pharisee and the other a tax collector. The Pharisee stood up and prayed about himself: 'God, I thank you that I am not like other men--robbers, evildoers, adulterers--or even like this tax collector. I fast twice a week and give a tenth of all I get.' 'But the tax collector stood at a distance. He would not even look up to heaven, but beat his breast and said, 'God, have mercy on me, a sinner.' 'I tell you that this man, rather than the other, went home justified before God. For everyone who exalts himself will be humbled, and he who humbles himself will be exalted.'"





B. Jesus' disciples did not fast because He was still with them.

IV. The Theology of Jesus


16 "No one sews a patch of unshrunk cloth on an old garment, for the patch will pull away from the garment, making the tear worse.
17 Neither do men pour new wine into old wineskins. If they do, the skins will burst, the wine will run out and the wineskins will be ruined. No, they pour new wine into new wineskins, and both are preserved."





A. His theology was more than just a patch of unshrunk cloth.

B. His theology was like new wine in old skin bottles.

C. Jesus was not trying to revive Old Testament Judaism. He was establishing a New Covenant.

D. "The new wine of grace was not to be poured into the skin-bottles of legality." This quote was credited to Ironside by Dr. D. A. Carson, "Matthew," The Expositor's Bible Commentary, volume 8, page 228.

V. Preparing to Heal a Little Girl

Study Questions 9.11 Through 9.18


Question 9.11 Did Jesus limit His miracles to Jewish people?
Question 9.12 Was the man's daughter really dead?
Question 9.13 Why didn't Jesus know who touched Him?
Question 9.14 What physical evidence showed the girl's assumed death?
Question 9.15 What did Jesus tell the people?
Question 9.16 How did they respond?
Question 9.17 What happened to the man's daughter?
Question 9.18 What synoptic problem does this chapter present?




18 While he was saying this, a ruler came and knelt before him and said, "My daughter has just died. But come and put your hand on her, and she will live."
19 Jesus got up and went with him, and so did his disciples.





A. While He was describing His new theology in relation to Judaism, a ruler came to Him about his daughter.

B. The man thought that his daughter had just died, but he also thought that Jesus could bring her back to life.

C. Jesus was willing to go with the man whose name was Jairus.

VI. A Woman with an Issue of Blood


20 Just then a woman who had been subject to bleeding for twelve years came up behind him and touched the edge of his cloak.
21 She said to herself, "If I only touch his cloak, I will be healed."
22 Jesus turned and saw her. "Take heart, daughter," he said, "your faith has healed you." And the woman was healed from that moment.





A. A woman came up behind Him and touched Him.

B. Who touched me (Mark 5:30)?


Mark 5:30 says, "At once Jesus realized that power had gone out from him. He turned around in the crowd and asked, 'Who touched my clothes?'"






1. Jesus is supposed to be omniscient (all-knowing). Why didn't He know who touched Him?

2. The kenosis: Based on Philippians 2:6-8.


Philippians 2:6-8 says, "Who, being in very nature God, did not consider equality with God something to be grasped, but made himself nothing, taking the very nature of a servant, being made in human likeness. And being found in appearance as a man, he humbled himself and became obedient to death--even death on a cross!"







a) He made Himself nothing. From the Hebrew word "kenoo," which means "to empty, make empty, of Christ, he laid aside equality with or the form of God"

b) In the kenosis, He gave up the voluntary use of His comparative attributes (omniscience, omnipotence, and omnipresence).

c) Jesus gave up a lot just to die for lost humanity. What are we doing for Him?

3. By becoming human, Jesus temporarily gave up the free use of His comparative attributes. When He was resurrected from the grave, He reclaimed them.

C. Her faith made her whole. With God, faith is always the key (Remember Hebrews 11:6)

VII. Jesus Healed of Jairus' Daughter


23 When Jesus entered the ruler's house and saw the flute players and the noisy crowd,
24 he said, "Go away. The girl is not dead but asleep." But they laughed at him.
25 After the crowd had been put outside, he went in and took the girl by the hand, and she got up.
26 News of this spread through all that region.





A. The musicians had arrived because they thought the girl was dead.

B. He sent them away, saying that she was only asleep.

1. The girl might have dead, in which case Jesus brought her back to life. He did that with Lazarus in John 11:1-44, and John 11:11 said that Lazarus was only sleeping.

2. The girl might have had a sickness unto death, in which case Jesus healed her.

3. Either way, He did a mighty work that day.

C. A Synoptic Problem

   

Matthew

Mark

Luke

1. Healing at Gadara

 

(1) 8:28-34

(2 men healed)

(4) 5:1-17

(1 man healed)

(4) 8:26-39

(1 man healed)

2. Healing the Paralytic

 

(2) 9:1-8

(1) 2:3-12

(1) 5:17-26

3. Calling of Matthew

 

(3) 9:9

(2) 2:13-14

(2) 5:27-28

4. Dinner at Matthew's

 

(4) 9:10-11

(3) 2:15-17

(3) 5:29-32

5. Healing Jairus's Daughter and woman with issue of blood

 

(5) 9:18-38

(5) 5:21-43

(5) 8:40-56

1. Matthew was around from the time that he was called by Jesus. Mark was not there but had gotten his information from Peter who was there. Luke was not there but got his information from Paul and other witnesses.

2. The order is slightly different in the Gospel of Matthew, but the important things are the actions, not the order of the actions.

3. These events were being recorded about 20 years after they had happened. The Holy Spirit inspired correctness concerning what Jesus did, but He allowed human frailty to play a part, too.

VIII. Jesus Healed Two Blind Men

Study Questions 9.19 Through 9.24


Question 9.19 What was the basis for the healing of the two blind men?
Question 9.20 Why did Jesus not want anyone to know what He had done?
Question 9.21 How did that compare with the two men at Gadara?
Question 9.22 Why did the Pharisees object to the demon-possessed healing?
Question 9.23 Why did Jesus have compassion on people?
Question 9.24 How can Christians help?




27 As Jesus went on from there, two blind men followed him, calling out, "Have mercy on us, Son of David!"
28 When he had gone indoors, the blind men came to him, and he asked them, "Do you believe that I am able to do this?" "Yes, Lord," they replied.
29 Then he touched their eyes and said, "According to your faith will it be done to you";
30 and their sight was restored. Jesus warned them sternly, "See that no one knows about this."
31 But they went out and spread the news about him all over that region.





A. They knew who He was, and they knew that He could help them.

B. He healed them according to their faith.

C. He told them to not tell anyone, but they were too excited to remain quiet.

IX. Jesus Healed a Demon-possessed Man


32 While they were going out, a man who was demon-possessed and could not talk was brought to Jesus.
33 And when the demon was driven out, the man who had been mute spoke. The crowd was amazed and said, "Nothing like this has ever been seen in Israel."
34 But the Pharisees said, "It is by the prince of demons that he drives out demons."





A. The Pharisees incorrectly said that Jesus cast the demon out of the man.

B. The people were clearly amazed.

C. But the Pharisees openly opposed Jesus, and they were in the dark.

X. Workers Needed. Apply Within.


35 Jesus went through all the towns and villages, teaching in their synagogues, preaching the good news of the kingdom and healing every disease and sickness.
36 When he saw the crowds, he had compassion on them, because they were harassed and helpless, like sheep without a shepherd.
37 Then he said to his disciples, "The harvest is plentiful but the workers are few.
38 Ask the Lord of the harvest, therefore, to send out workers into his harvest field."





A. Jesus continually gave but rarely got anything in return. But He still had compassion on the people.

B. The Lord's work needs workers. Who will go out into His fields today?

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 10 – Jesus Instructs the Twelve (Matthew 10:1-42)

I. Jesus Gave Authority to His Twelve Disciples

Study Questions 10.1 Through 10.6


Question 10.1 How did Jesus prove His deity in this passage?
Question 10.2 What is known about the organization of Jesus’ disciples?
Question 10.3 What is the greatest miracle performed in the world today?
Question 10.4 What instructions were the disciples given?
Question 10.5 Do those same instructions apply to Christians today?
Question 10.6 How many of Jesus’ discourses did Matthew record?




1 He called his twelve disciples to him and gave them authority to drive out evil spirits and to heal every disease and sickness.
2 These are the names of the twelve apostles: first, Simon (who is called Peter) and his brother Andrew; James son of Zebedee, and his brother John;
3 Philip and Bartholomew; Thomas and Matthew the tax collector; James son of Alphaeus, and Thaddaeus;
4 Simon the Zealot and Judas Iscariot, who betrayed him.





A. He gave them authority (compare to Matthew 28:18-20).


Matthew 28:18-20 says, "Then Jesus came to them and said, 'All authority in heaven and on earth has been given to me. Therefore go and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, and teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you. And surely I am with you always, to the very end of the age.'"






1. They would be able to drive out evil or unclean spirits.

2. They would have the power to heal disease and sickness.

B. Jesus' Disciples are Identified. He called His disciples on three separate occasions (John 1:35-51, Mark 1:16-21, and Luke 5:1-11).

II. Jesus Sent Out His Twelve Disciples with Instructions


5 These twelve Jesus sent out with the following instructions: "Do not go among the Gentiles or enter any town of the Samaritans.
6 Go rather to the lost sheep of Israel.
7 As you go, preach this message: 'The kingdom of heaven is near.'
8 Heal the sick, raise the dead, cleanse those who have leprosy, drive out demons. Freely you have received, freely give.
9 Do not take along any gold or silver or copper in your belts;
10 take no bag for the journey, or extra tunic, or sandals or a staff; for the worker is worth his keep.
11 "Whatever town or village you enter, search for some worthy person there and stay at his house until you leave.
12 As you enter the home, give it your greeting.
13 If the home is deserving, let your peace rest on it; if it is not, let your peace return to you.
14 If anyone will not welcome you or listen to your words, shake the dust off your feet when you leave that home or town.
15 I tell you the truth, it will be more bearable for Sodom and Gomorrah on the day of judgment than for that town.
16 I am sending you out like sheep among wolves. Therefore be as shrewd as snakes and as innocent as doves.





A. His second major discourse: Mission and Martyrdom (Carson).

1. Discourse 1 - The Sermon on the Mount (Matthew 5:1 through Matthew 7:29).

2. Discourse 2 - Mission and Martyrdom (Matthew 10:5 through Matthew 11:1).

3. Discourse 3 - The Parables of the Kingdom (Matthew 13:1-53).

4. Discourse 4 - Life Under Kingdom Authority (Matthew 18:1 through Matthew 19:2).

5. Discourse 5 - The Olivet Discourse (Matthew 23:1 through Matthew 26:1)

B. Only go to the Jews

1. The gospel had not been opened to the Gentiles yet, but remember people like Rahab (Joshua 6:17) and the Ninevites.

2. The Samaritans were left out, too.

3. The kingdom of heaven is like a marriage feast (see Luke 14:15-23).

C. The Kingdom of Heaven is Near.

1. People get excited when they hear that the kingdom of heaven is near.

2. But they should also use the time to reflect and repent.

D. God's Way is not concerned with prosperity, but His workers still need to be given the means of support

E. Jesus told them to judge the worthiness of a home (compare with Matthew 7:1-6).

1. Dust off your feet and leave

2. More bearable for Sodom and Gomorrah

3. Sorry will be the person that sits in this church week after week but never responds to God's call on his or her life.

F. Be shrewd and innocent.

1. Christians should have a godly way about themselves.

2. They should not take on the ways of the world, but they also should not be naïve about the world.

III. Jesus Told His Disciples to be Ready for Trouble

Study Questions 10.7 Through 10.10


Question 10.7 Why should Christians always be ready for opposition?
Question 10.8 What should Christians be worried about?
Question 10.9 How will the Christian know what to answer when questioned?
Question 10.10 How can Matthew 10:22 be reconciled?




17 "Be on your guard against men; they will hand you over to the local councils and flog you in their synagogues.
18 On my account you will be brought before governors and kings as witnesses to them and to the Gentiles.
19 But when they arrest you, do not worry about what to say or how to say it. At that time you will be given what to say,
20 for it will not be you speaking, but the Spirit of your Father speaking through you.
21 "Brother will betray brother to death, and a father his child; children will rebel against their parents and have them put to death.
22 All men will hate you because of me, but he who stands firm to the end will be saved.
23 When you are persecuted in one place, flee to another. I tell you the truth, you will not finish going through the cities of Israel before the Son of Man comes.





A. Be on your guard. Expect trouble when you serve the Lord.

1. Jesus warned that His followers would be brought before councils.

2. They would be flogged. Jesus was scourged.

B. When They Arrest You.

1. His followers would be arrested.

2. They would also be given what to say by the Holy Spirit.

3. The Holy Spirit would speak through them.

C. Even though family members will often be against family members, God's faithful servants will not be alone (compare Matthew 28:20).

D. When You Are Persecuted

1. Jesus warned that His followers would be persecuted.

2. He told them that it would be okay for them to flee to other cities.

3. He also promised a speedy return, which explains some of the problems at the Thessalonican church.


I Thessalonians 4:16-18 says, "For the Lord himself will come down from heaven, with a loud command, with the voice of the archangel and with the trumpet call of God, and the dead in Christ will rise first. After that, we who are still alive and are left will be caught up together with them in the clouds to meet the Lord in the air. And so we will be with the Lord forever. Therefore encourage each other with these words."

II Thessalonians 2:3 says, "Don't let anyone deceive you in any way, for that day will not come until the rebellion occurs and the man of lawlessness is revealed, the man doomed to destruction."

II Thessalonians 3:10 says, "For even when we were with you, we gave you this rule: 'If a man will not work, he shall not eat.'"



IV. Jesus Told Them to Not be Afraid.

Study Questions 10.11 Through 10.17


Question 10.11 Why should Christians not be afraid of opposition?
Question 10.12 Of Whom should Christians be afraid?
Question 10.13 How important are God’s people to Him?
Question 10.14 Can Christians consistently and always disown the Lord?
Question 10.15 How does serving the Lord cause trouble in the home?
Question 10.16 Why does serving the Lord cause trouble in the home?
Question 10.17 What is the solution?




24 "A student is not above his teacher, nor a servant above his master.
25 It is enough for the student to be like his teacher, and the servant like his master. If the head of the house has been called Beelzebub, how much more the members of his household!
26 "So do not be afraid of them. There is nothing concealed that will not be disclosed, or hidden that will not be made known.
27 What I tell you in the dark, speak in the daylight; what is whispered in your ear, proclaim from the roofs.
28 Do not be afraid of those who kill the body but cannot kill the soul. Rather, be afraid of the One who can destroy both soul and body in hell.
29 Are not two sparrows sold for a penny? Yet not one of them will fall to the ground apart from the will of your Father.
30 And even the very hairs of your head are all numbered.
31 So don't be afraid; you are worth more than many sparrows.





A. Do not be afraid of them. All they can do is destroy the body. Colossians 3:1 and Galatians 2:20 tell Christians the mindset that they are to have.

B. Be faithful witnesses.

C. Fear the One that can destroy body and soul.

V. Jesus Expects a Lot from his Own


32 "Whoever acknowledges me before men, I will also acknowledge him before my Father in heaven.
33 But whoever disowns me before men, I will disown him before my Father in heaven.
34 "Do not suppose that I have come to bring peace to the earth. I did not come to bring peace, but a sword.
35 For I have come to turn "'a man against his father, a daughter against her mother, a daughter-in-law against her mother-in-law--
36 a man's enemies will be the members of his own household.'
37 "Anyone who loves his father or mother more than me is not worthy of me; anyone who loves his son or daughter more than me is not worthy of me;
38 and anyone who does not take his cross and follow me is not worthy of me.
39 Whoever finds his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it.
40 "He who receives you receives me, and he who receives me receives the one who sent me.
41 Anyone who receives a prophet because he is a prophet will receive a prophet's reward, and anyone who receives a righteous man because he is a righteous man will receive a righteous man's reward.
42 And if anyone gives even a cup of cold water to one of these little ones because he is my disciple, I tell you the truth, he will certainly not lose his reward."





A. Whoever disowns me before men does not mean that a Christian makes a mistake and then that Jesus forsakes him or her. (Remember I John 1:9).

1. He is talking about those who consistently or even always deny having anything to do with Him.

2. No one can be indwelled by the Holy Spirit and consistently or always deny Christ (see John 14:16-17, John 14:26, and John 15:26).

B. Dr. Packer pointed out that Jesus will be God's agent in judgment (page 144).

C. I did not come to bring peace, but a sword. A man's enemies will be the members of his own household.

1. The gospel comes between people, but Christians have still been called to share the gospel and close that gap.

2. A Christian does not do it on his or her own. Christ in him or her is the Source of one's ability to serve Him (see John 15:1-8).

D. Whoever finds his life will lose it, and whoever loses his life for my sake will find it. According to Galatians 2:20, losing one’s life means allowing Christ to live within. When that is done, the person finds life.


Galatians 2:20 says, "I have been crucified with Christ and I no longer live, but Christ lives in me. The life I live in the body, I live by faith in the Son of God, who loved me and gave himself for me."





E. And if anyone gives even a cup of cold water. . . . Even our most insignificant works done in the Lord's name receives a reward because we make ourselves partakers in His work.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 11 – Jesus Defends the Baptist (Matthew 11:1-30)

I. Jesus was Visited by John's Disciples

Study Questions 11.1 Through 11.6


Question 11.1 Why did John the Baptist question Jesus?
Question 11.2 Who else questioned Jesus about His deity and being messiah?
Question 11.3 How did Jesus respond to each of them?
Question 11.4 Why did He respond differently to each?
Question 11.5 How could John the Baptist have misread the prophecies?
Question 11.6 Is it alright to question Jesus?




1 After Jesus had finished instructing his twelve disciples, he went on from there to teach and preach in the towns of Galilee.
2 When John heard in prison what Christ was doing, he sent his disciples
3 to ask him, "Are you the one who was to come, or should we expect someone else?"
4 Jesus replied, "Go back and report to John what you hear and see:
5 The blind receive sight, the lame walk, those who have leprosy are cured, the deaf hear, the dead are raised, and the good news is preached to the poor.
6 Blessed is the man who does not fall away on account of me."





A. Are you the one who was to come?

1. According to Dr. Carson and Dr. Robert H. Mounce, The New International Biblical Commentary - Matthew, this chapter started a turning point in Jesus' earthly ministry.

2. Dr. Carson said that Jesus was not the Messiah that the people had been hoping for, so they were expressing open disappointment and opposition to the kingdom of God.

3. Dr. Mounce pointed out that hostility began to develop and that even His healings became less frequent because of the people's unbelief.

4. Even John the Baptist was wondering.

5. Notice the following three cases.

a) When John the Baptist asked for a sign, Jesus gave him a sign and even a compliment (Matthew 11:2-11).

b) Jesus gave the wicked generation a sign even though they were wicked (Matthew 12:39 and Matthew 16:4).

c) When Thomas asked for evidence of the resurrection, Jesus showed him a sign and gave him a mild rebuke (John 20:24-29).

6. An analogy of prophecy is that of a person viewing mountaintops from a distance. The viewer may see two mountaintops that appear to be right on top of each other, when really a great distance may actually separate them.

a. Some Old Testament prophecies referred to a coming King.

b. Some Old Testament prophecies referred to a suffering Servant.

7. In John 11:35, why did Jesus weep?

B. The blind receive sight - Jesus presented the depth of His ministry. He was ministering to those that were afflicted, and He was also preaching the good news of the gospel to the poor (in spirit - from the Greek word, ptochos).

C. Blessed is the man who does not fall away on account of me. Jesus was omniscient, and He understood that the people were growing impatient. Our attitude towards this life should be based on Colossians 3:1-3.


Colossians 3:1-3 says, "Since, then, you have been raised with Christ, set your hearts on things above, where Christ is seated at the right hand of God. Set your minds on things above, not on earthly things. For you died, and your life is now hidden with Christ in God."



II. What Did You go to See?

Study Questions 11.7 Through 11.10


Question 11.7 How did Jesus describe John the Baptist?
Question 11.8 What was Jesus saying in Matthew 11:11?
Question 11.9 Does the Bible teach reincarnation?
Question 11.10 How can Matthew 11:14 be reconciled?




7 As John's disciples were leaving, Jesus began to speak to the crowd about John: "What did you go out into the desert to see? A reed swayed by the wind?
8 If not, what did you go out to see? A man dressed in fine clothes? No, those who wear fine clothes are in kings' palaces.
9 Then what did you go out to see? A prophet? Yes, I tell you, and more than a prophet.
10 This is the one about whom it is written: "'I will send my messenger ahead of you, who will prepare your way before you.'
11 I tell you the truth: Among those born of women there has not risen anyone greater than John the Baptist; yet he who is least in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he.





A. A reed swayed by the wind - a reed swayed in the wind suggests fickleness by John the Baptist, and Jesus was telling the crowd that he was not fickle. John's questions had been based on his misunderstanding rather than his lack of faith. Jesus' was bringing the kingdom of God to the whole area in ways that no one fully understood.

B. A man dressed in fine clothes - fine clothes suggests weakness and softness, but John the Baptist was not like that, either.

C. Yet he who is least in the kingdom of heaven is greater than he - according to Dr. Carson, the Old Testament prophets pointed to Jesus more ambiguously than John the Baptist. However, the least person in the kingdom of heaven (post-Pentecost Christians) points to Jesus even less ambiguously than John the Baptist.

III. John the Baptist and Elijah


12 From the days of John the Baptist until now, the kingdom of heaven has been forcefully advancing, and forceful men lay hold of it.
13 For all the Prophets and the Law prophesied until John.
14 And if you are willing to accept it, he is the Elijah who was to come.
15 He who has ears, let him hear.





A. All the Prophets and the Law prophesied until John - once again, Jesus was saying that their prophecies about Jesus were farther from the event, so they were less clear.

B. He is the Elijah who was to come

1. Reincarnation people say that John the Baptist was the reincarnation of Elijah.

2. Christian theologians say that John the Baptist embodied the same spirit and zeal for the Lord as Elijah but not that they were the same physically. Elijah preached against the prophets of Baal, and John the Baptist preached against the Pharisees and religious hypocrites of his days.

C. He who has ears, let him hear - God always speaks to those that are in tune with Him and that want to receive the truth from Him. This was His way of saying, "Wake up!" or "Listen up!"

IV. John the Baptist was NOT a Demon

Study Questions 11.11 Through 11.15


Question 11.11 What was Jesus saying about that generation?
Question 11.12 Would His comment be true today?
Question 11.13 How can the love of Jesus be explained by what He said?
Question 11.14 How had the people brought a curse upon themselves?
Question 11.15 How can that curse be lifted?




16 "To what can I compare this generation? They are like children sitting in the marketplaces and calling out to others:
17 "'We played the flute for you, and you did not dance; we sang a dirge, and you did not mourn.'
18 For John came neither eating nor drinking, and they say, 'He has a demon.'
19 The Son of Man came eating and drinking, and they say, 'Here is a glutton and a drunkard, a friend of tax collectors and "sinners."' But wisdom is proved right by her actions."





A. John came neither eating nor drinking

B. The Son of Man came eating and drinking

C. Jesus was NOT a glutton or a drunkard

1. He was telling them that they would not be satisfied. The Pharisees openly opposed Jesus.

2. He was also saying that they would understand Him if they had understood John the Baptist.

3. John the Baptist was born to bear witness to Jesus, and in this discourse, Jesus bore witness to John the Baptist.

V. Jesus' Miracles Were a Curse to Some People


20 Then Jesus began to denounce the cities in which most of his miracles had been performed, because they did not repent.
21 "Woe to you, Korazin! Woe to you, Bethsaida! If the miracles that were performed in you had been performed in Tyre and Sidon, they would have repented long ago in sackcloth and ashes.
22 But I tell you, it will be more bearable for Tyre and Sidon on the day of judgment than for you.
23 And you, Capernaum, will you be lifted up to the skies? No, you will go down to the depths. If the miracles that were performed in you had been performed in Sodom, it would have remained to this day.
24 But I tell you that it will be more bearable for Sodom on the day of judgment than for you."





A. Jesus began to denounce the cities in which most of his miracles had been performed, because they did not repent.

B. Woe to you, Korazin

C. Woe to you, Bethsaida

D. And you, Capernaum - Jesus had His home base in Capernaum, and people still did not see the truth in Him.

E. Failure to respond appropriately to the Lord and His message brings a curse on the one that rejects Him.

VI. Many Things are Hidden

Study Questions 11.16 Through 11.20


Question 11.16 Why was Jesus pleased that some things had been hidden?
Question 11.17 Can Matthew 11:27 be reconciled with II Peter 3:9?
Question 11.18 What does Jesus say to the weary and burdened?
Question 11.19 Does that mean that all problems go away?
Question 11.20 Is there a better way?




25 At that time Jesus said, "I praise you, Father, Lord of heaven and earth, because you have hidden these things from the wise and learned, and revealed them to little children.
26 Yes, Father, for this was your good pleasure.
27 "All things have been committed to me by my Father. No one knows the Son except the Father, and no one knows the Father except the Son and those to whom the Son chooses to reveal him.
28 "Come to me, all you who are weary and burdened, and I will give you rest.
29 Take my yoke upon you and learn from me, for I am gentle and humble in heart, and you will find rest for your souls.
30 For my yoke is easy and my burden is light."





A. You have hidden these things - the truth of the gospel is simple enough to be understood by a child but complicated enough that top scholars walk away. Jesus

B. No one knows the Father except the Son and vice versa - a reference to the Trinity - one God, three Persons.

C. I will give you rest - we can only find rest in Him.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 12 – Disciples Pick Grain and the Pharisees Accuse Jesus (Matthew 12:1-50)

I. Jesus More Clearly Defined the Rules for the Sabbath.

Study Questions 12.1 Through 12.4


Question 12.1 How did Jesus show His deity in the below passage?
Question 12.2 Was Jesus a wimp?
Question 12.3 How did Jesus respond to the Pharisee’s charges?
Question 12.4 Does the church worship on the Sabbath? Why or why not?




1 At that time Jesus went through the grainfields on the Sabbath. His disciples were hungry and began to pick some heads of grain and eat them.
2 When the Pharisees saw this, they said to him, "Look! Your disciples are doing what is unlawful on the Sabbath."
3 He answered, "Haven't you read what David did when he and his companions were hungry?
4 He entered the house of God, and he and his companions ate the consecrated bread--which was not lawful for them to do, but only for the priests.
5 Or haven't you read in the Law that on the Sabbath the priests in the temple desecrate the day and yet are innocent?
6 I tell you that one greater than the temple is here.
7 If you had known what these words mean, 'I desire mercy, not sacrifice,' you would not have condemned the innocent.
8 For the Son of Man is Lord of the Sabbath."





A. Working on the Sabbath

1. Matthew did not write about the disciples coming back together (Mounce).

2. The Pharisees were zealous about the Sabbath. They had thirty-nine types of work that could not be done on the Sabbath (Carson). According to their Rabbinic law (Vincent), two laws might have been broken.

a. Plucking the ears (reaping).

b. Rubbing them in their hands (sifting, grinding, or fanning).

3. They were also very hypocritical. They loved the Law, but their love for the Lord was not pure.

4. The church does not worship on the Sabbath, and that provides a major proof that the people of those days believed in the resurrection.

B. Have you not read what David did?

1. Because the disciples were not working their land (they were not farmers), they may not have even been breaking the Rabbinic Law. The Pharisees might have been wrong.

2. Jesus raised this example of when David's men ate the consecrated bread in I Samuel 21:1-9, but the two cases were different. David's men were starving, plus the disciples may not have been doing anything wrong.

3. Jesus was saying that what His disciples and He did should be acceptable because He was greater than David and what David did had been acceptable (Carson).

C. The priests in the temple desecrate the day (Leviticus 24:5-8). The priests profaned every Sabbath by changing the consecrated bread "regularly, Sabbath after Sabbath." His argument was that a greater One than the priests was here.


Leviticus 24:5-8 says, "Take fine flour and bake twelve loaves of bread, using two-tenths of an ephah for each loaf. Set them in two rows, six in each row, on the table of pure gold before the LORD. Along each row put some pure incense as a memorial portion to represent the bread and to be an offering made to the LORD by fire. This bread is to be set out before the LORD regularly, Sabbath after Sabbath, on behalf of the Israelites, as a lasting covenant."





D. One greater than the temple is here (Hosea 6:6). Jesus made open claims of His deity. He was either a liar, a lunatic, or the Lord.

E. For the Son of Man is Lord of the Sabbath. As Messiah, Jesus had the authority to override the normal ordinances of the Sabbath (Mounce).

II. Jesus Healed on the Sabbath

Study Questions 12.5 Through 12.8


Question 12.5 Was Jesus intimidated by the Pharisees?
Question 12.6 What two ways did Jesus show His deity by healing the man?
Question 12.7 What did rabbinic law allow for the healing of such a man?
Question 12.8 What higher truth was Jesus trying to teach?




9 Going on from that place, he went into their synagogue,
10 and a man with a shriveled hand was there. Looking for a reason to accuse Jesus, they asked him, "Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath?"
11 He said to them, "If any of you has a sheep and it falls into a pit on the Sabbath, will you not take hold of it and lift it out?
12 How much more valuable is a man than a sheep! Therefore it is lawful to do good on the Sabbath."
13 Then he said to the man, "Stretch out your hand." So he stretched it out and it was completely restored, just as sound as the other.





A. Is it lawful to heal on the Sabbath? In the Greek, the Pharisees were saying, "I would like to know if it is lawful" (Vincent). They were not trying to learn from Him. They were trying to challenge Him. They already knew the answer for which they were looking.

B. Rabbinic law allowed for medical care on the Sabbath in a life or death situation, but this healing did not qualify (Mounce). It could have waited until the next day.

C. Jesus was trying to teach a higher truth. It is lawful to do good on the Sabbath. He also wanted to demonstrate His authority over the Sabbath (note John 3:1-2).

III. Jesus Had Some Enemies

Study Questions 12.9 Through 12.15


Question 12.9 How did the Pharisees respond to Jesus?
Question 12.10 Why did Jesus withdraw to a different place?
Question 12.11 Why was He so secretive and so low key?
Question 12.12 When did Isaiah write the words of Matthew 12:18-21?
Question 12.13 How did Jesus prove His deity in Matthew 12:25?
Question 12.14 How did He respond to what the Pharisees said?
Question 12.15 What does His response teach about unity among Christians?




14 But the Pharisees went out and plotted how they might kill Jesus.
15 Aware of this, Jesus withdrew from that place. Many followed him, and he healed all their sick,
16 warning them not to tell who he was.
17 This was to fulfill what was spoken through the prophet Isaiah:
18 "Here is my servant whom I have chosen, the one I love, in whom I delight; I will put my Spirit on him, and he will proclaim justice to the nations.
19 He will not quarrel or cry out; no one will hear his voice in the streets.
20 A bruised reed he will not break, and a smoldering wick he will not snuff out, till he leads justice to victory.
21 In his name the nations will put their hope."





A. Pharisees went out and plotted. Opposition towards Him was growing.

B. Jesus withdrew from that place. Why was He so secretive? Because the time of His messianic expectation had not arrived (John 17:4-5).


John 17:4-5 says, "I have brought you glory on earth by completing the work you gave me to do. And now, Father, glorify me in your presence with the glory I had with you before the world began."





C. This was to fulfill what was spoken through the prophet Isaiah (Isaiah 42:1-4).

IV. Jesus was Accused of Being Demon-Possessed


22 Then they brought him a demon-possessed man who was blind and mute, and Jesus healed him, so that he could both talk and see.
23 All the people were astonished and said, "Could this be the Son of David?"
24 But when the Pharisees heard this, they said, "It is only by Beelzebub, the prince of demons, that this fellow drives out demons."
25 Jesus knew their thoughts and said to them, "Every kingdom divided against itself will be ruined, and every city or household divided against itself will not stand.
26 If Satan drives out Satan, he is divided against himself. How then can his kingdom stand?
27 And if I drive out demons by Beelzebub, by whom do your people drive them out? So then, they will be your judges.
28 But if I drive out demons by the Spirit of God, then the kingdom of God has come upon you.





A. Jesus healed him, so that he could both talk and see.

1. The Pharisees were constantly testing Jesus to see what he would do. They brought the afflicted man to Him. If we try to serve the Lord, we will face opposition, too.

2. Jesus did not worry Himself over the phoniness of the Pharisees. He healed the man that they had brought to Him.

a) The man was blind.

b) He was a mute.

c) He was demon-possessed.

B. It is only by Beelzebub. The Pharisees wanted people to think that Jesus was working cooperatively with the devil, but Jesus showed them the fallacy of their thinking.

C. Jesus knew their thoughts.

1. Knowing their thoughts was a sign of His deity. He was omniscient.

2. He could see through their plot (compare John 8:1-11)

3. He also knows our thoughts.

D. How can a divided kingdom stand?

1. No kingdom can function effectively when internal strife tears apart at the organization.

2. Christians should function as one body to complete the Lord's work on earth (see Matthew 28:18-20).


Matthew 28:18-20 says, "Then Jesus came to them and said, 'All authority in heaven and on earth has been given to me. Therefore go and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, and teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you. And surely I am with you always, to the very end of the age.'"



V. The Unpardonable Sin

Study Questions 12.16 Through 12.24


Question 12.16 What two-pronged indictment did Jesus make?
Question 12.17 Who were His comments directed at?
Question 12.18 Why did Jesus come to earth in human Form?
Question 12.19 What is the unpardonable sin?
Question 12.20 How does someone commit the unpardonable sin?
Question 12.21 Could the Pharisees be forgiven?
Question 12.22 Were any Pharisees forgiven?
Question 12.23 Why were the Pharisees always so negative with Jesus?
Question 12.24 What did Jesus teach about conversation?




29 "Or again, how can anyone enter a strong man's house and carry off his possessions unless he first ties up the strong man? Then he can rob his house.
30 "He who is not with me is against me, and he who does not gather with me scatters.
31 And so I tell you, every sin and blasphemy will be forgiven men, but the blasphemy against the Spirit will not be forgiven.
32 Anyone who speaks a word against the Son of Man will be forgiven, but anyone who speaks against the Holy Spirit will not be forgiven, either in this age or in the age to come.
33 "Make a tree good and its fruit will be good, or make a tree bad and its fruit will be bad, for a tree is recognized by its fruit.
34 You brood of vipers, how can you who are evil say anything good? For out of the overflow of the heart the mouth speaks.
35 The good man brings good things out of the good stored up in him, and the evil man brings evil things out of the evil stored up in him.
36 But I tell you that men will have to give account on the day of judgment for every careless word they have spoken.
37 For by your words you will be acquitted, and by your words you will be condemned."





A. He who does not gather with me scatters. Jesus came to seek others (Luke 19:10), so we should, too.

B. Blaspheming against the Spirit will not be forgiven.

1. Blasphemy against Jesus is a sin of the unsaved, and such a person can be saved (Carson).

a) Jesus was not trying to say that He was less important than the Holy Spirit.

b) The Pharisees should have known that exorcising demons was a work of God, yet they attributed it to the devil. They should not have been spiritually blind.

2. Blasphemy against the Holy Spirit is a sin of the saved, and there is not any other payment for that person's sin (Carson). The Pharisees should have known better.

3. Calling them a brood of vipers shows that Jesus was speaking directly to those that were speaking falsely against Him and His works (see John 6:35-36).


John 6:35-36 says, "Then Jesus declared, "I am the bread of life. He who comes to me will never go hungry, and he who believes in me will never be thirsty. But as I told you, you have seen me and still you do not believe."





C. How does one speak against the Holy Spirit? By denying the work of the Holy Spirit in the world today. The Holy Spirit convicts sinners, draws them to Christ, seals them into God's family, and is busy building the church.

D. For out of the overflow of the heart the mouth speaks.

E. For EVERY careless word they have spoken. People should never speak against any aspect of God's work, but they should also never speak any kind of bad communication. Speak the truth with God's love in your heart (see Ephesians 4:25). A careless word is a non-working word or an inoperative word (Vincent).


Ephesians 4:25 says, "Therefore each of you must put off falsehood and speak truthfully to his neighbor, for we are all members of one body."





F. Dr. Packer pointed out that Jesus will be God's agent in judgment (page 144).

VI. The Wicked Ask for a Sign

Study Questions 12.25 Through 12.29


Question 12.25 How did Jesus respond to the Pharisee's request for a sign?
Question 12.26 Why does a wicked and adulterous generation seek a sign?
Question 12.27 What did the sign of Jonah mean?
Question 12.28 Was Jesus always offended when asked to give a sign?
Question 12.29 How does one know God's Will for his or her life?




38 Then some of the Pharisees and teachers of the law said to him, "Teacher, we want to see a miraculous sign from you."
39 He answered, "A wicked and adulterous generation asks for a miraculous sign! But none will be given it except the sign of the prophet Jonah.
40 For as Jonah was three days and three nights in the belly of a huge fish, so the Son of Man will be three days and three nights in the heart of the earth.
41 The men of Nineveh will stand up at the judgment with this generation and condemn it; for they repented at the preaching of Jonah, and now one greater than Jonah is here.
42 The Queen of the South will rise at the judgment with this generation and condemn it; for she came from the ends of the earth to listen to Solomon's wisdom, and now one greater than Solomon is here.
43 "When an evil spirit comes out of a man, it goes through arid places seeking rest and does not find it.
44 Then it says, 'I will return to the house I left.' When it arrives, it finds the house unoccupied, swept clean and put in order.
45 Then it goes and takes with it seven other spirits more wicked than itself, and they go in and live there. And the final condition of that man is worse than the first. That is how it will be with this wicked generation."





A. We want to see a miraculous sign from you.

1. "A wicked and adulterous generation asks for a miraculous sign."

2. "None will be given it except the sign of the prophet Jonah."

3. What was the sign of Jonah?

4. What was Jesus trying to communicate through that sign? He was making reference to His death and resurrection.

5. Notice the following three cases.

a) Jesus gave the wicked generation a sign even though they were wicked (Matthew 12:39 and Matthew 16:4).

b) When Thomas asked for evidence of the resurrection, Jesus showed him a sign and gave him a mild rebuke (John 20:24-29).

c) When John the Baptist asked for a sign, Jesus gave him a sign and even a compliment (Matthew 11:2-11).

B. The men of Nineveh repented at the preaching of Jonah.

C. The Queen of the South came from the ends of the earth to listen to Solomon's wisdom, and now one greater than Solomon is here.

D. The final condition of that man is worse than the first.

1. What is this all about?

2. Outwardly turning over a new leaf without experiencing the rebirth will not work.

3. Each time the Jews rejected Jesus as their Messiah, their spiritual condition deteriorated (Mounce).

VII. Knowing the Father's Will


46 While Jesus was still talking to the crowd, his mother and brothers stood outside, wanting to speak to him.
47 Someone told him, "Your mother and brothers are standing outside, wanting to speak to you."
48 He replied to him, "Who is my mother, and who are my brothers?"
49 Pointing to his disciples, he said, "Here are my mother and my brothers.
50 For whoever does the will of my Father in heaven is my brother and sister and mother."





A. Who is my mother, and who are my brothers? Jesus asked His question rhetorically so that He could make His point.

B. Whoever does the will of my Father in heaven.

C. What is the Father's will for each person's life?

1. For the unsaved, He desires salvation (II Peter 3:9).


II Peter 3:9 says, "The Lord is not slow in keeping his promise, as some understand slowness. He is patient with you, not wanting anyone to perish, but everyone to come to repentance."






2. For the saved, He desires conformity to His Son, which means a clear devotion to Him, others, and the salvation of others (Romans 8:28-29 and Luke 19:10).


Romans 8:28-29 says, "And we know that in all things God works for the good of those who love him, who have been called according to his purpose. For those God foreknew he also predestined to be conformed to the likeness of his Son, that he might be the firstborn among many brothers."

Luke 19:10 says, "For the Son of Man came to seek and to save what was lost."






3. Serving the Lord manifests itself in ways that point people to Christ.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 13 – Seven (or Eight) Parables (Matthew 13:1-58)

I. Jesus Taught From a Boat

Study Questions 13.1 Through 13.7


Question 13.1 Why did Jesus teach from a boat?
Question 13.2 What was the theme of His third major discourse?
Question 13.3 How many parables did He tell to the whole crowd?
Question 13.4 How many parables did He tell only to His disciples?
Question 13.5 Why did Jesus speak so often in parables?
Question 13.6 What was the meaning in the parable of the farmer?
Question 13.7 What does Matthew 13:9 mean?




1 That same day Jesus went out of the house and sat by the lake.
2 Such large crowds gathered around him that he got into a boat and sat in it, while all the people stood on the shore.





A. His third major discourse: The Parables of the Kingdom (Carson).

1. Discourse 1 - The Sermon on the Mount (Matthew 5:1 through Matthew 7:29).

2. Discourse 2 - Mission and Martyrdom (Matthew 10:5 through Matthew 11:1).

3. Discourse 3 - The Parables of the Kingdom (Matthew 13:1-53).

4. Discourse 4 - Life Under Kingdom Authority (Matthew 18:1 through Matthew 19:2).

5. Discourse 5 - The Olivet Discourse (Matthew 23:1 through Matthew 26:1)

B. That same day

1. Jesus has just finished arguing with the Pharisees about His disciples picking corn on the Sabbath.

2. He has just finished defending Himself as not being of the devil.

3. He has just finished responding to their request for a sign.

4. He has just finished talking about His family who were waiting for Him outside.

C. He got into a boat and sat in it. Teachers often sat when they taught, so His posture in the boat was not unusual for that setting.

D. People stood on the shore.

E. Jesus told seven or eight parables depending upon one's understanding of Matthew 13:52.

1. The first four were to the crowd.

2. The last four were only to His disciples (see Matthew 13:36), and they only appeared in the Gospel of Matthew.

II. The Parable of the Farmer (Parable Number One)


3 Then he told them many things in parables, saying: "A farmer went out to sow his seed.
4 As he was scattering the seed, some fell along the path, and the birds came and ate it up.
5 Some fell on rocky places, where it did not have much soil. It sprang up quickly, because the soil was shallow.
6 But when the sun came up, the plants were scorched, and they withered because they had no root.
7 Other seed fell among thorns, which grew up and choked the plants.
8 Still other seed fell on good soil, where it produced a crop--a hundred, sixty or thirty times what was sown.
9 He who has ears, let him hear."





A. This parable was concerned about the soil, not the seed (see Mark 4:3-9 and Luke 8:5-15).

1. Some fell along the path.

a) The birds, which were a symbol of evil to Old Testament people, are a symbol for the devil and his demons (Mounce).

b) When the seeds fell along the path, they did not find good soil, and they were snatched away by the devil and his demons.

2. Some fell on rocky places. In Palestine, much of the soil was a thin layer of dirt overlaying limestone, so the people understood the significance of His analogy (Mounce and Carson).

3. Other seed fell among thorns. When the seed would grow up, the thorns and weeds would choke them, and they would die.

4. Other seed fell on good soil.

a) Good seed in good soil always produces good fruit.

b) Good seed is the Word of God, Christians are the good soil, and Christian fruit is the result (see Galatians 5:22-24).

c) Jesus challenged His listeners to be good soil.


Galatians 5:22-24 says, "But the fruit of the Spirit is love, joy, peace, patience, kindness, goodness, faithfulness, gentleness and self-control. Against such things there is no law. Those who belong to Christ Jesus have crucified the sinful nature with its passions and desires.





B. He who has ears, let him hear.

III. Jesus Spoke in Parables on Purpose


10 The disciples came to him and asked, "Why do you speak to the people in parables?"
11 He replied, "The knowledge of the secrets of the kingdom of heaven has been given to you, but not to them.
12 Whoever has will be given more, and he will have an abundance. Whoever does not have, even what he has will be taken from him.
13 This is why I speak to them in parables: "Though seeing, they do not see; though hearing, they do not hear or understand.
14 In them is fulfilled the prophecy of Isaiah: "'You will be ever hearing but never understanding; you will be ever seeing but never perceiving.
15 For this people's heart has become calloused; they hardly hear with their ears, and they have closed their eyes. Otherwise they might see with their eyes, hear with their ears, understand with their hearts and turn, and I would heal them.'
16 But blessed are your eyes because they see, and your ears because they hear.
17 For I tell you the truth, many prophets and righteous men longed to see what you see but did not see it, and to hear what you hear but did not hear it.





A. Why do you speak to the people in parables?

1. Dr. Mounce wrote, "The parable is a simple story taken from daily life that illustrates an ethical or religious truth."

2. Parables are effective teaching tools.

3. Parable comes from the Greek word "parabole," which means to throw beside. One thing was thrown beside the other so that the hearer could compare and analyze. Parables are religious, and fables are secular (Vincent).

4. The peoples' hearts were already hardened to the truth (Isaiah 6:9-10). Had Jesus spoken directly to them, their responsibility would have been even greater, and their judgment more severe (Mounce).

B. Knowledge has been given to you, but not to them.

1. Knowledge was given to the disciples, and their responsibility was greater.

2. Knowledge is given to us, so our responsibility is greater still.

C. For this people's heart has become callused.

D. Blessed are your eyes because they see, and your ears because they hear.

IV. Interpretation of the Parable about the Farmer


18 "Listen then to what the parable of the sower means:
19 When anyone hears the message about the kingdom and does not understand it, the evil one comes and snatches away what was sown in his heart. This is the seed sown along the path.
20 The one who received the seed that fell on rocky places is the man who hears the word and at once receives it with joy.
21 But since he has no root, he lasts only a short time. When trouble or persecution comes because of the word, he quickly falls away.
22 The one who received the seed that fell among the thorns is the man who hears the word, but the worries of this life and the deceitfulness of wealth choke it, making it unfruitful.
23 But the one who received the seed that fell on good soil is the man who hears the word and understands it. He produces a crop, yielding a hundred, sixty or thirty times what was sown."





A. The evil one comes and snatches away.


II Peter 5:8-9 says, "Be self-controlled and alert. Your enemy the devil prowls around like a roaring lion looking for someone to devour. Resist him, standing firm in the faith, because you know that your brothers throughout the world are undergoing the same kind of sufferings."





B. When trouble or persecution comes because of the word.

C. The worries of this life and the deceitfulness of wealth.

D. The man who hears the word and understands it

V. The Good Seed and the Weeds (Parable Number Two)

Study Questions 13.8 Through 13.14


Question 13.8 How is the below parable like the kingdom of heaven?
Question 13.9 Who was the enemy?
Question 13.10 Why did he wait until harvest time to pull the weeds?
Question 13.11 When is harvest time?
Question 13.12 How is a mustart seed like the kingdom of heaven?
Question 13.13 How is yeast like the kingdom of heaven?
Question 13.14 What was the meaning of the parable of the sower?




24 Jesus told them another parable: "The kingdom of heaven is like a man who sowed good seed in his field.
25 But while everyone was sleeping, his enemy came and sowed weeds among the wheat, and went away.
26 When the wheat sprouted and formed heads, then the weeds also appeared.
27 "The owner's servants came to him and said, 'Sir, didn't you sow good seed in your field? Where then did the weeds come from?'
28 "'An enemy did this,' he replied. "The servants asked him, 'Do you want us to go and pull them up?'
29 "'No,' he answered, 'because while you are pulling the weeds, you may root up the wheat with them.
30 Let both grow together until the harvest. At that time I will tell the harvesters: First collect the weeds and tie them in bundles to be burned; then gather the wheat and bring it into my barn.'"





A. A man who sowed good seed. Jesus gives an analogy of heaven and future judgment. This parable only occurs in the Gospel of Matthew.

B. His enemy came and sowed weeds.

1. The man who sowed good seed is Jesus.

2. His enemy is the devil.

C. You may root up the wheat.

1. The good is retained, and the bad is destroyed.

2. Jesus clearly taught that people will die lost.

3. Therefore, those to whom the truth has been given have an obligation to share that truth with others, as the Holy Spirit leads.

D. "At that time." A time of judgment is coming.

E. Tie them in bundles to be burned

VI. The Mustard Seed and the Yeast (Parable Numbers Three and Four)


31 He told them another parable: "The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed, which a man took and planted in his field.
32 Though it is the smallest of all your seeds, yet when it grows, it is the largest of garden plants and becomes a tree, so that the birds of the air come and perch in its branches."
33 He told them still another parable: "The kingdom of heaven is like yeast that a woman took and mixed into a large amount of flour until it worked all through the dough."





A. The kingdom of heaven is like a mustard seed (see Mark 4:30-32 and Luke 13:18-19).

1. At the time that Jesus was ministering, the kingdom work on earth was still very small.

2. But it would grow and grow and grow, and today, it is still growing.

B. It is the largest of garden plants and becomes a tree

C. Yeast worked all through the dough (Luke 13:20-21).

1. Jesus was making the same analogy about growth of His kingdom.

2. A little yeast added to a little flour makes a bountiful loaf of bread.

3. In the Old Testament, yeast or leaven was often a symbol for sin, but Jesus was not making that statement in this parable.

VII. Interpretation of the Good Seed and the Weeds


34 Jesus spoke all these things to the crowd in parables; he did not say anything to them without using a parable.
35 So was fulfilled what was spoken through the prophet: "I will open my mouth in parables, I will utter things hidden since the creation of the world."
36 Then he left the crowd and went into the house. His disciples came to him and said, "Explain to us the parable of the weeds in the field."
37 He answered, "The one who sowed the good seed is the Son of Man.
38 The field is the world, and the good seed stands for the sons of the kingdom. The weeds are the sons of the evil one,
39 and the enemy who sows them is the devil. The harvest is the end of the age, and the harvesters are angels.
40 "As the weeds are pulled up and burned in the fire, so it will be at the end of the age.
41 The Son of Man will send out his angels, and they will weed out of his kingdom everything that causes sin and all who do evil.
42 They will throw them into the fiery furnace, where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.
43 Then the righteous will shine like the sun in the kingdom of their Father. He who has ears, let him hear.





A. Explain to us the parable of the weeds in the field.

1. The disciples did not have perfect understanding of the parables, either.

2. But they asked for understanding, and they got it (Luke 11:9-10).


Luke 11:9-10 says, "So I say to you: Ask and it will be given to you; seek and you will find; knock and the door will be opened to you. For everyone who asks receives; he who seeks finds; and to him who knocks, the door will be opened."





B. So it will be at the end of the age.

C. Where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.

1. Jesus never tried to sugarcoat eternal judgment.

2. He died on the cross so that no one has to die lost.

3. He needs us to care, pray, study, and tell.

D. He who has ears, let him hear.

VIII. The Parables of the Hidden Treasure and the Pearl (Parable Numbers Five and Six - only in the Gospel of Matthew)

Study Questions 13.15 Through 13.19


Question 13.15 How is a hidden treasure or pearls like the kingdom of God?
Question 13.16 How is a fishing net like the kingdom of God?
Question 13.17 What is meant by weeping and gnashing of teeth?
Question 13.18 Did Jesus ever try to sugarcoat the final judgment?
Question 13.19 What was meant by Matthew 13:52?




44 "The kingdom of heaven is like treasure hidden in a field. When a man found it, he hid it again, and then in his joy went and sold all he had and bought that field.
45 "Again, the kingdom of heaven is like a merchant looking for fine pearls.
46 When he found one of great value, he went away and sold everything he had and bought it.





A. He hid it again.

1. In Jewish custom, people commonly buried their treasure because they did not have banks.

2. In Jewish custom, found property also belonged to the finder.

B. He sold all he had and bought that field.

1. The finder sold all that he had to buy what custom already said was his own because he did not want to chance losing what he had found because of some kind of technicality.

2. That is how we should value heaven. Heaven is more valuable than anything else that we could ever possibly hoe to gain.

C. He sold everything he had and bought it (the fine pearl).

IX. The Parable of the Net (Parable Number Seven)


47 "Once again, the kingdom of heaven is like a net that was let down into the lake and caught all kinds of fish.
48 When it was full, the fishermen pulled it up on the shore. Then they sat down and collected the good fish in baskets, but threw the bad away.
49 This is how it will be at the end of the age. The angels will come and separate the wicked from the righteous
50 and throw them into the fiery furnace, where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.
51 "Have you understood all these things?" Jesus asked. "Yes," they replied.
52 He said to them, "Therefore every teacher of the law who has been instructed about the kingdom of heaven is like the owner of a house who brings out of his storeroom new treasures as well as old."





A. The kingdom of heaven is like a net.

1. Like with the wheat and the tares, we live in the same world as those that are without Christ.

2. There will be a judgment day and a time of separation.

3. Jesus died for all, and we should be challenged to share the truth of the gospel with others.

4. Strive to be like the good soil in the parable of the sower (Matthew 13:3-9).

B. Threw the bad away.

C. There will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.

1. Jesus never tried to sugarcoat eternal judgment. Dr. Packer pointed out that Jesus will be God's agent in judgment (page 144).

2. He died on the cross so that no one has to die lost.

3. He needs us to care, pray, study, and tell.

D. Every teacher of the law who has been instructed about the kingdom of heaven is like the owner of a house who brings out of his storeroom new treasures as well as old (Mounce).

1. This verse has the same format as the other comparison parables.

2. The owner of the house could be God the Father, and the teachers of the Law could have been referring to the present-day scribes that have been discipled (Nicodemus and Joseph of Arimathea were discipled Pharisees).

a) Those that have been taught also have a responsibility to teach. The kingdom of God was a new concept to the Jews, and it was being combined with their own Old Testament Judaism.

b) They bring forth old and new knowledge as all good teachers that have been taught the truth.

X. Those That Knew Jesus Best Lacked Faith

Study Questions 13.20 Through 13.23


Question 13.20 Why did the common people question Jesus’ deity?
Question 13.21 How did Jesus respond to their lack of faith?
Question 13.22 How does that truth apply to every person’s life?
Question 13.23 How does that truth dispute The Infancy Gospel of Thomas?




53 When Jesus had finished these parables, he moved on from there.
54 Coming to his hometown, he began teaching the people in their synagogue, and they were amazed. "Where did this man get this wisdom and these miraculous powers?" they asked.
55 "Isn't this the carpenter's son? Isn't his mother's name Mary, and aren't his brothers James, Joseph, Simon and Judas?
56 Aren't all his sisters with us? Where then did this man get all these things?"
57 And they took offense at him. But Jesus said to them, "Only in his hometown and in his own house is a prophet without honor."
58 And he did not do many miracles there because of their lack of faith.





A. Is not this the carpenter's son?

1. Jesus was not just a good Man.

2. He was not just a great Healer.

3. He was not just an excellent Teacher.

4. He was and is the Son of God and the second Person of the Trinity. He was and is the Savior who died on the cross so that all can be saved, and He wants to be our Lord.

B. They took offense at him.

C. He did not do many miracles there because of their lack of faith

1. Christians can hinder the Lord's work (Ephesians 4:29-32).


Ephesians 4:29-32 says, "Do not let any unwholesome talk come out of your mouths, but only what is helpful for building others up according to their needs, that it may benefit those who listen. And do not grieve the Holy Spirit of God, with whom you were sealed for the day of redemption. Get rid of all bitterness, rage and anger, brawling and slander, along with every form of malice. Be kind and compassionate to one another, forgiving each other, just as in Christ God forgave you."






2. Jesus did not perform many miracles in His hometown, and that shows that the "Infancy Gospel of Thomas," which credited Jesus with having done some devious miracles as a Kid, was wrong (Mounce).

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 14 – John the Baptist Beheaded and Five Thousand People Fed (Matthew 14:1-36)

I. The Death of John the Baptist

Study Questions 14.1 Through 14.4


Question 14.1 When was John the Baptist killed?
Question 14.2 Why was he killed?
Question 14.3 How was he killed?
Question 14.4 Was Romans 8:28 true for John the Baptist?




1 At that time Herod the tetrarch heard the reports about Jesus,
2 and he said to his attendants, "This is John the Baptist; he has risen from the dead! That is why miraculous powers are at work in him."
3 Now Herod had arrested John and bound him and put him in prison because of Herodias, his brother Philip's wife,
4 for John had been saying to him: "It is not lawful for you to have her."
5 Herod wanted to kill John, but he was afraid of the people, because they considered him a prophet.
6 On Herod's birthday the daughter of Herodias danced for them and pleased Herod so much
7 that he promised with an oath to give her whatever she asked.
8 Prompted by her mother, she said, "Give me here on a platter the head of John the Baptist."
9 The king was distressed, but because of his oaths and his dinner guests, he ordered that her request be granted
10 and had John beheaded in the prison.
11 His head was brought in on a platter and given to the girl, who carried it to her mother.
12 John's disciples came and took his body and buried it. Then they went and told Jesus.





A. This is John the Baptist.

1. According to Dr. Mounce, John the Baptist had been killed before this point when Matthew actually wrote about it.

2. The people were very superstitious.

3. They believed in an afterlife.

4. Herod was convicted about what he had done.

5. According to Dr. Vincent, Herod Antipas ruled one-fourth of the kingdom (based on the Greek word for tetrarch). Herod Archelaus ruled half of the kingdom, and Herod Philip ruled the other fourth.

B. It is not lawful for you to have her.

1. John the Baptist took a stand against sin (II Timothy 4:2-3).


II Timothy 4:2-3 says, "Preach the Word; be prepared in season and out of season; correct, rebuke and encourage--with great patience and careful instruction. For the time will come when men will not put up with sound doctrine. Instead, to suit their own desires, they will gather around them a great number of teachers to say what their itching ears want to hear."







a) Dr. Mounce wrote that Herod had broken Jewish law by marrying his brother's wife while his brother was still alive (Leviticus 18:16 and Leviticus 20:21).

b) Withholding the truth hurts the hearer.

c) If Herod had repented and not been controlled by his foolish pride, then he would have loved John the Baptist.

2. John the Baptist was not a respecter of persons.

a) Many people would have looked the other way for someone important and/or powerful.

b) Many people have come out in recent years and said that the indiscretions of JFK were covered up, but John the Baptist would not have done that.

3. It is still wrong to do wrong even if taking a stand against the wrong is unpopular.

4. Jesus also experienced rejection (see Matthew 13:53-58).

C. Give me here on a platter the head of John the Baptist.

1. Unrepentant sinners will always try to silence those that preach the truth.

2. Do not be surprised if the world hates those that follow Christ (I John 3:3).


I John 3:3 says, "Do not be surprised, my brothers, if the world hates you."





D. John was beheaded in the prison.

1. Romans 8:28 still applied even when he died.

2. Dying for the Lord was God's Plan for John the Baptist, and his life and death have become examples to all that have followed after him.

II. Jesus Tested His Disciples

Study Questions 14.5 Through 14.10


Question 14.5 How did Jesus react to the news about John the Baptist?
Question 14.6 What did the people do, and why did they do that?
Question 14.7 How did Jesus test His disciples?
Question 14.8 Which disciple did He specifically test, and why?
Question 14.9 What did Andrew do when faced with such a difficult task?
Question 14.10 What miracle did Jesus perform?




13 When Jesus heard what had happened, he withdrew by boat privately to a solitary place. Hearing of this, the crowds followed him on foot from the towns.
14 When Jesus landed and saw a large crowd, he had compassion on them and healed their sick.
15 As evening approached, the disciples came to him and said, "This is a remote place, and it's already getting late. Send the crowds away, so they can go to the villages and buy themselves some food."
16 Jesus replied, "They do not need to go away. You give them something to eat."





A. He withdrew by boat privately to a solitary place.

1. Jesus wanted to be alone when He heard about John the Baptist.

2. He was and is the Son of God. But He could hurt and feel things just as we do (Hebrews 4:15).


Hebrews 4:15 says, "For we do not have a high priest who is unable to sympathize with our weaknesses, but we have one who has been tempted in every way, just as we are--yet was without sin."





B. The crowds followed him on foot.

1. Why did people follow Jesus everywhere?

a) They probably did not do so because they loved him.

b) They followed Him because He always loved them.

c) They followed Him because they were healed of their infirmities.

d) The scribes and Pharisees followed Him because they hoped to trap Him.

2. Some people only followed Jesus because they hoped to get something from Him.

3. Many of those same people would soon call out to Pilate to have Him crucified.

C. Jesus had Compassion on Them.

1. They got what they wanted.

2. He also healed their sick.

3. Jesus was and is omniscient, and He could see through their shallowness.

a) While He was saddened by their attitude, He loved them anyway just as they were.

b) He loves us just the way we are, too.

c) If we truly want to make the Lord happy, then just love Him back (Matthew 22:36-40).


Matthew 22:36-40 says, "'Teacher, which is the greatest commandment in the Law?' Jesus replied: 'Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind. This is the first and greatest commandment. And the second is like it: Love your neighbor as yourself. All the Law and the Prophets hang on these two commandments.'"





D. Send the Crowds Away.

1. The disciples did not realize what Jesus could do among so many people.

2. They were looking at the outward because they still did not know in their heart that Jesus was and is the Son of God.

3. However, do not judge them too harshly because each of us would have probably done the same thing.

E. You give them something to eat.

1. This miracle was also talked about in Mark 6:31-44, Luke 9:12-17, and John 6:5-14.

2. In John 6:5, why did Jesus ask Philip how the people could be fed?

a) Philip was the analytical disciple (John 1:43-46). Maybe he would have logically figured out a way to feed them.

b) Philip was always listed as the fifth disciple, which suggests a type of order among the disciples. The first four formed Jesus' inner circle, and they often accompanied Him into places where the other disciples did not go. The second four were probably in charge of logistical matters such as crowd control, food, shelter, transportation, and so forth. That's why Jesus asked Philip about the feeding of the people. He was probably in charge of those logistical issues.

c) Philip did not give Jesus the answer that He wanted (John 6:5-7). The disciples just did not get it (see Mark 8:14-21).


John 6:5-7 says, "When Jesus looked up and saw a great crowd coming toward him, he said to Philip, 'Where shall we buy bread for these people to eat?' He asked this only to test him, for he already had in mind what he was going to do. Philip answered him, 'Eight months' wages would not buy enough bread for each one to have a bite!'"






3. In John 6:8-9, Andrew once again brought someone to Jesus. In John 1:41-42, he brought his brother, Peter, to Jesus.

III. The Miraculous Feeding of the Five Thousand

Study Questions 14.11 Through 14.16


Question 14.11 How much food did they have?
Question 14.12 How many people needed to be fed?
Question 14.13 Why were so many people with Jesus?
Question 14.14 Why did Jesus give thanks?
Question 14.15 What was the significance of breaking the bread?
Question 14.16 How much food was left over?




17 "We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish," they answered.
18 "Bring them here to me," he said.
19 And he directed the people to sit down on the grass. Taking the five loaves and the two fish and looking up to heaven, he gave thanks and broke the loaves. Then he gave them to the disciples, and the disciples gave them to the people.
20 They all ate and were satisfied, and the disciples picked up twelve basketfuls of broken pieces that were left over.
21 The number of those who ate was about five thousand men, besides women and children.
22 Immediately Jesus made the disciples get into the boat and go on ahead of him to the other side, while he dismissed the crowd.





A. We have here only five loaves of bread and two fish.

1. Little is much with the Lord.

2. The Lord uses everything and everyone that is willing to be used. He used the little boy that had the loaves and fish (John 6:9), He used Andrew who had brought the boy to Him, and He used the little bit of food to miraculously provide for everyone.

3. Notice Philip, the logical one, in John 6:5-7 and Andrew, the one who always brought people to the Lord, in John 6:8-9.

B. Jesus Gave Thanks.

1. Jesus was appreciative of what He did have.

2. He prayed in faith, without wavering, to ask that the needs of the people might be met.

C. Jesus Broke the Loaves.

1. Breaking the thin wafer-like loaves made more sense than cutting them (Vincent).

2. One of the difficult lessons of Christianity is that the Lord breaks something before He uses it.

3. To be used by God, one must be fully committed to Him, and He is always looking for people with that kind of commitment.

D. They all ate and were satisfied.

1. Everyone ate, and everyone got enough.

2. When people are committed to the Lord's work (fully sold out), then He can do great things.

a) Note in Matthew 13:53-58 that He did not do many miracles in His hometown because of their unbelief.

b) Faith and commitment go together.

E. Five thousand men, besides women and children were fed.

IV. The Disciples Were Alone and Afraid


23 After he had dismissed them, he went up on a mountainside by himself to pray. When evening came, he was there alone,
24 but the boat was already a considerable distance from land, buffeted by the waves because the wind was against it.
25 During the fourth watch of the night Jesus went out to them, walking on the lake.
26 When the disciples saw him walking on the lake, they were terrified. "It's a ghost," they said, and cried out in fear.



Study Questions 14.17 Through 14.25


Question 14.17 Why did Jesus always get alone to Himself?
Question 14.18 What were the disciples doing?
Question 14.19 Was Matthew 28:20 true for the disciples?
Question 14.20 How would they be different when Matthew 28:20 was true?
Question 14.21 When Jesus appeared, what did Peter do?
Question 14.22 Why did Peter begin to sink?
Question 14.23 How did Jesus react to Peter’s situation?
Question 14.24 What is the significance of the word “immediately?”
Question 14.25 Did the disciples believe in Jesus as the Son of God?





A. He went up on a mountainside by himself.

1. Once again, Jesus chose to be by Himself.

2. He had times when He sought and embraced the crowds, but He also chose to get alone so that He could pray.

3. His prayer life is a clear indication that He came to seek and to save the lost (Luke 19:10).

a) If He had wanted to, He could have healed every person that lived, then and now.

b) His prayer life suggests that He wanted to do more for the people than just heal them physically. He wanted to heal them spiritually.

B. Jesus went out to them, walking on the lake. Walking on the water was nothing for the Son of God. He had created the waters on which He was walking.

C. They were terrified.

1. The disciples were not spiritual giants. They had just seen the miraculous feeding of over five thousand people, but they still did not love and trust Jesus unconditionally.

2. They still did not understand that Jesus really was and is God.

a) But of course, they would come to the point to where they would. They were afraid on that night, but they would become mighty spiritual leaders after Pentecost. Ten of the men in that boat would die horrible, tortuous deaths because of their unwavering faith in Christ.

b) Christianity is a growing process. The new convert is a babe in Christ, and over time, those babes should mature in their faith.

V. Peter Walked on Water


27 But Jesus immediately said to them: "Take courage! It is I. Don't be afraid."
28 "Lord, if it's you," Peter replied, "tell me to come to you on the water."
29 "Come," he said. Then Peter got down out of the boat, walked on the water and came toward Jesus.
30 But when he saw the wind, he was afraid and, beginning to sink, cried out, "Lord, save me!"
31 Immediately Jesus reached out his hand and caught him. "You of little faith," he said, "why did you doubt?"
32 And when they climbed into the boat, the wind died down.
33 Then those who were in the boat worshiped him, saying, "Truly you are the Son of God."





A. It is I. Do not be afraid.

1. We do not need to be afraid when we are close to Jesus.

2. How close we get to Him is our choice, not His. He made His choice when He was incarnated into this life and when He became our sin Sacrifice on the cross of Calvary.

B. Peter got down out of the boat and walked on the water.

1. At first, Peter was daring enough to try to impossible, and he succeeded.

2. When he realized that he was actually walking on the water, then he became afraid and began to go down.

3. People can say what they want about Peter, but he was the only one in the boat that actually walked on the water.

C. Lord, save me!

1. When he became afraid, he knew to look to Jesus.

2. That is a good lesson for everyone to learn.

3. Most people get hung up on being self-sufficient and all that stuff. But the truth is that none of us ever get to where we do not need the Lord or to where He cannot bring us down if He wishes.

D. Immediately Jesus reached out his hand and caught him.

1. Salvation is always IMMEDIATE.

2. A person does not have to work their way into God's good graces. He will save anyone immediately, IF THEY WILL ONLY ASK.

3. Salvation is only of the Lord. If Peter had called out to those in the boat and had depended upon them, then he probably would have been drowned.

4. Our parents and friends cannot save us, and we cannot save them. What we can do is pray for them and bring them to Jesus, just like Andrew.

E. Truly you are the Son of God.

1. The disciples made that statement, but they still did not really believe it.

2. They would be afraid again.

VI. Jesus Healed the Sick

Study Questions 14.26 Through 14.30


Question 14.26 In Gennesaret, why did the people come to Jesus?
Question 14.27 How did He react?
Question 14.28 Why should they have come to Jesus?
Question 14.29 Why did Jesus have compassion for all but the Pharisees?
Question 14.30 What was the reason for the incarnation?




34 When they had crossed over, they landed at Gennesaret.
35 And when the men of that place recognized Jesus, they sent word to all the surrounding country. People brought all their sick to him
36 and begged him to let the sick just touch the edge of his cloak, and all who touched him were healed.





A. People brought all their sick to him.

1. Once again, most people came to Jesus because they wanted something.

2. Do not be like that! Come to Him because you love Him.

B. All who touched him were healed.

1. Jesus healed those that touched Him of their physical diseases, but what He really wanted and wants to do is heal people of their spiritual disease.

2. He came to seek and to save the lost (Luke 19:10).

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 15 – Tradition without Obedience, Healing and More Feeding (Matthew 15:1-39)

I. The Pharisees Were Hung up on Their Traditions

Study Questions 15.1 Through 15.6


Question 15.1 Why did the religious leaders want to trap Jesus?
Question 15.2 How did He respond to their verbal attacks and tests?
Question 15.3 How did Matthew 15:5-6 break the Fifth Commandment?
Question 15.4 How does Matthew 15:7-11 show that Jesus was not a wuss?
Question 15.5 Was Jesus concerned about the Pharisees being upset?
Question 15.6 Why or why not?




1 Then some Pharisees and teachers of the law came to Jesus from Jerusalem and asked,
2 "Why do your disciples break the tradition of the elders? They don't wash their hands before they eat!"
3 Jesus replied, "And why do you break the command of God for the sake of your tradition?
4 For God said, 'Honor your father and mother' and 'Anyone who curses his father or mother must be put to death.'
5 But you say that if a man says to his father or mother, 'Whatever help you might otherwise have received from me is a gift devoted to God,'
6 he is not to 'honor his father' with it. Thus you nullify the word of God for the sake of your tradition."





A. They Came From Jerusalem to Question Him

1. The Pharisees and the teachers of the Old Testament Mosaic Law tried to trap Jesus.

2. They were so zealous about getting at Him that they came from Jerusalem to Gennesaret.

3. According to Dr. Mounce, Jesus was well known throughout Palestine by this time.

B. Why do your disciples break the tradition of the elders?

1. The Pharisees and teachers were bothered that the disciples did not wash their hands before they ate.

2. Their tradition was to wash before and after meals and even to voluntarily wash between each course. They rubbed their hands together before meals and lifted them up in the air after meals for drying (Vincent).

3. Most people would agree that washing one's hands before eating is all right, but Jesus knew the wicked hearts of His critics.

4. He knew that their concern was not for good health and hygiene but that they wanted to catch the disciples doing wrong.

5. The Pharisees were more concerned about their traditions than about demonstrating obedience to the Lord. In reality, they should have been thrilled that the Son of God had come in the flesh.

C. Jesus replied. He always had the right response to those that tried to find fault with Him or His ministry.

D. 'Honor your father and mother' and 'Anyone who curses his father or mother must be put to death.'

1. The first law came from Exodus 20:12 and Deuteronomy 5:16.

2. The second law came from Exodus 21:17 and Leviticus 20:9.

3. "But you say" - Jesus criticized the Pharisee's tradition that related to a young man giving to the temple treasury rather than to his needy parents.

4. The Pharisees thought that it would be all right to give to the temple treasury and to ignore one's needy parents, but Jesus showed them that they were wrong. According to Dr. Vincent, Jesus told them that their traditions had made the Word of God of no effect.

II. Jesus Went From Defense to the Offense


7 You hypocrites! Isaiah was right when he prophesied about you:
8 "'These people honor me with their lips, but their hearts are far from me.
9 They worship me in vain; their teachings are but rules taught by men.'"
10 Jesus called the crowd to him and said, "Listen and understand.
11 What goes into a man's mouth does not make him 'unclean,' but what comes out of his mouth, that is what makes him 'unclean.'"





A. Isaiah was Right when he Prophesied About You

1. We should not be surprised that a prophet was correct. To be a prophet of God, one had to be correct every time and the message had to be consistent with what God would normally say (Deuteronomy 18:20-22).


Deuteronomy 18:20-22 says, "But a prophet who presumes to speak in my name anything I have not commanded him to say, or a prophet who speaks in the name of other gods, must be put to death. You may say to yourselves, 'How can we know when a message has not been spoken by the LORD?' If what a prophet proclaims in the name of the LORD does not take place or come true, that is a message the LORD has not spoken. That prophet has spoken presumptuously. Do not be afraid of him."






2. Jesus did not have any trouble showing the hypocrisy of those that were against Him.

3. He was omniscient, and He knew their wicked hearts. He was and is the Son of God, and He knew His Word.

B. What goes into a man's Mouth.

1. Jesus had an interesting way of looking at ingesting food.

2. Instead of focusing on good hygiene, He was telling them to focus more on matters of the heart.

III. Jesus did not Care if His Critics Were Upset


12 Then the disciples came to him and asked, "Do you know that the Pharisees were offended when they heard this?"
13 He replied, "Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be pulled up by the roots.
14 Leave them; they are blind guides. If a blind man leads a blind man, both will fall into a pit."





A. The Pharisees were offended.

1. The disciples were concerned.

2. Jesus knew that He had upset the Pharisees, but He did not care.

3. He always received those that came to Him in faith, and He always rejected those that came to Him with haughty and defiant spirit.

B. Every plant that my heavenly Father has not planted will be pulled up by the roots.

1. The Pharisees were supposed to be spiritual leaders, but they were hypocritical legalists.

2. Jesus placed high standards on those that were supposed to be leaders.

3. He told His disciples that the hypocritical Pharisees would be rooted up.

C. If a blind man leads a blind man, both will fall into a pit.

1. The Pharisees did not know the way to God, and they could not lead others to Him.

2. Follow a Pharisee and die lost.

3. Jesus did not hold back in opposing them. He never tried to be politically correct.

IV. Peter Asked Jesus to Explain

Study Questions 15.7 Through 15.11


Question 15.7 Was Jesus upset with Peter’s ignorance?
Question 15.8 How did Jesus address Peter’s need for an explanation?
Question 15.9 What spiritual principle about cleanliness did Jesus teach?
Question 15.10 What was He saying about the Pharisees?
Question 15.11 Is it wrong to wash one’s hands before eating?




15 Peter said, "Explain the parable to us."
16 "Are you still so dull?" Jesus asked them.
17 "Don't you see that whatever enters the mouth goes into the stomach and then out of the body?
18 But the things that come out of the mouth come from the heart, and these make a man 'unclean.'
19 For out of the heart come evil thoughts, murder, adultery, sexual immorality, theft, false testimony, slander.
20 These are what make a man 'unclean'; but eating with unwashed hands does not make him 'unclean.'"





A. Explain the parable to us. Peter did not understand what Jesus had said to the Pharisees.

B. Are you still so dull?

1. No one should be able to question Matthew's honesty and humility. He did not try to be politically correct, either.

2. Jesus seems to have been saying that Peter should be able to understand what He had said.

3. People are not defiled by what they eat, but they are defiled by the evil thoughts of their heart.

4. He was talking about being defiled spiritually, not physically.

C. For out of the heart come evil thoughts, murder, adultery, sexual immorality, theft, false testimony, slander.

D. Eating with unwashed hands does not make him unclean.

V. Jesus Went to Tyre and Sidon

Study Questions 15.12 Through 15.18


Question 15.12 Why did the Canaanite woman come to Jesus?
Question 15.13 Why did and why do most people come to Him?
Question 15.14 Why should they come to Him?
Question 15.15 Did He refuse to help the Canaanite woman?
Question 15.16 Why did He marvel about her?
Question 15.17 What was her response to His comment to her?
Question 15.18 What did Jesus do for her?




21 Leaving that place, Jesus withdrew to the region of Tyre and Sidon.
22 A Canaanite woman from that vicinity came to him, crying out, "Lord, Son of David, have mercy on me! My daughter is suffering terribly from demon-possession."
23 Jesus did not answer a word. So his disciples came to him and urged him, "Send her away, for she keeps crying out after us."
24 He answered, "I was sent only to the lost sheep of Israel."
25 The woman came and knelt before him. "Lord, help me!" she said.
26 He replied, "It is not right to take the children's bread and toss it to their dogs."
27 "Yes, Lord," she said, "but even the dogs eat the crumbs that fall from their masters' table."
28 Then Jesus answered, "Woman, you have great faith! Your request is granted." And her daughter was healed from that very hour.





A. Leaving that place, Jesus withdrew to the region of Tyre and Sidon.

1. Jesus moved around a lot even though He never got too far from His home base in Capernaum.

2. People still followed Him and gathered around Him wherever He went.

3. Some came to see what He would say and do.

4. Many came because they wanted something from Him.

B. My daughter is suffering terribly from demon-possession.

1. Demon-possession seems to have been a common problem.

2. The woman and daughter were not Jewish. Gentiles were as low as dogs in those days. The Apostle Paul wrote about a mystery in Ephesians 3:6.


Ephesians 3:6 says, "This mystery is that through the gospel the Gentiles are heirs together with Israel, members together of one body, and sharers together in the promise in Christ Jesus."






3. Jesus was not refusing to help the woman. He was testing her faith, just as He often tests the faith of those that have chosen to follow Him.

C. I was sent only to the lost sheep of Israel.

1. Initially, He tried to chase her away by saying that He was only there to help the Jews.

2. But the woman knew that He could help her, so she would not settle for anything less.

D. Woman, you have great faith! Your request is granted.

1. When He realized that she was fully trusting in Him, He honored her request.

2. The daughter was healed.

VI. The Miraculous Feeding of the Four Thousand

Study Questions 15.19 Through 15.22


Question 15.19 Where did Jesus go next?
Question 15.20 How long did the people go without food?
Question 15.21 How do you respond to Matthew 15:33?
Question 15.22 What did Jesus do, and how did He do it?




29 Jesus left there and went along the Sea of Galilee. Then he went up on a mountainside and sat down.
30 Great crowds came to him, bringing the lame, the blind, the crippled, the mute and many others, and laid them at his feet; and he healed them.
31 The people were amazed when they saw the mute speaking, the crippled made well, the lame walking and the blind seeing. And they praised the God of Israel.
32 Jesus called his disciples to him and said, "I have compassion for these people; they have already been with me three days and have nothing to eat. I do not want to send them away hungry, or they may collapse on the way."
33 His disciples answered, "Where could we get enough bread in this remote place to feed such a crowd?"
34 "How many loaves do you have?" Jesus asked. "Seven," they replied, "and a few small fish."
35 He told the crowd to sit down on the ground.
36 Then he took the seven loaves and the fish, and when he had given thanks, he broke them and gave them to the disciples, and they in turn to the people.
37 They all ate and were satisfied. Afterward the disciples picked up seven basketfuls of broken pieces that were left over.
38 The number of those who ate was four thousand, besides women and children.
39 After Jesus had sent the crowd away, he got into the boat and went to the vicinity of Magadan.





A. Jesus left there and went along the Sea of Galilee.

B. Great crowds came to Him. People still followed Him in amazement.

C. They have already been with me three days and have nothing to eat.

1. People were obviously not as obsessed with food as most people.

2. They were so excited about being with Jesus that they did not think about food.

3. A three-day fast can be a good thing.

D. He gave thanks and broke them.

1. Jesus prayed.

2. He broke the bread. It was a thin, wafer-type of toast rather than normal loaf bread.

3. Breaking the bread so that it could be used is a good analogy of how the Lord breaks Christians so that they can be used.

E. After they ate, He left for Magadan.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 16 – Beware the Pharisees and Sadducees (Matthew 16:1-28)

I. More Testing for Jesus

Study Questions 16.1 Through 16.5


Question 16.1 How does the below incident compare to Matthew 12:38-40?
Question 16.2 Did He repeat any other confrontations in the gospels?
Question 16.3 What did Jesus' sign represent?
Question 16.4 How is the text affected if Matthew 16:2-3 were not written?
Question 16.5 Did any others ask for a sign, and if so, how were they treated?




1 The Pharisees and Sadducees came to Jesus and tested him by asking him to show them a sign from heaven.
2 He replied, "When evening comes, you say, 'It will be fair weather, for the sky is red,'
3 and in the morning, 'Today it will be stormy, for the sky is red and overcast.' You know how to interpret the appearance of the sky, but you cannot interpret the signs of the times.
4 A wicked and adulterous generation looks for a miraculous sign, but none will be given it except the sign of Jonah." Jesus then left them and went away.





A. The Pharisees and Sadducees came to Jesus and tested him.

1. In Matthew 11:2-6, John the Baptist asked for a sign, too. The difference is that he accepted the sign, and the Pharisees and Sadducees did not.

2. This passage is similar to Matthew 12:38-40, but they seem to be different.

a) Matthew 12:38-40 happened in Galilee and involved only the Pharisees.

b) On this occasion, they were probably in Magadan, based on Matthew 15:39, and it involved the Pharisees and the Sadducees.

c) Jesus also seems to have cleared the temple twice, too, in John 2:12-25 and Matthew 21:12-17.

3. Not all manuscripts have verses two and three about the signs for a storm. In those cases, his reply was verse four.

a) Remember that our Bible is a translation of a copy of a copy of many copies of the original.

b) Remember also that a lot of effort went into making sure that we have a very, very accurate Bible.

c) The Massoretes used pointing to ensure accurate copies. They marked vowels over the all consonant versions, and they had elaborate counting techniques to ensure that they did not skip portions or double copy other portions.

d) No one has ever found evidence of fraud among those that made the copies or evidence of major flaws.

e) Be aware of the difference in manuscripts, but do not be overly concerned about it. Verses two and three are not critical to the meaning of the passage.

4. If those two verses actually did exist, then Jesus merely used a weather illustration that they would have quickly and easily understood.

B. A wicked and adulterous generation looks for a miraculous sign.

1. In John 20:25, the Apostle Thomas said that he would not believe that Jesus had arisen unless he could touch His wounds.

2. In John 20:26-29, Jesus appeared to Thomas, and Thomas believed.

3. It is human to doubt, but Jesus told Thomas that future saints would be blessed because they would believe even though they had not seen.

4. What signs has Jesus given to this generation about His identity?

a) His Word and the undeniable logic in His salvation plan

b) The indwelling Holy Spirit

c) The rebirth experience

d) The truth of His resurrection

C. Jesus then left them and went away. Once again, He made His impact and left.

II. Jesus and His Disciples Were not Obsessed With Food

Study Questions 16.6 Through 16.10


Question 16.6 Were the disciples obsessed with food like most people?
Question 16.7 What was the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees?
Question 16.8 Why did they have to be wary of it?
Question 16.9 How did Jesus show His omniscience in this matter?
Question 16.10 What did the Apostle Paul say with respect to this topic?




5 When they went across the lake, the disciples forgot to take bread.
6 "Be careful," Jesus said to them. "Be on your guard against the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees."
7 They discussed this among themselves and said, "It is because we didn't bring any bread."
8 Aware of their discussion, Jesus asked, "You of little faith, why are you talking among yourselves about having no bread?
9 Do you still not understand? Don't you remember the five loaves for the five thousand, and how many basketfuls you gathered?
10 Or the seven loaves for the four thousand, and how many basketfuls you gathered?
11 How is it you don't understand that I was not talking to you about bread? But be on your guard against the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees."
12 Then they understood that he was not telling them to guard against the yeast used in bread, but against the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees.





A. The disciples forgot to take bread.

1. Notice the difference in their priorities. They were not that concerned about eating.

2. In Matthew 15:32, the people had not eaten for three days.

B. Be on your guard against the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.

1. The disciples did not understand what Jesus was saying.

2. They thought that He was making His comment in reference to the fact that they had forgotten food, but Jesus was not overly concerned about what went into the body.

3. Spiritual nourishment is more important than physical nourishment.

a) The Pharisees did not give good spiritual nourishment.

b) In the Old Testament, yeast or leaven often symbolized sin, and the traditions and teachings of the Pharisees were not of God.

C. Jesus was aware of their discussion.

1. Jesus understood what they were talking about because He was and is omniscient.

2. His comparative attributes are omniscience, omnipotence, and omnipresent. Each Person of the Godhead has those attributes.

3. He reminded them about the feeding of five thousand and then of four thousand.

D. How is it you don't understand?

1. Jesus often rebuked His disciples for their spiritual ignorance.

2. In Matthew 15:16, He had rebuked them for not understanding his remarks about the traditions of the Pharisees.

E. He was not telling them to guard against the yeast used in bread, but against the teaching of the Pharisees and Sadducees

1. Years ago, announcements used to say to go to the church of your choice, but people need to realize that their choice of churches is very, very important and not to be taken casually.

2. There were probably a lot of very good Jews that were in the synagogue and not getting good theological instruction.

3. The Apostle Paul told Timothy to preach the Word (II Timothy 4:2-5).


II Timothy 4:2-5 says, "Preach the Word; be prepared in season and out of season; correct, rebuke and encourage--with great patience and careful instruction. For the time will come when men will not put up with sound doctrine. Instead, to suit their own desires, they will gather around them a great number of teachers to say what their itching ears want to hear. They will turn their ears away from the truth and turn aside to myths. But you, keep your head in all situations, endure hardship, do the work of an evangelist, discharge all the duties of your ministry."



III. Peter Distinguished Himself From the Others

Study Questions 16.11 Through 16.17


Question 16.11 Where did Jesus go next?
Question 16.12 What important question did He ask His disciples?
Question 16.13 What were some of their answers?
Question 16.14 Who answered it, and what did he say?
Question 16.15 What is the rock in Matthew 16:18?
Question 16.16 What did Matthew 16:19 mean?
Question 16.17 Why did Jesus want the disciples to keep this to themselves?




13 When Jesus came to the region of Caesarea Philippi, he asked his disciples, "Who do people say the Son of Man is?"
14 They replied, "Some say John the Baptist; others say Elijah; and still others, Jeremiah or one of the prophets."
15 "But what about you?" he asked. "Who do you say I am?"
16 Simon Peter answered, "You are the Christ, the Son of the living God."
17 Jesus replied, "Blessed are you, Simon son of Jonah, for this was not revealed to you by man, but by my Father in heaven.
18 And I tell you that you are Peter, and on this rock I will build my church, and the gates of Hades will not overcome it.
19 I will give you the keys of the kingdom of heaven; whatever you bind on earth will be bound in heaven, and whatever you loose on earth will be loosed in heaven."
20 Then he warned his disciples not to tell anyone that he was the Christ.





A. Jesus came to the region of Caesarea Philippi.

1. Jesus did a lot of traveling throughout the area.

2. This time, He has traveled to the northern region of Caesarea-Philippi. That area was about twenty-five miles north of the Sea of Galilee, and it was on the southwest slopes of Mount Hermon. According to Dr. Mounce, it had been a sacred place of Canaanite idol worship. The Greeks renamed it into Paneas and worshipped Pan, the goat-man god of fertility.

3. In a place that had historically been used for idol worship, He asked His disciples about His identity to others.

B. Who do people say the Son of Man is?

1. Some people were saying that He was John the Baptist, but that was absurd because they had been contemporaries.

2. Some people thought that He was Elijah, Jeremiah, or one of the other prophets.

3. Based on His disciples' answers, no one associated Him with the idol culture of His day. All of the men named had been great men for the Lord.

4. But then, He made His question personal.

a) To His disciples, He asked, "Who do you say I am?"

b) Dr. Carson says that the word "you" was emphatic and plural, so Jesus was asking all of the disciples. Peter was the one that correctly answered.

c) The question of Jesus' identity is always personal. All people are required to answer that question for themselves.

C. You are the Christ, the Son of the living God.

1. Peter did not hesitate when He answered Jesus' question. He did not have to think about it.

2. He could have only called Jesus the Christ, or Messiah, through the power of the Holy Spirit (Romans 10:9).


Romans 10:9 says, "That if you confess with your mouth, "Jesus is Lord," and believe in your heart that God raised him from the dead, you will be saved."






3. Peter had the right kind of faith.

D. Jesus warned his disciples not to tell anyone that he was the Christ.

1. Why did Jesus not want His identity to be told to others?

a) It was possibly because His time of messianic expectation had not yet come (see John 2:4).

b) According to Dr. Carson, it was possibly because He wanted Israel to understand the right answer to the question of His identity for themselves, like Peter, rather than their having to be told.

2. When people see His true identity, they demonstrate faith, obedience, and submission to Jesus in coming to Him (Carson).

E. "On this rock I will build my church."

1. The name "Peter" means rock. Cephas, from John 1:42, was the transliteration from Aramaic, and "Petros ('Peter') is the closest Greek translation" (Carson).

2. Jesus was announcing that He would build His church based on Peter's message that He is the Christ. Jesus is the rock, and the disciples were mere stones.

3. He was also saying that He would build His church based on His disciples, of whom Peter was the chief.

F. "I will give you the keys of the kingdom of heaven; whatever you bind on earth will be bound in heaven, and whatever you loose on earth will be loosed in heaven."

1. Keys represent knowledge in Luke 11:52.

2. You (the disciples) will bring the knowledge of the kingdom to others.

3. Bind and loose were rabbinical technical terms indicating the authority to lay down rules or declare exemption from them (Mounce).

4. Dr. Carson wrote that heaven acted first in determining what was bound and loosed (see Acts 18:9-10). "Those he ushers in or excludes have already been bound or loosed by God according to the gospel already revealed."

IV. A One Divided by Infinity Principle

Study Questions 16.18 Through 16.24


Question 16.18 What comparative attribute of deity did Jesus display?
Question 16.19 Who did Jesus name as His enemies?
Question 16.20 How did Peter handle Jesus’ announcement?
Question 16.21 What are Christians required to do?
Question 16.22 What is the one divided by infinity principle?
Question 16.23 What truth was Jesus teaching in Matthew 16:25-27?
Question 16.24 Who would not taste death in Matthew 16:28?




21 From that time on Jesus began to explain to his disciples that he must go to Jerusalem and suffer many things at the hands of the elders, chief priests and teachers of the law, and that he must be killed and on the third day be raised to life.
22 Peter took him aside and began to rebuke him. "Never, Lord!" he said. "This shall never happen to you!"
23 Jesus turned and said to Peter, "Get behind me, Satan! You are a stumbling block to me; you do not have in mind the things of God, but the things of men."
24 Then Jesus said to his disciples, "If anyone would come after me, he must deny himself and take up his cross and follow me.
25 For whoever wants to save his life will lose it, but whoever loses his life for me will find it.
26 What good will it be for a man if he gains the whole world, yet forfeits his soul? Or what can a man give in exchange for his soul?
27 For the Son of Man is going to come in his Father's glory with his angels, and then he will reward each person according to what he has done.
28 I tell you the truth, some who are standing here will not taste death before they see the Son of Man coming in his kingdom."





A. Jesus began to explain to his disciples that he must go to Jerusalem and suffer many things at the hands of the elders, chief priests and teachers of the law, and that he must be killed and on the third day be raised to life.

1. Jesus was and is omniscient. He knew what would be happening to Him.

2. Peter took him aside and began to rebuke him.

3. Jesus wanted Peter to understand that those things were supposed to happen to Him.

4. Christians should always strive to not be a stumbling block to their Lord.

B. If anyone would come after me, he must deny himself and take up his cross and follow me.

1. Christianity involves self-denial, sacrifice, and self-discipline.

2. But while those are characteristics of Christians, they are not the requirements to be a Christian. One becomes a Christian by receiving Christ as personal Savior. At some time after that, the Christian should make Jesus the Lord of his or her life.

3. The gospel is the death, burial, and resurrection of Jesus.

4. The plan of salvation is Romans 3:23, Romans 6:23, and Romans 10:9.

C. He will reward each person according to what he has done. This was a reference to the end times, as mentioned in Revelation 22:12.


Revelation 22:12 says, "Behold, I am coming soon! My reward is with me, and I will give to everyone according to what he has done."





D. Some who are standing here will not taste death.

1. Jesus could have been speaking to Peter, James, and John and referring to the Transfiguration in Matthew 17:1-9 (Mounce).

2. They saw Him glorified and in the context of an intermediate kingdom.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 17 – The Transfiguration, Healing, and Taxes (Matthew 17:1-27)

I. The Transfiguration

Study Questions 17.1 Through 17.8


Question 17.1 Who was in Jesus’ inner circle?
Question 17.2 What was the Transfiguration, and what did the Greek mean?
Question 17.3 What did Peter do this time?
Question 17.4 What Old Testament symbols did Moses and Elijah represent?
Question 17.5 Could they be the two witnesses in Revelation 11:3-14?
Question 17.6 How did God the Father respond to Peter?
Question 17.7 Why did Jesus still want secrecy?
Question 17.8 Did the three disciples understand what had happened?




1 After six days Jesus took with him Peter, James and John the brother of James, and led them up a high mountain by themselves.
2 There he was transfigured before them. His face shone like the sun, and his clothes became as white as the light.
3 Just then there appeared before them Moses and Elijah, talking with Jesus.
4 Peter said to Jesus, "Lord, it is good for us to be here. If you wish, I will put up three shelters--one for you, one for Moses and one for Elijah."
5 While he was still speaking, a bright cloud enveloped them, and a voice from the cloud said, "This is my Son, whom I love; with him I am well pleased. Listen to him!"
6 When the disciples heard this, they fell facedown to the ground, terrified.
7 But Jesus came and touched them. "Get up," he said. "Don't be afraid."
8 When they looked up, they saw no one except Jesus.
9 As they were coming down the mountain, Jesus instructed them, "Don't tell anyone what you have seen, until the Son of Man has been raised from the dead."





A. After six days Jesus took with him Peter, James and John

1. Right after Peter's declaration, Jesus started telling His disciples, in Matthew 16:21-28, that He would suffer, die, and be raised.

2. Six days following that exchange, Jesus took Peter, James, and John into the mountain with Him.

a) The other disciples did not go with Him.

b) This passage shows that Peter, James, and John formed His inner circle. They also appeared alone with Him on other occasions, and sometimes, Andrew was with them (Mark 13:3, Mark 14:33, Luke 8:51).

c) Note that Andrew was the one that always brought people to Jesus, but he was not always part of the inner circle.

3. The experience that they were about to have would have been encouraging to them in light of their most recent conversation about Christ's sufferings (Mounce).

B. He was Transfigured Before Them

1. The Greek word (metamorphoo) that was translated into transfigured came from two other Greek words that mean "change form" (Vincent).

2. In Mark 16:12, Jesus appeared to His disciples in another form. That Greek word, morphe, means external appearance, which suggests that the transformation was more than a changed form. He was actually in another Form.

C. Moses and Elijah -- I will put up three shelters

1. Peter saw Moses and Elijah, and he wanted to build shelters for all three.

2. Moses was the great Old Testament lawgiver, and Elijah was considered to be the first great prophet (Mounce). So, Jesus, who frequently acknowledged the Law and the Prophets, was actually together with the main representatives of the Law and the Prophets (Note Matthew 5:17, Matthew 7:12, Matthew 11:12-13, and Matthew 22:40).


Matthew 5:17 says, "Do not think that I have come to abolish the Law or the Prophets; I have not come to abolish them but to fulfill them."

Matthew 7:12 says, "So in everything, do to others what you would have them do to you, for this sums up the Law and the Prophets."

Matthew 11:12-13 says, "From the days of John the Baptist until now, the kingdom of heaven has been forcefully advancing, and forceful men lay hold of it. For all the Prophets and the Law prophesied until John."

Matthew 22:40 says, "All the Law and the Prophets hang on these two commandments."






3. Note that the two witnesses in Revelation 11:3-14 will probably be Enoch and Elijah based on the following verses. Notice the detail and the consistency across all four texts. The authors of these four different passages were Moses, the Apostles Paul and John, and one unknown writer.

a) Hebrews 9:27-28 says, "Just as man is destined to die once, and after that to face judgment, so Christ was sacrificed once to take away the sins of many people; and he will appear a second time, not to bear sin, but to bring salvation to those who are waiting for him."

b) Genesis 5:24 says, "Enoch walked with God; then he was no more, because God took him away."

c) II Kings 2:11 says, "As they were walking along and talking together, suddenly a chariot of fire and horses of fire appeared and separated the two of them, and Elijah went up to heaven in a whirlwind."

4. Peter was excited to be with all three, but a voice out of heaven quickly changed his focus. When we force Jesus to share the spotlight, then we are focusing on the wrong thing.

D. This is my Son, whom I love; with him I am well pleased. Listen to him!

1. God was speaking to Peter, James, and John.

2. His words were very similar to those spoken at Jesus' baptism.

E. Do not tell anyone what you have seen, until the Son of Man has been raised from the dead.

1. Jesus did not want others to know until after His resurrection.

2. Dr. Mounce said that Jesus did not want anyone to know because He did not want a messianic uprising.

a) On another occasion, people had wanted to make Him their leader. Those people wanted a general.

b) Also, the Pharisees had earlier asked Him for a sign, and He did not want to cater to their wishes.

3. Mark 9:10 says that the three disciples were puzzled by Jesus being raised from the dead.

II. Elijah Must Come First

Study Questions 17.9 Through 17.13


Question 17.9 What is the significance of Elijah?
Question 17.10 Is John the Baptist taught to be reincarnated from Elijah?
Question 17.11 What about Matthew 17:12 explains Matthew 17:13?
Question 17.12 How is prophecy like looking at a mountain range?
Question 17.13 Was Malachi definitely talking about John the Baptist?




10 The disciples asked him, "Why then do the teachers of the law say that Elijah must come first?"
11 Jesus replied, "To be sure, Elijah comes and will restore all things.
12 But I tell you, Elijah has already come, and they did not recognize him, but have done to him everything they wished. In the same way the Son of Man is going to suffer at their hands."
13 Then the disciples understood that he was talking to them about John the Baptist.





A. Why then do the teachers of the law say that Elijah must come first?

1. Malachi 4:5-6 says that Elijah will come before the Christ.


Malachi 4:5-6 says, "See, I will send you the prophet Elijah before that great and dreadful day of the LORD comes. He will turn the hearts of the fathers to their children, and the hearts of the children to their fathers; or else I will come and strike the land with a curse."







a) Dr. Robert L. Alden says that Elijah in Malachi 4:5-6 was always meant to be John the Baptist.

b) The great and dreadful day is the Second Coming of Christ as described in Revelation 19:11-16.

c) Mentioning Elijah in Malachi 4:5-6 might have been a reference to one of the two witnesses in Revelation 11:3.

d) The Old Testament prophets were not able to see the church Age that would exist between the first and second comings of Christ. Understanding prophecy is similar to looking at a mountain range from a distance.

2. According to Dr. Carson, Elijah was expected to restore all things for the Jew - a state of justice and true worship.

3. The disciples did not understand why Jesus would be killed in an environment where there was justice and true worship.

B. Elijah has already come, and they did not recognize him.

1. Some New Age groups teach that John the Baptist is the reincarnation of Elijah (Matthew 11:13-15).

2. John the Baptist had the same fiery spirit as Elijah, but he was not the reincarnation of Elijah.

3. Reincarnation is a curse because people are forced to try again in this life until they get good enough to go to heaven. This teaching is obviously contrary to Scripture because Christians are saved by grace through faith in Christ (Ephesians 2:8-9, John 3:16, Romans 6:23, and many other verses).

C. Then the disciples understood that he was talking to them about John the Baptist.

1. John the Baptist was a type of Elijah.

2. Jesus connected John the Baptist and Elijah, but that does not automatically mean that Malachi was talking about John the Baptist when he wrote about Elijah.

III. Jesus Healed a Man's Son

Study Questions 17.14 Through 17.20


Question 17.14 What was wrong with the man’s son?
Question 17.15 What did Jesus do?
Question 17.16 Why were the disciples not able to heal the boy?
Question 17.17 Why did Jesus mention mustard seed faith?
Question 17.18 What important teaching appears in some manuscripts?
Question 17.19 What did Jesus tell His disciples when they got to Galilee?
Question 17.20 Did they understand what He was telling them?




14 When they came to the crowd, a man approached Jesus and knelt before him.
15 "Lord, have mercy on my son," he said. "He has seizures and is suffering greatly. He often falls into the fire or into the water.
16 I brought him to your disciples, but they could not heal him."
17 "O unbelieving and perverse generation," Jesus replied, "how long shall I stay with you? How long shall I put up with you? Bring the boy here to me."
18 Jesus rebuked the demon, and it came out of the boy, and he was healed from that moment.
19 Then the disciples came to Jesus in private and asked, "Why couldn't we drive it out?"
20 He replied, "Because you have so little faith. I tell you the truth, if you have faith as small as a mustard seed, you can say to this mountain, 'Move from here to there' and it will move. Nothing will be impossible for you."





A. Lord, Have Mercy on my Son

1. Jesus always had mercy on those that came to Him.

2. The man that came to Him came in faith, knowing that Jesus could help him.

3. Those that will be saved must come to Jesus knowing that He can and that He will help them.

B. Your Disciples Could not Heal Him

1. Even though they had been sent, the disciples were not always successful.

2. Sometimes, the Lord may send us, and we may not achieve the success that we expect.

C. Jesus Rebuked the Demon, and it Came out of the Boy.

1. Demons might be able to give us difficulty.

2. But they could not deny the Son of God.

D. Why could we not drive it out?

1. He replied, "Because you have so little faith.

2. Some manuscripts say, "But this kind does not go out except by prayer and fasting."

3. God honors prayer, and He honors fasting. Sometimes, He wants us to do both.

a) In Jonah 3:5, the king of Nineveh declared a fast to save his land from an angry God.

b) Fasting has always been popular among those that seek the Lord.

c) Fasting, in my opinion, is being so burdened by a pressing need or desire that food becomes secondary.

IV. The Son of Man Will be Betrayed


22 When they came together in Galilee, he said to them, "The Son of Man is going to be betrayed into the hands of men.
23 They will kill him, and on the third day he will be raised to life." And the disciples were filled with grief.





A. The Son of Man is going to be betrayed into the hands of men

1. Jesus knew why He had come.

2. He knew what the outcome would be.

B. On the third day he will be raised to life. The resurrection should not have surprised the disciples. But after Jesus was crucified, they were hiding out for fear of a similar fate (John 20:19).


John 20:19 says, "On the evening of that first day of the week, when the disciples were together, with the doors locked for fear of the Jews, Jesus came and stood among them and said, 'Peace be with you!'"



V. Jesus Paid His Temple Taxes

Study Questions 17.21 Through 17.25


Question 17.21 Where did they go next?
Question 17.22 How did Jesus’ enemies try to trap Him?
Question 17.23 How much was the temple tax?
Question 17.24 What did Jesus’ question to Peter mean?
Question 17.25 Why did Jesus pay the tax, and how did He pay it?




24 After Jesus and his disciples arrived in Capernaum, the collectors of the two-drachma tax came to Peter and asked, "Doesn't your teacher pay the temple tax?"
25 "Yes, he does," he replied. When Peter came into the house, Jesus was the first to speak. "What do you think, Simon?" he asked. "From whom do the kings of the earth collect duty and taxes--from their own sons or from others?"
26 "From others," Peter answered. "Then the sons are exempt," Jesus said to him.
27 "But so that we may not offend them, go to the lake and throw out your line. Take the first fish you catch; open its mouth and you will find a four-drachma coin. Take it and give it to them for my tax and yours."





A. Doesn't your teacher pay the temple tax?

1. The temple tax amounted to about two days' wages per year (Mounce).

2. The average wage was about twenty cents per day, and the temple tax was about thirty-five or forty cents per year (Vincent).

B. But so that we may not offend them, go to the lake and throw out your line.

1. According to the disciples' answer, Jesus always paid the temple tax.

2. On this occasion, He miraculously paid the tax.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 18 – Behavior and Parables (Matthew 18:1-35)

I. Becoming Like Children

Study Questions 18.1 Through 18.9


Question 18.1 How many major discourses did Matthew record?
Question 18.2 Why would he had recorded more than the other gospels?
Question 18.3 What is the theme of this discourse?
Question 18.4 What does it mean to become like little children?
Question 18.5 Why were the disciples obsessed with the greatest?
Question 18.6 What does it mean to be humble?
Question 18.7 What woe did Jesus announce with respect to the children?
Question 18.8 Was Jesus talking about works in Matthew 18:8-9?
Question 18.9 How is a person saved?




1 At that time the disciples came to Jesus and asked, "Who is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven?"
2 He called a little child and had him stand among them.
3 And he said: "I tell you the truth, unless you change and become like little children, you will never enter the kingdom of heaven.
4 Therefore, whoever humbles himself like this child is the greatest in the kingdom of heaven.
5 "And whoever welcomes a little child like this in my name welcomes me.





A. His fourth major discourse: Life Under Kingdom Authority (Carson).

1. Discourse 1 - The Sermon on the Mount (Matthew 5:1 through Matthew 7:29).

2. Discourse 2 - Mission and Martyrdom (Matthew 10:5 through Matthew 11:1).

3. Discourse 3 - The Parables of the Kingdom (Matthew 13:1-53).

4. Discourse 4 - Life Under Kingdom Authority (Matthew 18:1 through Matthew 19:2).

5. Discourse 5 - The Olivet Discourse (Matthew 23:1 through Matthew 26:1)

B. Who is the Greatest in the Kingdom of Heaven?

1. Humans are often prone to be competitive, and in this instance, the disciples were wondering who was the greatest in heaven.

2. In Mark 9:33 and Luke 9:46, the disciples were actually arguing among themselves about the greatest in heaven.


Mark 9:33 says, "They came to Capernaum. When he was in the house, he asked them, 'What were you arguing about on the road?'"

Luke 9:46 says, "An argument started among the disciples as to which of them would be the greatest."






3. Peter was just called the rock, so maybe they wondered if he would be the one. The Revised Version says, "Who then is the greatest" (Vincent).

C. Unless you change and become like little children, you will never enter the kingdom of heaven.

1. Jesus told them the truth. He cannot lie.

2. Jesus always knew how to handle the situation. They were arguing about who would be the greatest among themselves, and none of them was correct.

3. He told them that they had to become like little children.

a) Children are innocent, naïve, usually open and honest, and quick to trust.

b) The disciples needed to change their way of thinking.

4. The Greek word, strepho, was used for change, and it literally meant to turn around. The disciples were hung up on status, and that was the exact opposite of what they needed to be (Mounce).

5. Being changed suggested the image of turning around on a road and heading in the other direction (Vincent).

D. Whoever humbles himself and whoever welcomes.

1. Jesus was pointing out the humility and disregard for social status that is seen in children. Those traits often cause them to be quick to have faith (Carson).

2. The message is to become humble like little children and to also welcome children in Jesus' name.

3. Jesus held children to be of infinite value (Mounce).

II. Woe to the Person that Causes Others to Stumble


6 But if anyone causes one of these little ones who believe in me to sin, it would be better for him to have a large millstone hung around his neck and to be drowned in the depths of the sea.
7 "Woe to the world because of the things that cause people to sin! Such things must come, but woe to the man through whom they come!
8 If your hand or your foot causes you to sin cut it off and throw it away. It is better for you to enter life maimed or crippled than to have two hands or two feet and be thrown into eternal fire.
9 And if your eye causes you to sin, gouge it out and throw it away. It is better for you to enter life with one eye than to have two eyes and be thrown into the fire of hell.





A. But if anyone causes one of these little ones who believe in me to sin.

1. Jesus took a very special interest in the welfare of children, especially in those that believed in Him.

2. His primary concern was for those that would try to make children lose their faith (Mounce).

3. A millstone was a large, heavy stone used to ground corn.

B. Woe to the world because of the things that cause people to sin!

1. There are many temptations in this world, and woe to those that cause people to be tempted and to fall.

2. Habakkuk wrote woes against people that bring down other people (Habakkuk 2:9-15).

C. If your hand or your foot causes you to sin cut it off and throw it away.

D. If your eye causes you to sin, gouge it out and throw it away.

1. People do not miss heaven because of their evil works.

2. They miss heaven when they do not receive Jesus as their personal Savior.

3. But Jesus was stressing just how important it is to receive Him as Savior. He wanted people to know that dying lost is a very, very bad thing. A person would be better off without a hand or an eye, then to die lost.

III. The Parable of the Lost Sheep

Study Questions 18.10 Through 18.18


Question 18.10 What was Jesus teaching in the parable of the lost sheep?
Question 18.11 How does God feel about people dying lost?
Question 18.12 Why did Jesus die?
Question 18.13 Was He murdered?
Question 18.14 How is Matthew 18:15-20 the basis for church discipline?
Question 18.15 How is church discipline related to binding and loosing?
Question 18.16 What can the church do to someone that disobeys?
Question 18.17 Can the church take away a person’s salvation?
Question 18.18 What kinds of prayers usually get answered?




10 "See that you do not look down on one of these little ones. For I tell you that their angels in heaven always see the face of my Father in heaven.
12 "What do you think? If a man owns a hundred sheep, and one of them wanders away, will he not leave the ninety-nine on the hills and go to look for the one that wandered off?
13 And if he finds it, I tell you the truth, he is happier about that one sheep than about the ninety-nine that did not wander off.
14 In the same way your Father in heaven is not willing that any of these little ones should be lost.





A. If a man owns a hundred sheep, and one of them wanders away.

1. The Lord is interested in every individual.

2. Ninety-nine percent is not good enough for Him.

B. Go to look for the one that wandered off (Luke 19:10).


Luke 19:10 says, "For the Son of Man came to seek and to save what was lost."





C. Your Father in heaven is not willing that any of these little ones should be lost (II Peter 3:9).


II Peter 3:9 says, "The Lord is not slow in keeping his promise, as some understand slowness. He is patient with you, not wanting anyone to perish, but everyone to come to repentance."



IV. The Basis for Church Discipline


15 "If your brother sins against you, go and show him his fault, just between the two of you. If he listens to you, you have won your brother over.
16 But if he will not listen, take one or two others along, so that 'every matter may be established by the testimony of two or three witnesses.'
17 If he refuses to listen to them, tell it to the church; and if he refuses to listen even to the church, treat him as you would a pagan or a tax collector.
18 "I tell you the truth, whatever you bind on earth will be bound in heaven, and whatever you loose on earth will be loosed in heaven.
19 "Again, I tell you that if two of you on earth agree about anything you ask for, it will be done for you by my Father in heaven.
20 For where two or three come together in my name, there am I with them."





A. Go and show him his fault, just between the two of you.

1. People need to be careful about being too presumptuous, plus Christians are told to not judge (Matthew 7:1-2).

2. Notice Matthew 7:2, which says, "For in the same way you judge others, you will be judged, and with the measure you use, it will be measured to you."

3. Evaluate the deeds of others based upon biblical principles, not the fact that someone sat in your place on Sunday morning or took your parking place.

B. So that every matter may be established

1. When you are biblically correct, take a couple of witnesses to visit the offender.

2. Witnesses will guarantee honesty and integrity in the matter (Deuteronomy 19:15).


Deuteronomy 19:15 says, "One witness is not enough to convict a man accused of any crime or offense he may have committed. A matter must be established by the testimony of two or three witnesses."





C. Tell it to the church

D. It will be done for you by my Father in heaven.

1. Binding and loosing match what was said to Peter in Matthew 16:19.

2. The church has the authority to excommunicate.

E. Where two or three come together in my name, there am I.

1. It does not take a crowd to invoke Jesus' presence.

2. The prayer, of Matthew 18:19, seems to be corporate prayer (Mounce).

3. What kinds of prayers does God consistently answer?

a) Prayers that ask for His will be done.

b) Prayers for service.

V. Being Faithful to Forgive Others

Study Questions 18.19 Through 18.25


Question 18.19 What did Jesus teach about forgiving others?
Question 18.20 How many times does He forgive others?
Question 18.21 How is the kingdom of heaven like settling accounts?
Question 18.22 What happened to the master’s servant that could not pay?
Question 18.23 What happened to the servant’s servant?
Question 18.24 What was the final consequence to the first servant?
Question 18.25 What does Matthew 18:35 mean?




21 Then Peter came to Jesus and asked, "Lord, how many times shall I forgive my brother when he sins against me? Up to seven times?"
22 Jesus answered, "I tell you, not seven times, but seventy-seven times.
23 "Therefore, the kingdom of heaven is like a king who wanted to settle accounts with his servants.
24 As he began the settlement, a man who owed him ten thousand talents was brought to him.
25 Since he was not able to pay, the master ordered that he and his wife and his children and all that he had be sold to repay the debt.
26 "The servant fell on his knees before him. 'Be patient with me,' he begged, 'and I will pay back everything.'
27 The servant's master took pity on him, canceled the debt and let him go.
28 "But when that servant went out, he found one of his fellow servants who owed him a hundred denarii. He grabbed him and began to choke him. 'Pay back what you owe me!' he demanded.
29 "His fellow servant fell to his knees and begged him, 'Be patient with me, and I will pay you back.'
30 "But he refused. Instead, he went off and had the man thrown into prison until he could pay the debt.
31 When the other servants saw what had happened, they were greatly distressed and went and told their master everything that had happened.
32 "Then the master called the servant in. 'You wicked servant,' he said, 'I canceled all that debt of yours because you begged me to.
33 Shouldn't you have had mercy on your fellow servant just as I had on you?'
34 In anger his master turned him over to the jailers to be tortured, until he should pay back all he owed.
35 "This is how my heavenly Father will treat each of you unless you forgive your brother from your heart."





A. How many times shall I forgive my brother?

1. Christians have been forgiven.

2. They should be quick to forgive, but they can only forgive those that ask for forgiveness.

3. Even Jesus cannot forgive someone until he or she asks for forgiveness.

4. Christians should be willing to forgive as often as they are asked. However, having a forgiving spirit does not mean being the world's floor mat. We are also called to be good stewards and shrewd as serpents (Matthew 10:16).

B. The servant's master took pity on him, canceled the debt and let him go.

C. You wicked servant.

1. The unforgiving servant will experience the same treatment.

2. Dr. Mounce wrote, "An unwillingness to extend mercy is proof that a person has never received mercy."

D. This is how my heavenly Father will treat each of you unless you forgive your brother from your heart.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 19 – Divorce and Riches (Matthew 19:1-30)

I. Jesus Taught one Man for one Woman for one Lifetime

Study Questions 19.1 Through 19.8


Question 19.1 How did Jesus view marriage and the family?
Question 19.2 What were the grounds for divorce in the Old Testament?
Question 19.3 Why did the Pharisees ask the question?
Question 19.4 How did Jesus answer those that tried to trip Him up?
Question 19.5 Are there any biblical grounds for modern-day divorce?
Question 19.6 How did Jesus show His deity in this passage?
Question 19.7 Does this passage teach that priests and nuns should be single?
Question 19.8 Where was Jesus headed, and why?




1 When Jesus had finished saying these things, he left Galilee and went into the region of Judea to the other side of the Jordan.
2 Large crowds followed him, and he healed them there.
3 Some Pharisees came to him to test him. They asked, "Is it lawful for a man to divorce his wife for any and every reason?"
4 "Haven't you read," he replied, "that at the beginning the Creator 'made them male and female,'
5 and said, 'For this reason a man will leave his father and mother and be united to his wife, and the two will become one flesh'?
6 So they are no longer two, but one. Therefore what God has joined together, let man not separate."
7 "Why then," they asked, "did Moses command that a man give his wife a certificate of divorce and send her away?"
8 Jesus replied, "Moses permitted you to divorce your wives because your hearts were hard. But it was not this way from the beginning.
9 I tell you that anyone who divorces his wife, except for marital unfaithfulness, and marries another woman commits adultery."
10 The disciples said to him, "If this is the situation between a husband and wife, it is better not to marry."
11 Jesus replied, "Not everyone can accept this word, but only those to whom it has been given.
12 For some are eunuchs because they were born that way; others were made that way by men; and others have renounced marriage because of the kingdom of heaven. The one who can accept this should accept it."





A. He left Galilee and went into the region of Judea to the other side of the Jordan

1. He was leaving Galilee for the last time (Mounce).

2. He went to Judea, and He taught and healed the many people that followed Him (Mark 10:1).

3. Jesus had a fully balanced ministry (Carson). He healed, He taught, He preached, and He prophesied.

B. Is it lawful for a man to divorce his wife for any and every reason?

1. The Greek word for "test" meant to tempt in any way (Vincent). The Pharisees were trying to trip Him up.

2. The controversy over divorce arose from Deuteronomy 22:22-27 and Deuteronomy 24:1-4. There were two Jewish schools of thought on what those two verses meant (Mounce and Dr. Earl S. Kalland).

a) Hillel - a man could divorce a woman if anything about her displeased him. This was the more liberal view.

b) Shammai - a man could only divorce his wife if she committed an act of sexual impurity, short of adultery (adultery meant death). This was the more restrictive and more conservative view. In Matthew 5:31-32, Jesus aligned Himself with this view and made fornication (rather than death) the only grounds of divorce.

3. As when tempted by Satan, Jesus answered those that tried to trip Him with Scriptures. He set the right Example for us (Genesis 1:27 and Genesis 2:24).


Genesis 1:27 says, "So God created man in his own image, in the image of God he created him; male and female he created them."

Genesis 2:24 says, "For this reason a man will leave his father and mother and be united to his wife, and they will become one flesh."





C. What God has joined together, let man not separate.

1. God gave humanity families because the relationships in the family unit are consistent with how He relates to each of us.

a) God is not a super cop.

b) He is our heavenly Father, and He relates to us as a Father to a son or daughter.

c) The family is under attack by the devil because he knows that that is the way to attack the Lord.

2. Jesus did not advocate divorce, and neither does God the Father.

3. Malachi 2:16 says, "'I hate divorce,' says the LORD God of Israel, 'and I hate a man's covering himself with violence as well as with his garment,' says the LORD Almighty. So guard yourself in your spirit, and do not break faith."

D. Moses permitted you to divorce your wives because your hearts were hard (Deuteronomy 24:1-4).

1. Divorce was a reality during Moses' times.

2. It was permitted under certain circumstances, and it was regulated (Kallard).

E. It is better not to marry.

1. In Matthew 5:31-32, the woman commits adultery by remarriage, and in Matthew 19:9, the man commits adultery by divorcing and remarrying (Mounce).

2. Jesus could have been suggesting one of two things. The actual teaching is not absolutely certain.

a) He may not have been opposed to people remaining single, but He may have recognized that being single was not for everyone.

b) He may have been referring to the strict teaching about divorce and remarrying and saying that many people cannot accept such a strict teaching.

3. Voluntary celibacy was uncommon in Jewish culture (Mounce).

II. Jesus Always had Time for Children

Study Questions 19.9 Through 19.19


Question 19.9 Why were children brought to Jesus?
Question 19.10 Why did the disciples' rebuke those that had brought the kids?
Question 19.11 Why did Jesus tell the man to obey the commandments?
Question 19.12 Was Jesus suggesting that maybe He was not good, either?
Question 19.13 What if the man had said to Jesus that Jesus was good?
Question 19.14 Where was his focus?
Question 19.15 Could he have been saved by obeying the Law?
Question 19.16 Could he have been saved by giving all to the poor?
Question 19.17 Can someone be saved by accident?
Question 19.18 Was Jesus teaching against being wealthy?
Question 19.19 Why do the wealthy often die lost?




13 Then little children were brought to Jesus for him to place his hands on them and pray for them. But the disciples rebuked those who brought them.
14 Jesus said, "Let the little children come to me, and do not hinder them, for the kingdom of heaven belongs to such as these."
15 When he had placed his hands on them, he went on from there.





A. Then little children were brought to Jesus.

1. A custom during Jesus' days was for parents to bring their children to rabbis and elders to have them blessed (Carson).

2. For one of them to place their hands on a child was the same as being blessed by God.

B. The disciples rebuked those who brought them.

1. The disciples may have been upset because the children had interrupted their conversation.

2. They may have been upset because they were about to leave for Jerusalem, and they did not want to be delayed.

3. But Jesus recognized the importance of caring for the children.

C. Let the little children come to me, and do not hinder them.

III. How can a Person get Eternal Life?


16 Now a man came up to Jesus and asked, "Teacher, what good thing must I do to get eternal life?"
17 "Why do you ask me about what is good?" Jesus replied. "There is only One who is good. If you want to enter life, obey the commandments."
18 "Which ones?" the man inquired. Jesus replied, "'Do not murder, do not commit adultery, do not steal, do not give false testimony,
19 honor your father and mother,' and 'love your neighbor as yourself.'"
20 "All these I have kept," the young man said. "What do I still lack?"
21 Jesus answered, "If you want to be perfect, go, sell your possessions and give to the poor, and you will have treasure in heaven. Then come, follow me."
22 When the young man heard this, he went away sad, because he had great wealth.





A. Teacher, what good thing must I do to get eternal life (Exodus 20:12-16, Deuteronomy 5:16-20, and Leviticus 19:18)?

1. The man wanted to know what "thing he could do." He was not looking for a relationship with Christ.

2. The Mosaic Law was given as a schoolmaster to point people to Christ (Galatians 3:24).


Exodus 20:12-16 says, "Honor your father and your mother, so that you may live long in the land the LORD your God is giving you. You shall not murder. You shall not commit adultery. You shall not steal. You shall not give false testimony against your neighbor."

Leviticus 19:18 says, "Do not seek revenge or bear a grudge against one of your people, but love your neighbor as yourself. I am the LORD."






3. Jesus did not deny being good but was actually claiming to be equal with God by identifying Him as the only One that is good (Mark 10:18). But the young man focused more on Jesus' mention of the commandments than on the One that is good.

B. What do I still lack?

1. The man had probably lived a good, law-abiding life.

2. But he was not happy, and he did not have peace. He realized that legalism is not enough (Mounce).

3. Selling his possessions and giving the money to the poor would not have saved him.

a) Obeying the Lord would NOT have saved him (Ephesians 2:8-9).

b) But by being obedient to the truth, the Lord would have opened his eyes to Jesus, and joy and peace would soon follow.

C. He went away sad, because he had great wealth.

1. No one meets Jesus and walks away happy, unless he or she has received Him as Savior.

2. No one gets saved by accident.

3. The man's wealth would be an eternal curse to him.

4. This passage does not teach that there is virtue in poverty.

IV. No One Will Be Slighted in the End

Study Questions 19.20 Through 19.26


Question 19.20 What Babylonian proverb did Jesus use?
Question 19.21 What did the proverb mean?
Question 19.22 Why is it so hard for a rich person to be saved?
Question 19.23 How can a rich person be saved?
Question 19.24 Has God shined on the rich person more than the poor one?
Question 19.25 How will the Lord’s faithful disciples be rewarded?
Question 19.26 What does Matthew 19:30 mean?




23 Then Jesus said to his disciples, "I tell you the truth, it is hard for a rich man to enter the kingdom of heaven.
24 Again I tell you, it is easier for a camel to go through the eye of a needle than for a rich man to enter the kingdom of God."
25 When the disciples heard this, they were greatly astonished and asked, "Who then can be saved?"
26 Jesus looked at them and said, "With man this is impossible, but with God all things are possible."
27 Peter answered him, "We have left everything to follow you! What then will there be for us?"
28 Jesus said to them, "I tell you the truth, at the renewal of all things, when the Son of Man sits on his glorious throne, you who have followed me will also sit on twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.
29 And everyone who has left houses or brothers or sisters or father or mother or children or fields for my sake will receive a hundred times as much and will inherit eternal life.
30 But many who are first will be last, and many who are last will be first.





A. It is hard for a rich man to enter the kingdom of heaven.

1. The rich man did not miss heaven because he was rich. He missed heaven because his self-sufficiency caused him to reject or dismiss his need of Christ.

2. He chose money over the Lord (Matthew 6:24).

3. People can have money and be saved, but salvation comes from receiving Christ as Savior.

4. Jesus shared a Babylonian proverb from the Talmud, but He substituted a camel for an elephant (Vincent). The camel was the largest animal in Palestine, and the eye of the needle was the smallest known opening (Mounce).

B. Who then can be saved?

1. The disciples did not understand Jesus' teaching on salvation.

2. During Old Testament times, people often equated wealth with God's favor (Mounce). That was wrong then, and it is wrong today.

C. With God all things are possible

1. Only God saves.

2. Through His power, a person can overcome the strong power of wealth and serve the Lord (Mounce).

D. You who have followed me will also sit on twelve thrones, judging the twelve tribes of Israel.

1. Jesus spoke of the renewal of all things, and in the Greek language, that meant in the final restitution of all things (Vincent).

2. The disciples would not be forgotten or mistreated in the final resurrection.

3. People will have different positions in heaven, and to a great extent, their position will be based on what they have done in this life. The one thing that everyone can count on is the fairness of the Lord.

E. But many who are first will be last, and many who are last will be first.

1. Many people of that time might have thought that the Pharisees and scribes had great favor with the Lord, and they may have exalted them in this life. Before the Lord, they would be as nothing.

2. Many people would look on those that seem to be abased and look down on them. But they may be the ones that have received Christ as Savior and quietly been faithful during their lives. Such people will be exalted when they stand before the Lord.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 20 – The Parable of the Vineyard and Preparing to Die (Matthew 20:1-34)

I. Another Parable about Heaven

Study Questions 20.1 Through 20.6


Question 20.1 How is the kingdom of heaven like a landowner?
Question 20.2 Was the landowner fair or unfair with his laborers?
Question 20.3 Why is Jesus telling this parable, and what does it teach?
Question 20.4 How does it answer Peter's question in Matthew 19:27?
Question 20.5 What bookend did Matthew use, and why did he use it?
Question 20.6 Will God be fair to those that have put their faith in Him?




1 "For the kingdom of heaven is like a landowner who went out early in the morning to hire men to work in his vineyard.
2 He agreed to pay them a denarius for the day and sent them into his vineyard.
3 "About the third hour he went out and saw others standing in the marketplace doing nothing.
4 He told them, 'You also go and work in my vineyard, and I will pay you whatever is right.'
5 So they went. "He went out again about the sixth hour and the ninth hour and did the same thing.
6 About the eleventh hour he went out and found still others standing around. He asked them, 'Why have you been standing here all day long doing nothing?'
7 "'Because no one has hired us,' they answered. "He said to them, 'You also go and work in my vineyard.'
8 "When evening came, the owner of the vineyard said to his foreman, 'Call the workers and pay them their wages, beginning with the last ones hired and going on to the first.'
9 "The workers who were hired about the eleventh hour came and each received a denarius.





A. For the kingdom of heaven is like a landowner who went out early in the morning to hire men to work in his vineyard.

1. Jesus compared God the Father and the Holy Spirit to the landowner. The Father owns the vineyard, but the Holy Spirit seeks those to come.

2. His invitation to work compares to our invitation to receive Christ as Savior and labor in God's vineyard, which is the world.

3. Matthew 19:30 and Matthew 20:16 form an inclusion or bookend and connect the two chapters (Mounce).

a) The bookend shows emphasis for what is discussed in-between.

b) The connection ties Matthew 19:27-30 with Matthew 20:1-16. Jesus was still answering Peter's question from Matthew 19:27.

c) The conjunction "for" (Greek gar) also shows continuity between the two passages (Mounce). Dr. Vincent said that the Greek word meant explaining and confirming.

B. I will pay you whatever is right.

1. In ancient times, the workday was from sunup to sundown (Mounce). According to the passage, that would have been from 6:00am until 6:00pm.

2. The landowner went out at 9:00am, 12:00am, 3:00pm, and 5:00pm to get workers.

3. He agreed to pay a fair wage. A denarius was worth about $0.17 and was considered to be a fair day's wage (Vincent).

C. The workers who were hired about the eleventh hour came and each received a denarius.

1. The landowner paid each worker one denarius, and those that had worked more hours thought that they had been cheated.

2. Had they been cheated? Did they not agree to work the day for a denarius?

3. The landowner did exactly what He said He would do.

D. How is the kingdom of heaven like the landowner?

1. God the Father has the final say about heaven.

2. Those saved late in life get the same heaven that those saved early in life get, and Christians should be happy to see people get saved at any point in life.

II. God is More than Fair to His Own

10 So when those came who were hired first, they expected to receive more. But each one of them also received a denarius.
11 When they received it, they began to grumble against the landowner.
12 'These men who were hired last worked only one hour,' they said, 'and you have made them equal to us who have borne the burden of the work and the heat of the day.'
13 "But he answered one of them, 'Friend, I am not being unfair to you. Didn't you agree to work for a denarius?
14 Take your pay and go. I want to give the man who was hired last the same as I gave you.
15 Don't I have the right to do what I want with my own money? Or are you envious because I am generous?'
16 "So the last will be first, and the first will be last."





A. They expected to receive more.

1. People sometimes think that they deserve more credit or more attention for what they have done.

2. They often grumble when things do not go their way.

3. Jesus always taught that focusing on self is a poor motive.

B. They began to grumble against the landowner.

1. This parable is not trying to suggest that anyone will be unhappy in heaven.

2. The landowner treated them with kindness and respect.

3. He referred to them as friend (companion or comrade (Vincent)) even though they were complaining against him.

4. It shows that followers of Christ should be pleased just to be included in the kingdom of heaven.

C. Take your pay and go. I want to give the man who was hired last the same as I gave you.

1. The landowner could do what he wanted.

2. It was his land and his money.

D. So the last will be first, and the first will be last.

1. Things in heaven will not be according to what humans may think.

2. Peter had asked the question in Matthew 19:27, and Jesus emphasized God will do whatever He wants. Either way, however, whatever He does will be eternally fair since we are people that were once without hope.

III. Jesus Again Spoke of His Betrayal

Study Questions 20.7 Through 20.11


Question 20.7 Why was Jesus going to Jerusalem?
Question 20.8 How long did His public ministry last? How do we know?
Question 20.9 Was Jesus killed against His will?
Question 20.10 Was He a liar, a lunatic, or the Lord?
Question 20.11 How much did He know about what would happen to Him?




17 Now as Jesus was going up to Jerusalem, he took the twelve disciples aside and said to them,
18 "We are going up to Jerusalem, and the Son of Man will be betrayed to the chief priests and the teachers of the law. They will condemn him to death
19 and will turn him over to the Gentiles to be mocked and flogged and crucified. On the third day he will be raised to life!"





A. As Jesus was going up to Jerusalem.

1. Jesus was making His trip to Jerusalem for His final Passover.

2. According to Luke 3:23, John 2:23, John 5:1, John 6:4, and John 12:1, Jesus began His ministry when thirty years old, and it spanned four Passovers.


Luke 3:23 says, "Now Jesus himself was about thirty years old when he began his ministry. He was the son, so it was thought, of Joseph, the son of Heli."

John 2:23 says, "Now while he was in Jerusalem at the Passover Feast, many people saw the miraculous signs he was doing and believed in his name."

John 5:1 says, "Some time later, Jesus went up to Jerusalem for a feast of the Jews."

John 6:4 says, "The Jewish Passover Feast was near."

John 12:1 says, "Six days before the Passover, Jesus arrived at Bethany, where Lazarus lived, whom Jesus had raised from the dead."





B. The Son of Man will be betrayed.

1. Jesus was not taken by surprise.

2. He talked about His crucifixion as early as John 3:14.

3. He spoke to His disciples alone because they were probably the only ones even closely ready to hear His passion prediction (Carson).

C. On the third day he will be raised to life.

IV. Having the Heart of a Servant

Study Questions 20.12 Through 20.18


Question 20.12 Why was John and James' mother asking the wrong thing?
Question 20.13 How was her request like what many people would ask?
Question 20.14 What did Jesus tell her about being great in heaven?
Question 20.15 Why did Jesus come to the earth in human Form?
Question 20.16 Why were the two blind men restored to sight by Jesus?
Question 20.17 How did they acknowledge Jesus?
Question 20.18 What is the lesson of Hebrews 11:6?




20 Then the mother of Zebedee's sons came to Jesus with her sons and, kneeling down, asked a favor of him.
21 "What is it you want?" he asked. She said, "Grant that one of these two sons of mine may sit at your right and the other at your left in your kingdom."
22 "You don't know what you are asking," Jesus said to them. "Can you drink the cup I am going to drink?" "We can," they answered.
23 Jesus said to them, "You will indeed drink from my cup, but to sit at my right or left is not for me to grant. These places belong to those for whom they have been prepared by my Father."
24 When the ten heard about this, they were indignant with the two brothers.
25 Jesus called them together and said, "You know that the rulers of the Gentiles lord it over them, and their high officials exercise authority over them.
26 Not so with you. Instead, whoever wants to become great among you must be your servant,
27 and whoever wants to be first must be your slave--
28 just as the Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many."





A. Then the mother of Zebedee's sons came to Jesus.

1. John's father, Zebedee, had had his own fishing business, and he had made himself affluent. He owned homes in Capernaum and Jerusalem.

2. John and James were the sons of Zebedee.

3. Their mother had a selfish reason for coming to Jesus.

B. Grant that one of these two sons of mine may sit at your right and the other at your left in your kingdom.

C. Whoever wants to become great among you must be your servant.

1. In God's economy, humility and motives are important.

2. To be great, one must become a servant and actually have a servant's attitude.

D. The Son of Man did not come to be served, but to serve, and to give his life as a ransom for many.

V. Leaving Jericho, still on the way to Jerusalem


29 As Jesus and his disciples were leaving Jericho, a large crowd followed him.
30 Two blind men were sitting by the roadside, and when they heard that Jesus was going by, they shouted, "Lord, Son of David, have mercy on us!"
31 The crowd rebuked them and told them to be quiet, but they shouted all the louder, "Lord, Son of David, have mercy on us!"
32 Jesus stopped and called them. "What do you want me to do for you?" he asked.
33 "Lord," they answered, "we want our sight."
34 Jesus had compassion on them and touched their eyes. Immediately they received their sight and followed him.





A. Lord, Son of David, have mercy on us.

1. The two blind men came to Jesus with the right attitude.

2. They got what they wanted (Hebrews 11:6).


Hebrews 11:6 says, "And without faith it is impossible to please God, because anyone who comes to him must believe that he exists and that he rewards those who earnestly seek him."





B. We want our sight.

1. They received their physical sight.

2. They received their spiritual sight because they followed Him.

C. Jesus had compassion on them and touched their eyes.

1. He always had compassion for those that came to Him in the right spirit.

2. Luke 19:10 says, "For the Son of Man came to seek and to save what was lost."

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 21 – The Triumphal Entry (Matthew 21:1-46)

I. Following the Lord's Instructions to the Letter

Study Questions 21.1 Through 21.9


Question 21.1 When did Jesus make His triumphal entry?
Question 21.2 Why did He go through Mount of Olives and Kidron Valley?
Question 21.3 What is the difference between kurios and o kurios?
Question 21.4 Why was the man willing to let Him have the donkey and colt?
Question 21.5 What was the significance of Him riding the donkey?
Question 21.6 Does this experience possibly explain Matthew 16:28?
Question 21.7 How did the disciples demonstrate discipleship?
Question 21.8 How did the people outside the city receive Jesus?
Question 21.9 How did the people in the city receive Him?




1 As they approached Jerusalem and came to Bethphage on the Mount of Olives, Jesus sent two disciples,
2 saying to them, "Go to the village ahead of you, and at once you will find a donkey tied there, with her colt by her. Untie them and bring them to me.
3 If anyone says anything to you, tell him that the Lord needs them, and he will send them right away."
4 This took place to fulfill what was spoken through the prophet:
5 "Say to the Daughter of Zion, 'See, your king comes to you, gentle and riding on a donkey, on a colt, the foal of a donkey.'"
6 The disciples went and did as Jesus had instructed them.





A. As they approached Jerusalem and came to Bethphage on the Mount of Olives.

1. Bethphage means "house of figs" (Vincent), and Jesus arrived there as He traveled to Jerusalem.

2. The road from Jericho to Jerusalem was about seventeen miles and climbed in elevation by three thousand feet. To get to Jerusalem, they had to pass over the Mount of Olives and through the Kidron Valley (Carson).

3. He went that way to avoid Samaria (Mounce).

B. Untie them and bring them to me.

1. He sent two disciples into the village and told them to bring back the donkey and her colt. He did not separate them even for His own purposes.

2. Matthew used the Greek words, o kurios, for "the Lord." "Kurios" alone meant master or one of authority. With the word "o" in front of it, the two words expressed Christ's divine nature and power. Matthew was writing "the" Lord as opposed to just Lord. He only used the expression (the Lord) twice (once before and once after the resurrection) while the other gospel writers and Luke in Acts used it much more often (Vincent).

3. When Jesus said that he would send them, He could have been saying one of two different things (Mounce).

a) The man would let the disciples take the donkey and colt.

b) The disciples could have been saying that Jesus would soon return them to their rightful owner.

C. Your king comes to you, gentle and riding on a donkey.

1. This incident was prophesied in Isaiah 62:11 and Zechariah 9:9.


Isaiah 62:11 says, "The LORD has made proclamation to the ends of the earth: 'Say to the Daughter of Zion, See, your Savior comes! See, his reward is with him, and his recompense accompanies him.'"

Zechariah 9:9 says, "Rejoice greatly, O Daughter of Zion! Shout, Daughter of Jerusalem! See, your king comes to you, righteous and having salvation, gentle and riding on a donkey, on a colt, the foal of a donkey."






2. By entering into Jerusalem on a colt, He was revealing Himself as the Messiah (Carson).

a) A ruler often rode a donkey during peaceful times. Aggressive rulers would have ridden in on a war-horse (Mounce).

b) His need for secrecy was being lifted, and his hour had come.

c) The tameness of the unbroken colt in the midst of the big, excited crowd would show the Lord's control over a natural situation.

D. The disciples went and did as Jesus had instructed them.

1. Discipleship means going.

2. Discipleship means doing.

3. Discipleship means being faithful to the Lord.

II. Jesus Entered Jerusalem


7 They brought the donkey and the colt, placed their cloaks on them, and Jesus sat on them.
8 A very large crowd spread their cloaks on the road, while others cut branches from the trees and spread them on the road.
9 The crowds that went ahead of him and those that followed shouted, "Hosanna to the Son of David!" "Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord!" "Hosanna in the highest!"
10 When Jesus entered Jerusalem, the whole city was stirred and asked, "Who is this?"
11 The crowds answered, "This is Jesus, the prophet from Nazareth in Galilee."





A. They brought the donkey and the colt. Jesus sat on the cloaks rather than on both of the animals (Carson).

B. Cloaks and Cut Branches on the Road

1. The very large crowd referred to the proportionate part of the crowd that followed Him. Matthew was indicating "the most part of the multitude (Vincent).

2. According to John 12:1-12, He stayed in Bethany for a few days before entering Jerusalem, so the people had time to find out that He was coming.

3. People followed Him from Bethany into Jerusalem, and they came from Jerusalem to meet Him (Carson).

C. Hosanna to the Son of David!" "Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord!" "Hosanna in the highest!

1. A Hebrew expression meaning "Oh save!" (Vincent).

2. It became an exclamation of praise (Mounce). The people recognized His coming as a blessing even though they did not realize His real reason for coming (Psalm 118:26).


Psalm 118:26 says, "Blessed is he who comes in the name of the LORD. From the house of the LORD we bless you."






3. Hosanna may have been a messianic title (Mounce).

D. Who is this?

1. The question was really who is this that is causing such uproar.

2. The people knew Jesus and recognized Him as a prophet.

3. The whole city was stirred, as if by an earthquake (Vincent). His appearing had a very dramatic effect on those that were following Him.

III. Jesus Cleared the Temple Again

Study Questions 21.10 Through 21.16


Question 21.10 What did Jesus do when He got to Jerusalem?
Question 21.11 Was He afraid of taking a stand or of controversy?
Question 21.12 Had Jesus ever done anything like what He did before?
Question 21.13 Why did Matthew and Mark report the incident differently?
Question 21.14 Why were there moneychangers, the buying, and the selling?
Question 21.15 Why was Jesus so upset by what He was doing?
Question 21.16 How does the Lord feel when churches misuse its resources?




12 Jesus entered the temple area and drove out all who were buying and selling there. He overturned the tables of the money changers and the benches of those selling doves.
13 "It is written," he said to them, "My house will be called a house of prayer, but you are making it a den of robbers."





A. Jesus entered the temple area and drove out.

1. The Lord was not passive, nor was He always meek and mild.

2. This was probably the second time that He cleared the temple (see John 2:14-16). John recorded the early Judean ministry, but the other gospels did not (Carson).

3. Jesus always knew how to answer, and He always knew what to do. But the religious leaders hated Him.

B. The Gospel of Mark reported the sequence differently than Matthew (Mounce).

1. Matthew wrote about Jesus entering Jerusalem and clearing the temple of the moneychangers.

2. Mark wrote that Jesus went to the temple, looked around, went to Bethany with His disciples, and cleared the temple on the following day.

3. The differences are not significance because the order in which the events happened or were reported are not important. Matthew may have been focusing more on the climactic events rather than the mundane events of His daily travels.

C. He overturned the tables of the moneychangers and the benches of those selling doves.

1. The moneychangers converted the foreign coins of pilgrims to shekels that could be used to pay the annual temple tax (Vincent).

2. The Jewish problem was that foreign coins were usually stamped with pagan symbols, and they were not acceptable (Mounce).

3. Three reasons that Jesus was upset by the temple practice (Mounce).

a) The annual temple tax was a half-shekel, but the priests would usually charge foreigners more to make a profit.

b) They also overcharged on the animals that were to be sacrificed.

c) The temple had an inner sanctuary and an outer court. The Gentiles could only go as far as the outer court to worship, and that was where they were being exposed to the dishonest practices. Therefore, the temple was not a good place for them to worship God.

4. Had the practice been done honestly and without a profit motive, then Jesus probably would not have objected so harshly.

5. Thievery would have been very commonplace among the zealous moneychangers.

6. Their actions were making the temple into a nationalist stronghold rather than a place of prayer.

D. It is written.

1. Jesus satisfied the conditions of Matthew 7:1-2.

2. The symbolism of His action is that the purification of Jerusalem and the temple was further indication of Jesus' true identity as messiah (Carson).

3. His actions were part of His objective of self-disclosure. He was no longer hiding His identity.

E. You are making it a den of robbers (Isaiah 56:6-7 and Jeremiah 7:9-11).


Isaiah 56:6-7 says, "And foreigners who bind themselves to the LORD to serve him, to love the name of the LORD, and to worship him, all who keep the Sabbath without desecrating it and who hold fast to my covenant -- these I will bring to my holy mountain and give them joy in my house of prayer. Their burnt offerings and sacrifices will be accepted on my altar; for my house will be called a house of prayer for all nations."

Jeremiah 7:9-11 says, "Will you steal and murder, commit adultery and perjury, burn incense to Baal and follow other gods you have not known, and then come and stand before me in this house, which bears my Name, and say, "We are safe" -- safe to do all these detestable things? Has this house, which bears my Name, become a den of robbers to you? But I have been watching! declares the LORD."



IV. More Conflict with the Pharisees

Study Questions 21.17 Through 21.23


Question 21.17 Why were the chief priests and teachers so upset with Jesus?
Question 21.18 What is a respecter of persons?
Question 21.19 Where did Jesus go after healing the blind and lame?
Question 21.20 What happened the next morning with the fig tree?
Question 21.21 Why was Jesus upset over the fig tree?
Question 21.22 What was the spiritual significance of the fig tree?
Question 21.23 What happened to the fig tree?




14 The blind and the lame came to him at the temple, and he healed them.
15 But when the chief priests and the teachers of the law saw the wonderful things he did and the children shouting in the temple area, "Hosanna to the Son of David," they were indignant.
16 "Do you hear what these children are saying?" they asked him. "Yes," replied Jesus, "have you never read, "'From the lips of children and infants you have ordained praise'?"
17 And he left them and went out of the city to Bethany, where he spent the night.





A. The blind and the lame came to him at the temple, and he healed them.

1. Jesus purified the temple, and He healed those that would have normally been rejected.

2. Oral law (Mounce) did not allow the lame, blind, deaf, or mute people to offer their sacrifices in the inner sanctuary of the temple. Jesus healed them to show that One greater than the temple was here (Carson).

B. The chief priests and scribes were indignant.

1. They were upset because of the praise that He was getting and "receiving" (Carson).

2. Jesus' willingness to receive worship confirms for present-day people His claims of deity.

C. From the lips of children and infants you have ordained praise?

1. The Greek word for ordained means "to furnish completely" or "to equip" (Vincent).


Psalm 8:2 says, "From the lips of children and infants you have ordained praise because of your enemies, to silence the foe and the avenger."






2. Jesus' response provided a biblical basis for the kids to do what they were doing. Psalm 8 is not a messianic psalm, but it is a psalm that refers to God, again showing His claims (Carson).

D. Jesus left them and went out of the city to Bethany

1. He had passed through Bethany before coming to Jerusalem.

2. He was returning to get away from the crowds that had come to Jerusalem for the Passover (Carson).

V. Jesus Had Power Over a Fig Tree


18 Early in the morning, as he was on his way back to the city, he was hungry.
19 Seeing a fig tree by the road, he went up to it but found nothing on it except leaves. Then he said to it, "May you never bear fruit again!" Immediately the tree withered.
20 When the disciples saw this, they were amazed. "How did the fig tree wither so quickly?" they asked.
21 Jesus replied, "I tell you the truth, if you have faith and do not doubt, not only can you do what was done to the fig tree, but also you can say to this mountain, 'Go, throw yourself into the sea,' and it will be done.
22 If you believe, you will receive whatever you ask for in prayer."





A. Jesus was hungry. The Kenosis (based on Philippians 2:5-7) - He voluntarily gave up the free use of His comparative attributes (omniscience, omnipresence, and omnipotence) while He was in a human body.


Philippians 2:5-7 says, "Your attitude should be the same as that of Christ Jesus: Who, being in very nature God, did not consider equality with God something to be grasped, but made himself nothing, taking the very nature of a servant, being made in human likeness."





B. May you never bear fruit again! Immediately the tree withered!

1. Historical-Cultural Analysis - The fig tree had leaves that suggested that it would also have green figs, but it had none. Jesus was upset because the tree promised fruit, even though it was not yet the season for it to have ripe figs, but it promised falsely. His feelings toward that particular fig tree matched His feelings about the religious leaders (Pharisees) and also Israel (Dr. Henry A. Virkler, Carson).

2. This was the only condemning (Mounce) work of Jesus' ministry, and the tree was not even supposed to have ripe figs yet. The leaves were premature, so they gave a false signal (Virkler).

C. If you believe, you will receive whatever you ask for in prayer. "Jesus used the fig tree to teach the power of believing prayer" (Carson).

VI. More Conflicts with the Chief Priests and Elders

Study Questions 21.24 Through 21.30


Question 21.24 How did the chief priests and elders next attack Jesus?
Question 21.25 Why did they do that?
Question 21.26 Did the Lord back down?
Question 21.27 What technique did He use to answer their question?
Question 21.28 Why were they unable to answer His question?
Question 21.29 How aggressive should Christians be today?
Question 21.30 How aggressive were the Christians in the early church?




23 Jesus entered the temple courts, and, while he was teaching, the chief priests and the elders of the people came to him. "By what authority are you doing these things?" they asked. "And who gave you this authority?"
24 Jesus replied, "I will also ask you one question. If you answer me, I will tell you by what authority I am doing these things.
25 John's baptism--where did it come from? Was it from heaven, or from men?" They discussed it among themselves and said, "If we say, 'From heaven,' he will ask, 'Then why didn't you believe him?'
26 But if we say, 'From men'--we are afraid of the people, for they all hold that John was a prophet."
27 So they answered Jesus, "We don't know." Then he said, "Neither will I tell you by what authority I am doing these things."





A. By what authority are you doing these things?

1. The things that Jesus was doing were riding in on a colt, clearing the temple (Mounce), and healing the sick (blind and lame).

2. The chief priests and elders were supposed to challenge anyone that tried to speak for God, but Jesus challenged their ability to do so (Carson). They represented the Sanhedrin (Mounce).

2. He used a common rabbinical discussion technique of answering a question with a question (Carson).

B. Jesus replied, "I will also ask you one question."

1. He put the leaders on the spot with His question.

2. If they said that John the Baptist was from God, then he had borne witness to Jesus and they should have obeyed Him.

3. If they said that he was from man, then they could have been in trouble with the people.

C. Neither will I tell you by what authority I am doing these things.

1. They could not tell Him an answer, and that shows that they understood the truth.

2. Therefore, He would not answer their question.

3. Once again, He got the upper hand in His ongoing debate with the Jewish leaders.

VII. A Parable about Repentance and Wrongdoing

Study Questions 21.31 Through 21.40


Question 21.31 Why did Jesus always teach through parables?
Question 21.32 What was the significance of the first parable?
Question 21.33 Are you most like the first son or the second son?
Question 21.34 Who was Jesus talking to in the first parable?
Question 21.35 Who was John in Matthew 21:32?
Question 21.36 Who was the Landowner and servants in the second parable?
Question 21.37 Who was the Landowner's Son, and how was He treated?
Question 21.38 What was the significance of the second parable?
Question 21.39 Who was the Capstone in the third parable?
Question 21.40 Who did Jesus say would be crushed?




28 "What do you think? There was a man who had two sons. He went to the first and said, 'Son, go and work today in the vineyard.'
29 "'I will not,' he answered, but later he changed his mind and went.
30 "Then the father went to the other son and said the same thing. He answered, 'I will, sir,' but he did not go.
31 "Which of the two did what his father wanted?" "The first," they answered. Jesus said to them, "I tell you the truth, the tax collectors and the prostitutes are entering the kingdom of God ahead of you.
32 For John came to you to show you the way of righteousness, and you did not believe him, but the tax collectors and the prostitutes did. And even after you saw this, you did not repent and believe him.





A. This was the first of three parables aimed at the Jewish religious leaders.

B. Son, go and work today in the vineyard.

1. "I will not," he answered, but later he changed his mind and went.

2. He answered, "I will, sir," but he did not go.

3. When the first son changed his mind, the Greek word for changed carried the full meaning of the Greek word for repented (Vincent).

4. The first son was probably older (Carson).

C. Which of the two did what his father wanted?

1. Jesus was saying that the Jewish leaders resembled the younger son that said he would go but did not. As a result, they would not enter into the kingdom.

2. He was saying that the rejected scum of society (tax collectors and prostitutes) resembled the older son and that they repented and went. As a result, they would enter into the kingdom.

3. "I tell you the truth, the tax collectors and the prostitutes are entering the kingdom of God ahead of you."

D. They did not believe him, but the tax collectors and the prostitutes did.

VIII. The Parable of the Landowner and His Vineyard


33 "Listen to another parable: There was a landowner who planted a vineyard. He put a wall around it, dug a winepress in it and built a watchtower. Then he rented the vineyard to some farmers and went away on a journey.
34 When the harvest time approached, he sent his servants to the tenants to collect his fruit.
35 "The tenants seized his servants; they beat one, killed another, and stoned a third.
36 Then he sent other servants to them, more than the first time, and the tenants treated them the same way.
37 Last of all, he sent his son to them. 'They will respect my son,' he said.
38 "But when the tenants saw the son, they said to each other, 'This is the heir. Come, let's kill him and take his inheritance.'
39 So they took him and threw him out of the vineyard and killed him.
40 "Therefore, when the owner of the vineyard comes, what will he do to those tenants?"
41 "He will bring those wretches to a wretched end," they replied, "and he will rent the vineyard to other tenants, who will give him his share of the crop at harvest time."
42 Jesus said to them, "Have you never read in the Scriptures: "'The stone the builders rejected has become the capstone; the Lord has done this, and it is marvelous in our eyes'?
43 "Therefore I tell you that the kingdom of God will be taken away from you and given to a people who will produce its fruit.
44 He who falls on this stone will be broken to pieces, but he on whom it falls will be crushed."
45 When the chief priests and the Pharisees heard Jesus' parables, they knew he was talking about them.
46 They looked for a way to arrest him, but they were afraid of the crowd because the people held that he was a prophet.





A. The second parable talked about a Landowner (God) who planted a vineyard (Israel).

B. The tenants (the Jewish religious leaders) seized his servants (the prophets); they beat one, killed another, and stoned a third.

C. So they took His Son and threw Him out of the vineyard and killed Him.

1. Jesus was telling how the Jewish authorities and religious leaders would treat Him.

2. In Jesus' parable, He declared that the tenants knew that the son was the son. That may or not been true of the religious leaders, but they were just as guilty (Carson).

D. Have you never read in the Scriptures? Jesus will hold each person accountable for his or her attitude towards and devotion about His Word.


Psalm 118:22-23 says, "The stone the builders rejected has become the capstone; the LORD has done this, and it is marvelous in our eyes."






1. The third parable indicated that the religious leaders had rejected Jesus.

2. Compare the crushing in Matthew 21:44 to Genesis 3:15.

3. The conclusion is that the kingdom would be taken from Israel and given to the Gentiles (Mounce).

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 22 – A Parable, Paying Taxes, and Kingdom Truths (Matthew 22:1-46)

I. The Parable About the Wedding Feast

Study Questions 22.1 Through 22.11


Question 22.1 How is the kingdom of heaven like a wedding banquet?
Question 22.2 Why was the king enraged?
Question 22.3 How does this parable show what happens with Jesus?
Question 22.4 Is the Lord enraged, or is He disappointed?
Question 22.5 Who did the king end up inviting?
Question 22.6 How does the Matthew account differ from Luke 14:16-27?
Question 22.7 Who was this parable directed at?
Question 22.8 Who would not come to the banquet?
Question 22.9 What role does the church derive from this parable?
Question 22.10 Why was the poorly dressed man thrown out?
Question 22.11 Why is that last part in the Matthew account but not in Luke?




1 Jesus spoke to them again in parables, saying:
2 "The kingdom of heaven is like a king who prepared a wedding banquet for his son.
3 He sent his servants to those who had been invited to the banquet to tell them to come, but they refused to come.
4 "Then he sent some more servants and said, 'Tell those who have been invited that I have prepared my dinner: My oxen and fattened cattle have been butchered, and everything is ready. Come to the wedding banquet.'
5 "But they paid no attention and went off--one to his field, another to his business.
6 The rest seized his servants, mistreated them and killed them.
7 The king was enraged. He sent his army and destroyed those murderers and burned their city.
8 "Then he said to his servants, 'The wedding banquet is ready, but those I invited did not deserve to come.
9 Go to the street corners and invite to the banquet anyone you find.'
10 So the servants went out into the streets and gathered all the people they could find, both good and bad, and the wedding hall was filled with guests.
11 "But when the king came in to see the guests, he noticed a man there who was not wearing wedding clothes.
12 'Friend,' he asked, 'how did you get in here without wedding clothes?' The man was speechless.
13 "Then the king told the attendants, 'Tie him hand and foot, and throw him outside, into the darkness, where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.'
14 "For many are invited, but few are chosen."





A. Dr. Packer pointed out that Jesus will be God's agent in judgment (page 144).

B. This parable differs greatly from Luke 14:16-27, but the differences may be attributable to the oral tradition (Mounce).

1. The Matthew account indicates multiple servants were sent.

2. The Matthew account indicates that two different sets of multiple servants were sent consecutively.

3. In the Matthew account, the second set of servants were killed, and the king destroyed the city and killed the killers.

4. The Matthew account says that good and bad came. The Luke account says that the poor, crippled, blind, and lame came.

5. The Luke account indicated that the banquet still was not full, so the servant made others come in.

6. In the Matthew account, the king was upset with someone that had underdressed.

C. The kingdom of heaven is like a king who prepared a wedding banquet for his son.

1. The wedding banquet was a marriage feast, not a marriage ceremony (Vincent).

2. He sent his servants to those who had been invited, but they refused to come.

a) Oriental custom was to send servants to accompany those that had been invited. The meal was a luncheon rather than a dinner (Vincent).

b) Like many of His parables, this one was also directed at the Pharisees. They should have been leading the procession to Jesus, but they were instead making themselves His number one critic.

c) Luke 19:10 says, "For the Son of Man came to seek and to save what was lost."

d) Romans 10:11-13 says, "As the Scripture says, 'Anyone who trusts in him will never be put to shame.' For there is no difference between Jew and Gentile--the same Lord is Lord of all and richly blesses all who call on him, for, 'Everyone who calls on the name of the Lord will be saved.'"

e) The invitation has been issued, but many people turned away (see Luke 18:18-23). The rich ruler did not miss out because he was rich. He missed out because he walked away.

3. Then he sent some more servants, and they were murdered.

4. Jesus came, He lived, and He died. And many people still refuse to come.

D. The king was enraged.

1. He sent his army and destroyed those murderers and burned their city.

2. God will someday bring judgment and doom on the world. Many people claim that His judgment will not be fair, but it will be completely fair because people have had a choice. It would only be unfair if they did not have a choice.

E. Those I invited did not deserve to come.

1. People exalt religious leaders, but God looks on the heart.

2. Many of those that will be on God's list would not have been on most people's list.

F. Go to the street corners and invite to the banquet anyone you find.

1. This part of Jesus' parable speaks to the church and the Great Commission.

2. Christians should go, and they should be a positive influence for Christ before those that may not hear otherwise.

G. When the king came in to see the guests, he noticed a man there who was not wearing wedding clothes.

1. Intruders will not get into heaven.

2. The correct wedding clothes are the blood of Jesus (Galatians 3:26-27).


Galatians 3:26-27 says, "You are all sons of God through faith in Christ Jesus, for all of you who were baptized into Christ have clothed yourselves with Christ."






3. The man was speechless as though he had been muzzled. He could not utter a word.

4. Dr. Vincent indicated that the Greek suggests that the man knew that he was coming in an unacceptable and disrespectful state. Dr. Carson agreed. The Greek language expressed an absolute denial with the word "me."

5. The last four verses of this parable may not have applied specifically to this parable. Matthew had a tendency to group topics rather than write contiguously (Mounce).

II. Jesus' Instruction about Paying Taxes

Study Questions 22.12 Through 22.20


Question 22.12 Why did the Pharisees try to trap Jesus?
Question 22.13 Who were the Herodians?
Question 22.14 How did they try to trap Him?
Question 22.15 Where did the coin most likely come from?
Question 22.16 What did Jesus do?
Question 22.17 How did He show His omniscience? What did He say?
Question 22.18 Can a religious hypocrite expect to fool the Lord?
Question 22.19 Why does Jesus let the hypocrites continue to be around?
Question 22.20 What does Romans 13:3-4 say about obeying rulers?




15 Then the Pharisees went out and laid plans to trap him in his words.
16 They sent their disciples to him along with the Herodians. "Teacher," they said, "we know you are a man of integrity and that you teach the way of God in accordance with the truth. You aren't swayed by men, because you pay no attention to who they are.
17 Tell us then, what is your opinion? Is it right to pay taxes to Caesar or not?"
18 But Jesus, knowing their evil intent, said, "You hypocrites, why are you trying to trap me?
19 Show me the coin used for paying the tax." They brought him a denarius,
20 and he asked them, "Whose portrait is this? And whose inscription?"
21 "Caesar's," they replied. Then he said to them, "Give to Caesar what is Caesar's, and to God what is God's."
22 When they heard this, they were amazed. So they left him and went away.





A. The Pharisees went out and laid plans to trap him in his words.

1. The Herodians were probably "Jewish supporters of Herod Antipas and favored collaboration with their Roman overlords" (Mounce, Carson).

2. They were committed to their opposition to Jesus.

3. They wanted to trip Him up.

B. Is it right to pay taxes to Caesar or not?

1. Give to Caesar what is Caesar's, and to God what is God's.

2. Jesus always knew how to answer. He did not hesitate calling them hypocrites.

3. The taxes were paid in Roman money, not Jewish money (Vincent).

a) The coins of the early Herods did not have images on them because of the Jewish opposition to such a practice. The Jews were strictly monotheistic (Mounce).

b) However, the coin shown to Jesus could have been minted in Rome, or it could have been from the tetrarch Philip since he was the first to put Caesar's image on coins.

4. Jesus was not trying to break life up into secular and spiritual aspects. People have an obligation to the government, but they have an even greater obligation to God (Mounce).

5. Jesus' answer was consistent with the biblical teaching that God gives those in authority their position (Romans 13:1).

6. Dr. Virkler pointed out that people should submit to a government whenever the following five characteristics are satisfied. These characteristics are based on Romans 13:3-4.

a) The rulers do not hold any terror for those that do right (Romans 13:3a).

b) The rulers do hold terror for those that do wrong (Romans 13:3b).

c) The rulers commend those that do right (Romans 13:3c).

d) The rulers are God's servants to do good to believers (Romans 13:4a).

e) The rulers are God's servants to bring punishment to those that do wrong (Romans 13:4b).

C. When they heard this, they were amazed. So they left him and went away.

III. Jesus Teaching about Marriage after the Resurrection

Study Questions 22.21 Through 22.30


Question 22.21 Why did the Sadducees ask that specific question?
Question 22.22 How did Jesus educate them about angels?
Question 22.23 What did Jesus show in Matthew 22:32?
Question 22.24 How did the Pharisees next try to trip Jesus?
Question 22.25 How many affirmative and negative precepts did they have?
Question 22.26 What was an affirmative and negative precept?
Question 22.27 Is there evidence that Jesus was asked this more than once?
Question 22.28 Why was He asked this question more than once?
Question 22.29 What are the two greatest commandments?
Question 22.30 What message was He conveying with those two laws?




23 That same day the Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, came to him with a question.
24 "Teacher," they said, "Moses told us that if a man dies without having children, his brother must marry the widow and have children for him.
25 Now there were seven brothers among us. The first one married and died, and since he had no children, he left his wife to his brother.
26 The same thing happened to the second and third brother, right on down to the seventh.
27 Finally, the woman died.
28 Now then, at the resurrection, whose wife will she be of the seven, since all of them were married to her?"
29 Jesus replied, "You are in error because you do not know the Scriptures or the power of God.
30 At the resurrection people will neither marry nor be given in marriage; they will be like the angels in heaven.
31 But about the resurrection of the dead--have you not read what God said to you,
32 'I am the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob'? He is not the God of the dead but of the living."
33 When the crowds heard this, they were astonished at his teaching.





A. That same day the Sadducees, who say there is no resurrection, came to him with a question.

1. The Sadducees did not believe in the resurrection, but they were asking a question about the resurrection.

2. They were obviously trying to trap Him.

3. They were also trying to show the absurdity of the Pharisee's beliefs about the resurrection (Acts 23:7-8). They were trying to force Jesus to take one side over the other.


Acts 23:7-8 says, "When he said this, a dispute broke out between the Pharisees and the Sadducees, and the assembly was divided. (The Sadducees say that there is no resurrection, and that there are neither angels nor spirits, but the Pharisees acknowledge them all.)"





B. Moses told us that if a man dies without having children, his brother must marry the widow and have children for him (Deuteronomy 25:5-10).

1. The Sadducees were trying to argue that God would never demand such a foolish practice. Therefore, the resurrection must be invalid (Mounce).

2. They were also trying to deny angels, and that shows why Jesus answered as He did.

3. As always, He always knew how to answer His critics.

C. You are in error because you do not know the Scriptures or the power of God.

1. He specifically indicated that people will be like the angels in heaven and that they will not marry or be given in marriage. That showed that they were wrong to not believe in angels.

2. He also emphasized that Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob belonged to the eternal God, not that they just worshipped Him. The "I am" was a specific reference to God's conversation with Moses at the burning bush (Exodus 3:6) (Mounce).


Exodus 3:6 says, "Then he said, 'I am the God of your father, the God of Abraham, the God of Isaac and the God of Jacob.' At this, Moses hid his face, because he was afraid to look at God."





D. When the crowds heard this, they were astonished at his teaching.

IV. The Two Greatest Commandments


34 Hearing that Jesus had silenced the Sadducees, the Pharisees got together.
35 One of them, an expert in the law, tested him with this question:
36 "Teacher, which is the greatest commandment in the Law?"
37 Jesus replied: "'Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind.'
38 This is the first and greatest commandment.
39 And the second is like it: 'Love your neighbor as yourself.'
40 All the Law and the Prophets hang on these two commandments."





A. Which is the greatest commandment in the Law?

1. The Pharisees were still trying to trip Jesus.

2. The scribes said that there were 248 affirmative precepts and 365 negative precepts (Vincent).

a) They categorized some as being more important (light versus heavy) than others.

b) They were asking Jesus to identify the principle or principles that helped one determine which commandments were the most important.

3. The issue of the greatest commandment was regularly discussed among the rabbis (Mounce, Carson).

4. Because Luke 10:25-28 has a similar passage but a different setting, Dr. Carson concluded that Jesus was probably asked this question on a variety of occasions. He might have had a stock answer to give them.

5. The person asking the question ("nomikos") was an expert in the Old Testament Mosaic Law.

B. Love the Lord your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your mind (Deuteronomy 6:5).

1. This was the opening verse of the Shema, which was the fundamental creed of Judaism (Mounce).

2. God requires a love that encompasses the whole person - the heart, the soul, and the mind (Carson).

C. Love your neighbor as yourself (Leviticus 19:18).

1. The Old Testament taught that one's neighbor was another Israelite or a resident alien (Carson).

2. Luke 10:29-37, in talking about the Good Samaritan, expanded one's neighbor to be anyone that has a need.

3. Jesus told them that being selfless was important. Love God first and others second.


Deuteronomy 6:4-5 says, "Hear, O Israel: The LORD our God, the LORD is one. Love the LORD your God with all your heart and with all your soul and with all your strength."

Leviticus 19:18 says, "Do not seek revenge or bear a grudge against one of your people, but love your neighbor as yourself. I am the LORD."





D. All the Law and the Prophets hang on these two commandments (Carson).

1. His second commandment is not possible if one rejects the first commandment. "Love in the truest sense demands abandonment of self to God."

2. Jesus was probably not saying that all of the other commandments could be derived from those two or that they should be the only commandments that one obeys.

3. He was emphasizing love over law. He was probably saying that keeping all of the other laws were of no value unless one had the proper love for God and others.

V. Whose Son is and was Jesus?

Study Questions 22.31 Through 22.37


Question 22.31 Why did Jesus ask the Pharisees His question?
Question 22.32 What did their answer show about their beliefs in Him?
Question 22.33 What does Jesus' Old Testament quote show? How?
Question 22.34 Who said what Jesus had quoted?
Question 22.35 How did the Pharisees feel about that passage?
Question 22.36 What was Jesus' relationship to David?
Question 22.37 Where did the Pharisees go after His question?




41 While the Pharisees were gathered together, Jesus asked them,
42 "What do you think about the Christ? Whose son is he?" "The son of David," they replied.
43 He said to them, "How is it then that David, speaking by the Spirit, calls him 'Lord'? For he says,
44 "'The Lord said to my Lord: "Sit at my right hand until I put your enemies under your feet."'
45 If then David calls him 'Lord,' how can he be his son?"
46 No one could say a word in reply, and from that day on no one dared to ask him any more questions.





A. What do you think about the Christ? Whose son is he?

1. The Jewish leaders had challenged Jesus three times on that occasion, so He turned the tables and challenged them.

2. Their answer showed the Messiah as not being eternal. If He had been the Son of David, then He would have been born according to David's descendants.

3. The Pharisees were expecting the Messiah to be a military leader that would restore the nation of Israel (Mounce).

B. How is it then that David, speaking by the Spirit, calls him 'Lord'?

1. They gave the wrong answer.

2. He was not just supposed to be David's earthly successor (Mounce).

C. If then David calls him 'Lord,' how can he be his son?

1. Jesus showed His eternality by His answer.

2. In the Spirit, David had referred to Him as Lord.

3. Jesus was showing two conflicting texts to both be true (Psalm 110:1).

a) He was physically born of the house of David.

b) He was also David's Lord. Jesus was and is the Son of God and the second Person of the Trinity.


Psalm 110:1 says, "The LORD says to my Lord: 'Sit at my right hand until I make your enemies a footstool for your feet.'"







c) Many Jews thought that Psalm 110 was messianic.

D. No one could say a word in reply.

1. His opposition could not respond to His answers or questions.

2. They did not go away. They went underground, and they would continue to conspire to get Him out of the picture.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 23 – Seven Woes (Matthew 23:1-39)

I. Do Not Copy the Works of the Pharisees

Study Questions 23.1 Through 23.7


Question 23.1 How many discourses did Matthew record?
Question 23.2 To whom was this discourse directed? What was it about?
Question 23.3 What chapters recorded Jesus' final discourse in Matthew?
Question 23.4 What is the disagreement between Drs. Carson and Vincent?
Question 23.5 What theological position did the teachers and Pharisees hold?
Question 23.6 Did they do a good job? Why or why not? Was Jesus pleased?
Question 23.7 What was the significance of the phylacteries?




1 Then Jesus said to the crowds and to his disciples:
2 "The teachers of the law and the Pharisees sit in Moses' seat.
3 So you must obey them and do everything they tell you. But do not do what they do, for they do not practice what they preach.
4 They tie up heavy loads and put them on men's shoulders, but they themselves are not willing to lift a finger to move them.
5 "Everything they do is done for men to see: They make their phylacteries wide and the tassels on their garments long;
6 they love the place of honor at banquets and the most important seats in the synagogues;
7 they love to be greeted in the marketplaces and to have men call them 'Rabbi.'





A. His fifth major discourse: The Olivet Discourse (Carson).

1. Discourse 1 - The Sermon on the Mount (Matthew 5:1 through Matthew 7:29).

2. Discourse 2 - Mission and Martyrdom (Matthew 10:5 through Matthew 11:1).

3. Discourse 3 - The Parables of the Kingdom (Matthew 13:1-53).

4. Discourse 4 - Life Under Kingdom Authority (Matthew 18:1 through Matthew 19:2).

5. Discourse 5 - The Olivet Discourse (Matthew 23:1 through Matthew 26:1)

a) Dr. Carson thinks that the final discourse consisted only of Matthew, chapters 24 and 25.

b) He notes that the audiences were different in Matthew, chapter 23 and that the themes were different.

c) In Matthew, chapter 23, he believes that Jesus was making His concluding remarks with respect to His previous confrontation with the Pharisees, and that seems to best fit the material.

d) Dr. Mounce includes Matthew, chapter 23 and calls the final discourse "Eschatological Judgment."

B. The teachers of the law and the Pharisees sit in Moses' seat.

1. By sitting in Moses' seat, they were supposed to be the authorized interpreters (Mounce).

2. Many of the Pharisees were also thought of as teachers of the Law.

3. They were dedicated to keeping the minute regulations of the Law, both written and oral.

4. They were hypocrites.

a) The Greek word for hypocrite means "to separate gradually" and "to expound or interpret," as on a stage, what has been elicited (Vincent).

b) It meant to play a part. They liked to be seen.

c) A hypocrite is an actor that pretends to be someone that he or she is not (Vincent).

C. But do not do what they do, for they do not practice what they preach.

1. They tie up heavy loads and put them on men's shoulders.

a) They established ridiculously strict rules, but they would not help others that had difficulty with the rules. Their rules were not good, and they compounded their hypocrisy by not having a helping spirit (Carson).

b) By, contrast, Jesus said, "For my yoke is easy and my burden is light" (Matthew 11:30).

2. Everything they do is done for men to see.

a) Phylacteries were small leather boxes that contained portions of Scripture (Carson).

b) They wore them on their forehead and on their left upper arm facing their heart.

c) The expression was meant to be figurative, but they took them literally (see Exodus 13:9, Deuteronomy 6:6-9, and Deuteronomy 11:18).


Exodus 13:9 says, "This observance will be for you like a sign on your hand and a reminder on your forehead that the law of the LORD is to be on your lips. For the LORD brought you out of Egypt with his mighty hand."

Deuteronomy 6:6-9 says, "These commandments that I give you today are to be upon your hearts. Impress them on your children. Talk about them when you sit at home and when you walk along the road, when you lie down and when you get up. Tie them as symbols on your hands and bind them on your foreheads. Write them on the doorframes of your houses and on your gates."

Deuteronomy 11:18 says, "Fix these words of mine in your hearts and minds; tie them as symbols on your hands and bind them on your foreheads."







d) Literally wearing the small leather boxes indicated that they wanted to be seen as very religious and pious.

3. They love the place of honor at banquets and the most important seats in the synagogues (compare Matthew 20:20-28 and Luke 14:7-11).

4. They love to be greeted in the marketplaces and to have men call them 'Rabbi.

II. Whoever Humbles Himself or Herself Will Be Exalted

Study Questions 23.8 Through 23.15


Question 23.8 What did Jesus teach about ecclesiastical hierarchies?
Question 23.9 What did He teach about ecclesiastical relationships?
Question 23.10 What was His teaching about humility and being exalted?
Question 23.11 Who did Jesus criticize when He pronounced the seven woes?
Question 23.12 What happened to Matthew 23:14?
Question 23.13 What did Jesus mean by the first woe?
Question 23.14 What did Jesus mean by the second woe?
Question 23.15 What did Jesus mean by the third woe?




8 "But you are not to be called 'Rabbi,' for you have only one Master and you are all brothers.
9 And do not call anyone on earth 'father,' for you have one Father, and he is in heaven.
10 Nor are you to be called 'teacher,' for you have one Teacher, the Christ.
11 The greatest among you will be your servant.
12 For whoever exalts himself will be humbled, and whoever humbles himself will be exalted.





A. You have only one Master.

1. Jesus was probably only speaking to His disciples at this point (Mounce).

2. He emphasized that the disciples were of equal rank and that they were to be like brothers.

3. He was speaking against ecclesiastical hierarchies (Mounce) and expressing humility (Carson).

B. You have one Father, and He is in heaven.

C. You have one Teacher, and that was and is He.

D. The greatest among you will be your servant.

1. Jesus told this to the mother of John and James in Matthew 20:20-28.

2. The superior one in the crowd is the one that serves the others.

3. However, the scribes and Pharisees tried to draw attention to themselves.

III. The First Three Woes Against the Pharisees


13 "Woe to you, teachers of the law and Pharisees, you hypocrites! You shut the kingdom of heaven in men's faces. You yourselves do not enter, nor will you let those enter who are trying to.
15 "Woe to you, teachers of the law and Pharisees, you hypocrites! You travel over land and sea to win a single convert, and when he becomes one, you make him twice as much a son of hell as you are.
16 "Woe to you, blind guides! You say, 'If anyone swears by the temple, it means nothing; but if anyone swears by the gold of the temple, he is bound by his oath.'
17 You blind fools! Which is greater: the gold, or the temple that makes the gold sacred?
18 You also say, 'If anyone swears by the altar, it means nothing; but if anyone swears by the gift on it, he is bound by his oath.'
19 You blind men! Which is greater: the gift, or the altar that makes the gift sacred?
20 Therefore, he who swears by the altar swears by it and by everything on it.
21 And he who swears by the temple swears by it and by the one who dwells in it.
22 And he who swears by heaven swears by God's throne and by the one who sits on it.





A. A woe can be compassionate or condemning. In His seven woes, though, Jesus expressed strong condemnation against the hypocritical Pharisees (Carson). These woes are expressions of sorrow and warnings of punishment (Mounce).

B. The better manuscripts to do not contain Matthew 23:14, which says, "You, teachers of the law and Pharisees, you hypocrites! You devour widows' houses and for a show make lengthy prayers. Therefore you will be punished more severely." The KJV has the verse, but the NIV does not.

C. You shut the kingdom of heaven in men's faces.

1. They professed to be religious leaders.

2. But they imposed such strict standards that no one could enter the kingdom.

3. Their standards were wrong and hypocritical, but the common person in the synagogue would have trusted them.

4. The convert and average Jew would be drawn to the Pharisee's religious traditions rather than to their Messiah (Carson).

5. They emphasized the Law, so we are blessed to have Ephesians 2:8-9, John 3:16, and many other New Testament passages that point us to Christ.

D. You travel over land and sea to win a single convert, and when he becomes one, you make him twice as much a son of hell as you are.

E. Woe to you, blind guides.

1. If anyone swears by the temple, it means nothing; but if anyone swears by the gold of the temple, he is bound by his oath.

2. If anyone swears by the altar, it means nothing; but if anyone swears by the gift on it, he is bound by his oath.

3. They were manipulating oaths.

a) They would not use the name God, but they would swear by things that were related to God (Mounce).

b) What they were doing did not make sense.

c) The temple made the gold sacred, and the altar made the gift sacred.


Ecclesiastes 5:4-5 says, "When you make a vow to God, do not delay in fulfilling it. He has no pleasure in fools; fulfill your vow. It is better not to vow than to make a vow and not fulfill it."







d) Vows should be taken seriously (Ecclesiastes 5:4-5), but they were making them into ridiculous traditions of men.

F. He who swears

1. He who swears by the altar swears by it and by everything on it.

2. He who swears by the temple swears by it and by the one who dwells in it.

3. He who swears by heaven swears by God's throne and by the one who sits on it.

IV. The Final Four Woes Against the Pharisees

Study Questions 23.16 Through 23.28


Question 23.16 What did Jesus mean by the fourth woe?
Question 23.17 What was the significance of the gnat and camel?
Question 23.18 What did Jesus mean by the fifth woe?
Question 23.19 What were they doing with the cup and dish?
Question 23.20 What did Jesus mean by the sixth woe?
Question 23.21 What was the tradition with respect to whitewashed tombs?
Question 23.22 What did Jesus mean by the seventh woe?
Question 23.23 Did Jesus say that the Pharisees were intentionally shallow?
Question 23.24 If not, then what was He doing?
Question 23.25 Did the Pharisees associate themselves with their forefathers?
Question 23.26 What did Jesus say would happen to them?
Question 23.27 What would have happened if they had repented?
Question 23.28 How did Jesus feel about His people, including the Pharisees?




23 "Woe to you, teachers of the law and Pharisees, you hypocrites! You give a tenth of your spices--mint, dill and cummin. But you have neglected the more important matters of the law--justice, mercy and faithfulness. You should have practiced the latter, without neglecting the former.
24 You blind guides! You strain out a gnat but swallow a camel.
25 "Woe to you, teachers of the law and Pharisees, you hypocrites! You clean the outside of the cup and dish, but inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence.
26 Blind Pharisee! First clean the inside of the cup and dish, and then the outside also will be clean.
27 "Woe to you, teachers of the law and Pharisees, you hypocrites! You are like whitewashed tombs, which look beautiful on the outside but on the inside are full of dead men's bones and everything unclean.
28 In the same way, on the outside you appear to people as righteous but on the inside you are full of hypocrisy and wickedness.
29 "Woe to you, teachers of the law and Pharisees, you hypocrites! You build tombs for the prophets and decorate the graves of the righteous.
30 And you say, 'If we had lived in the days of our forefathers, we would not have taken part with them in shedding the blood of the prophets.'
31 So you testify against yourselves that you are the descendants of those who murdered the prophets.
32 Fill up, then, the measure of the sin of your forefathers!





A. You give a tenth of your spices--mint, dill and cummin. But you have neglected the more important matters of the law -- justice, mercy and faithfulness.

1. You should have practiced the latter, without neglecting the former.

2. You strain out a gnat but swallow a camel.

a) The better translation is to "strain out" not "strain at" (Vincent). The KJV uses "strain at," but the NIV says, "strain out."

b) The context is that a certain type of insect, which Aristotle called a gnat, lived in wine. One would put a type of cloth over the container's opening so that he or she would drink the wine but not the insects that were in the wine. The insects were literally being strained out of the wine (Vincent, Mounce).

c) Jesus used the word "camel" as a hyperbole or exaggeration. The Pharisees tried so hard to keep every minute part of the Law that they ignored the more important issues - justice, mercy and faithfulness.

B. You clean the outside of the cup and dish, but inside they are full of greed and self-indulgence.

1. They made themselves look good outwardly.

2. But inwardly, they were hypocritical, blind, and wrong.

3. They were obsessed with external religion rather than the inner person (Carson).

4. In Matthew 12:30-37, Jesus said that bad language comes from a bad heart and that every idle word will be brought into judgment.

C. You are like whitewashed tombs, which look beautiful on the outside but on the inside are full of dead men's bones and everything unclean.

1. The scribes and Pharisees looked good on the outside, but they were unclean on the inside.

2. This illustration of whitewashed tombs, according to some theologians, might have applied to a tradition of Jesus' day (Mounce, Vincent).

a) A dead person found in a field was to be buried where he or she died (Vincent).

b) People going to Jerusalem for Passover were not allowed to come into contact with a dead body.

c) They would not be allowed to participate in the Passover ceremony because they would be considered ceremonially unclean. They were obsessed with avoiding defilement from corpses (Carson).

d) The tombs were whitewashed so that the people would know to stay away from them.

3. Dr. Mounce also pointed out that ornamental plastering was often put on the tombs of dead people to make them appear ornamental and beautiful. Like the scribes and Pharisees, they were beautiful on the outside but dead bones on the inside.

4. Jesus pointed out their faults, but He did not say that they were intentionally that way (Carson). From that point of view, the woes could have been seen as a warning rather than a total condemnation.

D. You say, "If we had lived in the days of our forefathers, we would not have taken part with them in shedding the blood of the prophets."

1. You testify against yourselves.

2. Jesus said that they had associated themselves with those that had killed the prophets (Mounce).

3. By admitting to such a relationship was to also admit to their guilt (Mounce).

V. Many Prophets Were Killed by the Self-righteous


33 "You snakes! You brood of vipers! How will you escape being condemned to hell?
34 Therefore I am sending you prophets and wise men and teachers. Some of them you will kill and crucify; others you will flog in your synagogues and pursue from town to town.
35 And so upon you will come all the righteous blood that has been shed on earth, from the blood of righteous Abel to the blood of Zechariah son of Berekiah, whom you murdered between the temple and the altar.
36 I tell you the truth, all this will come upon this generation.
37 "O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, you who kill the prophets and stone those sent to you, how often I have longed to gather your children together, as a hen gathers her chicks under her wings, but you were not willing.
38 Look, your house is left to you desolate.
39 For I tell you, you will not see me again until you say, 'Blessed is he who comes in the name of the Lord.'"





A. How will you escape being condemned to hell?

1. They were guilty.

2. They could not escape condemnation.

3. But Jesus had compassion because He sent help, which they promptly rejected.

B. I am sending you prophets and wise men and teachers.

1. They refused to hear their messages.

2. They stoned them or killed them in other ways.

C. I tell you the truth, all this will come upon this generation.

D. O Jerusalem, Jerusalem, you who kill the prophets and stone those sent to you.

1. They rejected Jesus, so their house was left forsaken and desolate (Mounce).

2. Jesus was suggesting that the innocent blood of the prophets were calling out for revenge. That idea was suggested in Genesis 4:10, Isaiah 26:21, and Revelation 6:10 (Mounce).

3. Jesus was addressing the people in this final statement because the people had not forsaken their leaders despite His warnings (Carson).


Psalm 118:26-29 says, "Blessed is he who comes in the name of the LORD. From the house of the LORD we bless you. The LORD is God, and he has made his light shine upon us. With boughs in hand, join in the festal procession up to the horns of the altar. You are my God, and I will give you thanks; you are my God, and I will exalt you. Give thanks to the LORD, for he is good; his love endures forever."



 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 24 – The End of the Age (Matthew 24:1-51)

I. The Destruction of the Temple and the End of the "Current" Age

Study Questions 24.1 Through 24.10


Question 24.1 Why did Jesus start talking about the coming destruction?
Question 24.2 What was He talking about, and what were they asking about?
Question 24.3 How many questions did they actually ask in Matthew 24:3?
Question 24.4 How is Matthew's writing style justified?
Question 24.5 When was the temple destroyed, and who was the emperor?
Question 24.6 What did He warn them about, and why?
Question 24.7 Through whom can people know the truth?
Question 24.8 How can one understand the truth about speaking in tongues?
Question 24.9 What did Jesus say about wars, persecution, and love of many?
Question 24.10 How did the early church do under persecution? Why?




1 Jesus left the temple and was walking away when his disciples came up to him to call his attention to its buildings.
2 "Do you see all these things?" he asked. "I tell you the truth, not one stone here will be left on another; every one will be thrown down."
3 As Jesus was sitting on the Mount of Olives, the disciples came to him privately. "Tell us," they said, "when will this happen, and what will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the age?"





A. The first two statements of this chapter tie closely to the desolation that Jesus talked about at the end of the last chapter (Mounce).

B. I tell you the truth, not one stone here will be left on another; every one will be thrown down.

1. Jesus was walking from the whole temple complex rather than just from the sanctuary (Vincent).

2. The disciples were drawn to the majesty of the whole temple, but Jesus spoke about every stone being thrown down.

a) Herod had rebuilt the Zerubbabel temple, which had been rebuilt after the Babylonian exile.

b) He began around 20BC and concluded shortly before 70AD.

c) The Emperor Titus destroyed the temple in 70AD.i

d) Jesus was prophesying the destruction of the temple in this discussion with His disciples (Mounce).

3. They asked Him two questions, and Matthew seems to have moved back and forth between the two (Mounce).

C. When will this happen? They wanted to know when the stones of the temple would be thrown down because that would be the destruction of Jerusalem.

D. What will be the sign of your coming and of the end of the "current" or "existing" (Vincent) Age?

1. They asked about when the end of the current Age would come.

2. They were not asking about the end of time, which is when eternity will begin.

3. They also wanted to know when the time of the Second Coming.

E. Apocalyptic literature (genre) is not tied to the same orderliness and continuity (Mounce) of thought as other forms of literature, such as narrative.

II. A Time of Great Deception


4 Jesus answered: "Watch out that no one deceives you.
5 For many will come in my name, claiming, 'I am the Christ,' and will deceive many.
6 You will hear of wars and rumors of wars, but see to it that you are not alarmed. Such things must happen, but the end is still to come.
7 Nation will rise against nation, and kingdom against kingdom. There will be famines and earthquakes in various places.
8 All these are the beginning of birth pains.
9 "Then you will be handed over to be persecuted and put to death, and you will be hated by all nations because of me.
10 At that time many will turn away from the faith and will betray and hate each other,
11 and many false prophets will appear and deceive many people.
12 Because of the increase of wickedness, the love of most will grow cold,
13 but he who stands firm to the end will be saved.
14 And this gospel of the kingdom will be preached in the whole world as a testimony to all nations, and then the end will come.





A. Watch out that no one deceives you.

1. Jesus was telling them to not be deceived or to not be "led astray" by pretenders (Vincent).

2. Those coming in His name or "on my name" would be resting their claims on the name Messiah (Vincent). They would be pretending to be the Messiah (Mounce).

3. The disciples were probably surprised that Jesus spoke about the destruction of the temple (Mounce).

4. The Holy Spirit will reveal the truth to those that ask (John 15:26 and John 16:13).


John 15:26 says, "When the Counselor comes, whom I will send to you from the Father, the Spirit of truth who goes out from the Father, he will testify about me."

John 16:13 says, "But when he, the Spirit of truth, comes, he will guide you into all truth. He will not speak on his own; he will speak only what he hears, and he will tell you what is yet to come."





B. You will hear of wars and rumors of wars.

C. Then you will be handed over to be persecuted and put to death.

1. Persecution has always been a part of Christianity.

a) The prophets were killed.

b) The early church was persecuted and many people martyred.

c) People in some countries today are persecuted because of their faith in Christ.

d) People will be persecuted during the Great Tribulation if they try to turn to the Lord. During those days, it will be get saved and die.

2. People will turn on one another and also be deceived by the false Messiahs.

D. The love of most will grow cold, but he who stands firm to the end will be saved.

1. The love of most would read better as the "love of the most" which means that the love of the majority of all people or the greater body will grow cold (Vincent).

2. Those that turn away are those that were deceived by the false Messiahs (Carson).

a) God will be with His people through persecution (Matthew 28:20).

b) Those not in Him will not be able to stand through the persecution.

E. This gospel of the kingdom will be preached in the whole world.

1. The gospel will be preached even with the persecution.

2. The early church flourished amid immense persecution.

III. What the Great Tribulation will be Like

Study Questions 24.11 Through 24.19


Question 24.11 Which question does the below passage talk about?
Question 24.12 Which Roman emperors tried to defame the temple?
Question 24.13 When did the Jewish sacrifices stop being offered?
Question 24.14 What do the shortened days mean?
Question 24.15 Why did Jesus caution about what people should believe?
Question 24.16 Why should Christians be able to see through the phoniness?
Question 24.17 Why will some Christians be fooled into believing the lies?
Question 24.18 What does Matthew 24:24 mean?
Question 24.19 What is Matthew 24:27 talking about?




15 "So when you see standing in the holy place 'the abomination that causes desolation,' spoken of through the prophet Daniel--let the reader understand--
16 then let those who are in Judea flee to the mountains.
17 Let no one on the roof of his house go down to take anything out of the house.
18 Let no one in the field go back to get his cloak.
19 How dreadful it will be in those days for pregnant women and nursing mothers!
20 Pray that your flight will not take place in winter or on the Sabbath.
21 For then there will be great distress, unequaled from the beginning of the world until now--and never to be equaled again.
22 If those days had not been cut short, no one would survive, but for the sake of the elect those days will be shortened.





A. It was spoken of through the prophet Daniel.

1. Matthew 24:15-35 answered the disciples' questions concerning the fall of Jerusalem and the destruction of the temple (Mounce).

2. The abomination of desolation is anything that causes estrangement from God. The reference could be to the Roman soldiers under Titus that entered the temple with their standards and ensigns (Vincent).


Daniel 9:27 says, "He will confirm a covenant with many for one 'seven.' In the middle of the 'seven' he will put an end to sacrifice and offering. And on a wing of the temple he will set up an abomination that causes desolation, until the end that is decreed is poured out on him."

Daniel 11:31 says, "His armed forces will rise up to desecrate the temple fortress and will abolish the daily sacrifice. Then they will set up the abomination that causes desolation."

Daniel 12:11 says, "From the time that the daily sacrifice is abolished and the abomination that causes desolation is set up, there will be 1,290 days."






3. Dr. Carson said the reference was to the pagan altar to Zeus that Antiochus IV Epiphanes (ruler of the Seleucid Empire) had erected in the temple court..

a) He tried to defame Judaism.

b) He sacrificed swine and other unclean animals in the temple.

4. The abomination of desolation was mentioned in Daniel 9:27, Daniel 11:31, and Daniel 12:11.

B. For then there will be great distress, unequaled from the beginning of the world until now--and never to be equaled again.

1. There will be "savagery, slaughter, disease, and famine" and unprecedented suffering (Carson).

2. Jesus said that that difficult time would never be equaled again.

3. Josephus wrote that the siege and collapse of Jerusalem was a time of enormous suffering (Mounce).

4. The Great Tribulation will also be a time of enormous suffering.

C. For the sake of the elect those days will be shortened.

1. Those days may refer to the entire period that is covered by both questions (Carson).

2. That expression would have suggested that God is in control of the events of history and that He would make choices according to what is best (Mounce).

3. The expression could mean a shortened time period, or it could mean shorter amounts of daylight. During the Great Tribulation, some of the destructive acts could affect the atmosphere.

IV. Many False Messiahs will Appear


23 At that time if anyone says to you, 'Look, here is the Christ!' or, 'There he is!' do not believe it.
24 For false Christs and false prophets will appear and perform great signs and miracles to deceive even the elect--if that were possible.
25 See, I have told you ahead of time.
26 "So if anyone tells you, 'There he is, out in the desert,' do not go out; or, 'Here he is, in the inner rooms,' do not believe it.
27 For as lightning that comes from the east is visible even in the west, so will be the coming of the Son of Man.
28 Wherever there is a carcass, there the vultures will gather.





A. Do Not Believe Everything that you Hear.

1. Dr. Carson wrote, "Christian faith involves the sober responsibility of neither believing lies nor trusting imposters."

2. Those that can do miraculous works should not be able to deceive Christians. The Egyptian magicians were able to match the early plagues of Moses (Mounce).

3. Why would anyone try to fool Christians?

a) To have power over them (Reverend Moon, Jim Jones, and many, many others).

b) The devil taunts God when a saint follows false, deceptive teaching.

4. Why would Christians let themselves be fooled by others.

a) Christians are often naïve and gullible.

b) Christians sometimes are swayed by the spectacular, but they should worship the Worker, not the work.

5. The object of our worship should be Christ and Christ alone.

6. God will let a person, even a Christian, believe a lie if he or she has a heart to believe it.

a) Christians are torn about speaking in tongues.

b) Christians are torn about the consumption of alcoholic beverages.

c) Christians are torn about the role of women in the church.

d) Christians are torn about tithing.

7. The object of our worship should be Christ and Christ alone.

B. False Christs and false prophets will appear and perform great signs and miracles.

1. As long as Christians are naive and gullible and as long as they are caught up in the spectacular, phonies will try to rise up and control them.

2. "Great signs and miracles" is not classifying the works. The Greek indicates how different people will perceive them (Vincent).

a) One person might call the work a mighty work.

b) Another may say that it was a glorious work.

c) Some people will be drawn to how the work appeals to the spectator while others to the one performing the work.

C. So will be the coming of the Son of Man.

1. Jesus' Second Coming will not be mysterious, and people will not have to wonder.

a) His Second Coming is not the Rapture.

b) In I Corinthians 15:51-53 and I Thessalonians 4:16-17, Jesus will come to the clouds and call Christians up to Him. Premillennialists think that that will begin the seven-year Great Tribulation.

c) In Revelation 19:11-16, Jesus is coming to earth to overthrow the Antichrist and to set up His millennial kingdom.

1) Premillennialists think that it will be a literal event.

2) Amillennial believers think that the Lord's earthly kingdom will only be figurative or symbolic.

d) People are not lost or saved based upon their views of the Millennium. They are lost or saved based upon what they believe about Jesus.

2. Just like the lightning that lights up the dark sky, He will come in such a way that there will not be any doubt.

V. They Will be Days of Much Trouble

Study Questions 24.20 Through 24.27


Question 24.20 Where will Christians be during the Second Coming?
Question 24.21 Where will they be during the Rapture?
Question 24.22 Will people get saved during the Great Tribulation?
Question 24.23 What will happen to them?
Question 24.24 How does Matthew 24:32 compare to Matthew 21:18-19?
Question 24.25 What was Matthew writing about in Matthew 24:33-51?
Question 24.26 What is the Preterist View, and how do we know it is wrong?
Question 24.27 What are verbal and plenary inspiration?




29 "Immediately after the distress of those days" 'the sun will be darkened, and the moon will not give its light; the stars will fall from the sky, and the heavenly bodies will be shaken.'
30 "At that time the sign of the Son of Man will appear in the sky, and all the nations of the earth will mourn. They will see the Son of Man coming on the clouds of the sky, with power and great glory.
31 And he will send his angels with a loud trumpet call, and they will gather his elect from the four winds, from one end of the heavens to the other.
32 "Now learn this lesson from the fig tree: As soon as its twigs get tender and its leaves come out, you know that summer is near.
33 Even so, when you see all these things, you know that it is near, right at the door.
34 I tell you the truth, this generation will certainly not pass away until all these things have happened.
35 Heaven and earth will pass away, but my words will never pass away.





A. Immediately after the distress of those days, many things will happen (Isaiah 13:10 and Isaiah 34:4).


Isaiah 13:10 says, "The stars of heaven and their constellations will not show their light. The rising sun will be darkened and the moon will not give its light."

Isaiah 34:4 says, "All the stars of the heavens will be dissolved and the sky rolled up like a scroll; all the starry host will fall like withered leaves from the vine, like shriveled figs from the fig tree."





B. They will see the Son of Man coming on the clouds of the sky, with power and great glory.

1. In mourning, they will beat their chests in anguish (Vincent) because they will have followed the Antichrist (see Zechariah 12:10-11).


Zechariah 12:10-11 says, "And I will pour out on the house of David and the inhabitants of Jerusalem a spirit of grace and supplication. They will look on me, the one they have pierced, and they will mourn for him as one mourns for an only child, and grieve bitterly for him as one grieves for a firstborn son. On that day the weeping in Jerusalem will be great, like the weeping of Hadad Rimmon in the plain of Megiddo."






2. Christians will not be on the earth at the Second Coming because they were taken out during the Rapture, which occurred seven years earlier. Christians will not be mourning.

3. Those that get saved during the Great Tribulation will forfeit their lives, so they will not be a part of those seeing Jesus coming with power and great glory.

a) Some will die because they will not worship the Antichrist (Revelation 13:15).

b) Some will die because of the mark of the beast (Revelation 13:16-17)

C. When you see all these things, you know that it is near.

D. This generation will certainly not pass away until all these things have happened.

1. Matthew seems to have been switching back and forth between the two questions about the destruction of Jerusalem and about the end of the "current" Age (Mounce).

2. Many early Christians expected Jesus to return for them soon.

a) The Apostle Paul wrote to the church at Thessalonica because some Christians were waiting for Jesus to come back rather than working (see II Thessalonians 3:7-12).

b) Some people thought that the early persecution was a fulfillment of the Book of Revelation.

1) The current-day church looks forward to the time of the Antichrist, but they thought that he was the Roman emperor.

2) How we know that they were wrong: In hindsight, Christians can examine early church history and discover that earthly, satanic forces were opposing the church. By contrast, in the Book of Revelation, the Antichrist will be opposing Israel and those that follow the Lord.

E. My words will never pass away.

1. If Jesus said it, then it will happen even if we do not fully understand what "it" means.

2. If the Bible says it, then it will happen even if we do not fully understand what "it" means.

3. Fundamentalists believe that the Bible is plenary and verbally inspired.

a) Verbally means every word, and Jesus even narrowed it down to every jot and tittle.

b) Plenary means fully inspired. Every word of the Bible may not be equally inspiring (the genealogies), but every word is equally inspired.

VI. Jesus and His Omniscience

Study Questions 24.28 Through 24.36


Question 24.28 Why did Jesus not know the exact hour of His return?
Question 24.29 What is the kenosis, and what verse does it come from?
Question 24.30 Why was the Book of Revelation written?
Question 24.31 Because of the unknown, what must Christians do?
Question 24.32 How will people live in the days before the end?
Question 24.33 Who did Jesus describe as the good and faithful servant?
Question 24.34 What will happen to the unprepared? What is cut to pieces?
Question 24.35 How can a person be prepared?
Question 24.36 Who are servants?




36 "No one knows about that day or hour, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but only the Father.
37 As it was in the days of Noah, so it will be at the coming of the Son of Man.
38 For in the days before the flood, people were eating and drinking, marrying and giving in marriage, up to the day Noah entered the ark;
39 and they knew nothing about what would happen until the flood came and took them all away. That is how it will be at the coming of the Son of Man.
40 Two men will be in the field; one will be taken and the other left.
41 Two women will be grinding with a hand mill; one will be taken and the other left.
42 "Therefore keep watch, because you do not know on what day your Lord will come.
43 But understand this: If the owner of the house had known at what time of night the thief was coming, he would have kept watch and would not have let his house be broken into.
44 So you also must be ready, because the Son of Man will come at an hour when you do not expect him.





A. No one knows about that day or hour, not even the angels in heaven, nor the Son, but only the Father.

1. Matthew 24:36-51 answers the disciples' second question about the end of the "current" Age (Mounce).

2. Portions of Matthew 24:15-35 seemed to discuss end-time events, too.

3. The kenosis, based on Philippians 2:7 ("made himself nothing"), means that Jesus voluntarily gave up the free use of his comparative attributes (omnipresence, omnipotence, and omniscience).

a) He allowed Himself to be limited to a physical body.

b) He let Himself experience fatigue, hunger, and other human feelings.

c) He let Himself be ignorant of certain things.

1) In Mark 5:25-34, He did not know who touched Him.

2) In this passage, He did not know exactly when the end would come.

d) The Book of Revelation was written to tell Christians about the end times. Apparently, after His Ascension, He learned about the end, so He came back to the Apostle John in a vision to tell him.

B. So it will be at the coming of the Son of Man.

C. Therefore keep watch, because you do not know on what day your Lord will come.

1. We should guard our lives and stay pure in a dirty world.

2. We should share the gospel with others so that they can be saved.

D. The Son of Man will come at an hour when you do not expect him.

VII. The Faithful and Wise Servant


45 "Who then is the faithful and wise servant, whom the master has put in charge of the servants in his household to give them their food at the proper time?
46 It will be good for that servant whose master finds him doing so when he returns.
47 I tell you the truth, he will put him in charge of all his possessions.
48 But suppose that servant is wicked and says to himself, 'My master is staying away a long time,'
49 and he then begins to beat his fellow servants and to eat and drink with drunkards.
50 The master of that servant will come on a day when he does not expect him and at an hour he is not aware of.
51 He will cut him to pieces and assign him a place with the hypocrites, where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.





A. It will be good for that servant whose master finds him doing so when he returns.

1. A servant is someone that has been entrusted with a task that leads to ministering to others (Matthew 20:20-28).

a) Ministers are servants.

b) Sunday school teachers are servants.

c) The choir leader and choir members are servants.

d) Deacons are servants.

2. The Lord is honored and pleased when we are faithful.

B. He will cut him to pieces and assign him a place with the hypocrites, where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.

1. The wicked servant lacks faithfulness and wisdom.

2. The wicked servant mistreats fellow servants.

3. The wicked servant hangs with the rowdy bunch.

4. The wicked servant is listed with the hypocrites, and they were considered the vilest characters in Scriptures.

5. Dr. Carson indicated that being cut off and listed among the hypocrites might mean excommunication.

6. Dr. Mounce indicated that the punishment could be premature physical death, which compares to John 15:6.

7. This expression cannot mean that the servant dies lost because that would contradict Ephesians 2:8-9.


Ephesians 2:8-9 says, "For it is by grace you have been saved, through faith--and this not from yourselves, it is the gift of God -- not by works, so that no one can boast."



 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 25 – Two More Parables and the Sheep and Goats (Matthew 25:1-46)

I. The Parable of the Bridegroom and the Ten Virgins

Study Questions 25.1 Through 25.5


Question 25.1 How will the kingdom of heaven be like ten virgins?
Question 25.2 How do the first and fifth discourses end? What is connection?
Question 25.3 Who were the wise ones?
Question 25.4 Will it ever be too late to get ready? If so, when?
Question 25.5 How does one prepare for the arriving bridegroom?




1 "At that time the kingdom of heaven will be like ten virgins who took their lamps and went out to meet the bridegroom.
2 Five of them were foolish and five were wise.
3 The foolish ones took their lamps but did not take any oil with them.
4 The wise, however, took oil in jars along with their lamps.
5 The bridegroom was a long time in coming, and they all became drowsy and fell asleep.
6 "At midnight the cry rang out: 'Here's the bridegroom! Come out to meet him!'
7 "Then all the virgins woke up and trimmed their lamps.
8 The foolish ones said to the wise, 'Give us some of your oil; our lamps are going out.'
9 "'No,' they replied, 'there may not be enough for both us and you. Instead, go to those who sell oil and buy some for yourselves.'
10 "But while they were on their way to buy the oil, the bridegroom arrived. The virgins who were ready went in with him to the wedding banquet. And the door was shut.
11 "Later the others also came. 'Sir! Sir!' they said. 'Open the door for us!'
12 "But he replied, 'I tell you the truth, I don't know you.'
13 "Therefore keep watch, because you do not know the day or the hour.





A. The kingdom of heaven will be like ten virgins who took their lamps and went out to meet the bridegroom.

1. This parable about the unprepared virgins is similar to the parable at the end of the previous chapter about the wise and unwise servants when the master is away. Both will be excluded from the marriage feast (Mounce).

2. This chapter ends the fifth discourse, and its ending is similar to the first one.

a) The first discourse ended with the man that built his home on the sand.

b) The fifth discourse ends with the separation of the goats and the sheep. The entire chapter deals with those that are unprepared.

3. Jesus talked a lot about heaven and hell, and He always emphasized being prepared.

4. The parable of the ten virgins talked about those virgins that were prepared with oil for their lamps and those that were not.

5. Their lamps were like torches. They probably had a short wooden stem with a small dish on the top and a piece of cloth that had been dipped in oil or pitch (Vincent).

B. At midnight the cry rang out: 'Here's the bridegroom! Come out to meet him!'

1. The time had come, and there would be no more waiting, sleeping, or silence (Vincent).

2. The virgins were being called to a formal feast or ceremony.

a) Without oil the unprepared virgins would not be able to attend.

b) Because each of the prepared virgins had just enough oil, they could not share what they had with those that did not have. There would not have been enough for oil for anyone.

c) All people have to make sure that they are prepared. No one can do it for them.

d) The five virgins that were called wise were the ones that were prepared (Carson).

C. But he replied, 'I tell you the truth, I don't know you.'

1. This phase was from a rabbinic teaching method that prevented certain disciples from approaching (Mounce).

2. When the door is shut, it is too late to get in.

3. When the Lord ends His earthly program, it will be too late to enter heaven.

D. Keep watch, because you do not know the day or the hour.

II. The Parable of the Talents

Study Questions 25.6 Through 25.13


Question 25.6 How much was a talent worth, and who got how many?
Question 25.7 What were the servants supposed to do with their talents?
Question 25.8 How can Christians use their talents to serve the Lord?
Question 25.9 Is such service mandatory? Is it expected?
Question 25.10 What happened to the three servants when the man returned?
Question 25.11 What happened to the man that only had one talent?
Question 25.12 What happened to the two men that used their talents?
Question 25.13 Does this parable teach works salvation? Why or why not?




14 "Again, it will be like a man going on a journey, who called his servants and entrusted his property to them.
15 To one he gave five talents of money, to another two talents, and to another one talent, each according to his ability. Then he went on his journey.
16 The man who had received the five talents went at once and put his money to work and gained five more.
17 So also, the one with the two talents gained two more.
18 But the man who had received the one talent went off, dug a hole in the ground and hid his master's money.





A. To one he gave five talents of money, to another two talents, and to another one talent, each according to his ability.

1. A talent was worth more than a thousand dollars (Mounce).

2. The parable about the wise and unwise servant and the wise and unwise virgins emphasized being prepared.

3. This parable goes further by showing a need to be prepared, to be faithful with one's talents, and to actually show an increase over time (Carson).

B. The men who had received the five and two talents, respectively, went at once and put their money to work and gained five and two talents more.

1. People should use their talents, time, and treasure for the Lord.

2. Some people have more than others, but every person will be held accountable based upon what they have been given.

C. But the man who had received the one talent went off, dug a hole in the ground and hid his master's money.

1. The man with one talent was both wicked and lazy.

2. The number of talents that he was given did not affect what he did with them.

3. People can be wicked and lazy regardless of the number of talents that they are given.

4. In John 15:1-8, Jesus taught His disciples that He is the Vine and that Christians should bear much fruit.

5. The wicked, lazy servant did not bear any fruit.


John 15:1-8 says, "'I am the true vine, and my Father is the gardener. He cuts off every branch in me that bears no fruit, while every branch that does bear fruit he prunes so that it will be even more fruitful. You are already clean because of the word I have spoken to you. Remain in me, and I will remain in you. No branch can bear fruit by itself; it must remain in the vine. Neither can you bear fruit unless you remain in me. I am the vine; you are the branches. If a man remains in me and I in him, he will bear much fruit; apart from me you can do nothing. If anyone does not remain in me, he is like a branch that is thrown away and withers; such branches are picked up, thrown into the fire and burned. If you remain in me and my words remain in you, ask whatever you wish, and it will be given you. This is to my Father's glory, that you bear much fruit, showing yourselves to be my disciples."






6. John 15:6 is probably teaching premature death, not lost salvation.

III. Use Your Talents for the Lord


19 "After a long time the master of those servants returned and settled accounts with them.
20 The man who had received the five talents brought the other five. 'Master,' he said, 'you entrusted me with five talents. See, I have gained five more.'
21 "His master replied, 'Well done, good and faithful servant! You have been faithful with a few things; I will put you in charge of many things. Come and share your master's happiness!'
22 "The man with the two talents also came. 'Master,' he said, 'you entrusted me with two talents; see, I have gained two more.'
23 "His master replied, 'Well done, good and faithful servant! You have been faithful with a few things; I will put you in charge of many things. Come and share your master's happiness!'
24 "Then the man who had received the one talent came. 'Master,' he said, 'I knew that you are a hard man, harvesting where you have not sown and gathering where you have not scattered seed.
25 So I was afraid and went out and hid your talent in the ground. See, here is what belongs to you.'
26 "His master replied, 'You wicked, lazy servant! So you knew that I harvest where I have not sown and gather where I have not scattered seed?
27 Well then, you should have put my money on deposit with the bankers, so that when I returned I would have received it back with interest.
28 "'Take the talent from him and give it to the one who has the ten talents.
29 For everyone who has will be given more, and he will have an abundance. Whoever does not have, even what he has will be taken from him.
30 And throw that worthless servant outside, into the darkness, where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.'





A. After a long time the master of those servants returned and settled accounts with them.

1. The Lord will return someday, and each person will give an account.

2. Just do your best and let the Lord take care of the rest.

B. Well done, good and faithful servant.

1. Every Christian should want to hear those words.

2. The good and faithful servant was not wicked or lazy, but he was profitable.

C. Burying property for safety was an acceptable practice according to rabbinic law (Mounce).

D. I was afraid and went out and hid your talent in the ground.

1. I John 4:18 says, "There is no fear in love. But perfect love drives out fear, because fear has to do with punishment. The one who fears is not made perfect in love."

2. His first problem was that he did not love his Lord.

a) He may not have thought that he would be held accountable.

b) He may have thought that he would have plenty of time.

c) His problem was a heart problem more than anything else.

E. Take the talent from him and give it to the one who has the ten talents.

F. Throw that worthless servant outside, into the darkness, where there will be weeping and gnashing of teeth.

1. The wicked, lazy servant was cast into darkness with the other unprepared servants.

2. The servant made a bad assumption in Matthew 25:26 when he implied that his master was a hard master. The Greek emphasized that the master challenged him on that matter (Vincent).

3. The servant could have invested the money as easily as he dug a hole and buried it.

4. The spiritual principle is that when spiritual gifts are not used, they are withdrawn. Conversely, when they are used, then opportunities increase (Mounce).

5. Being cast out might have meant premature death, but it would not have meant losing his salvation because that would have been inconsistent with the rest of Scriptures?

IV. Being Faithful to Serve

Study Questions 25.14 Through 25.21


Question 25.14 What role will Jesus play when He comes in glory?
Question 25.15 What does the separation into two groupings indicate?
Question 25.16 Will nations be judged or individuals of nations be judged?
Question 25.17 What does Matthew 25:34 show about being prepared?
Question 25.18 How does a person become prepared?
Question 25.19 Was Jesus teaching salvation by works?
Question 25.20 What does Matthew 25:41 suggest about those that die lost?
Question 25.21 Will there be a second chance to receive Christ after death?




31 "When the Son of Man comes in his glory, and all the angels with him, he will sit on his throne in heavenly glory.
32 All the nations will be gathered before him, and he will separate the people one from another as a shepherd separates the sheep from the goats.
33 He will put the sheep on his right and the goats on his left.
34 "Then the King will say to those on his right, 'Come, you who are blessed by my Father; take your inheritance, the kingdom prepared for you since the creation of the world.
35 For I was hungry and you gave me something to eat, I was thirsty and you gave me something to drink, I was a stranger and you invited me in,
36 I needed clothes and you clothed me, I was sick and you looked after me, I was in prison and you came to visit me.'
37 "Then the righteous will answer him, 'Lord, when did we see you hungry and feed you, or thirsty and give you something to drink?
38 When did we see you a stranger and invite you in, or needing clothes and clothe you?
39 When did we see you sick or in prison and go to visit you?'
40 "The King will reply, 'I tell you the truth, whatever you did for one of the least of these brothers of mine, you did for me.'





A. He will sit on his throne in heavenly glory.

1. Jesus is shown as the King.

2. He will sit on His throne and receive heavenly glory.

3. All the nations of the world (the human race) will be gathered before Him as individuals (Vincent).

B. He will separate the people one from another.

1. Judgment will not be a gray issue (Mounce).

2. Either a person will be in, or he or she will be out. They were only separated into two groups (goats and sheep).

3. Goats were considered to be worthless animals (Vincent).

4. This parable compares to the separation of the wheat and the tares (Matthew 13:24-30).

5. The separation will not be a trial to determine guilt or innocence. It will be a passing of the sentence because the outcome has already been determined (Mounce).

C. Come, you who are blessed by my Father; take your inheritance, the kingdom prepared for you since the creation of the world.

1. Heaven is a prepared place for a prepared people.

2. The kingdom has been prepared since the creation of the world.

D. Whatever you did for one of the least of these brothers of mine, you did for me.

1. No work is insignificant if it is done for the Lord.

2. The emphasis on "brothers of mine" could have meant humankind, or it could have been restricted to people of the Christian Faith (Mounce).

a) Christians should help other Christians because they are brothers and sisters.

b) However, Christians should help those outside the Faith as they are able because it is a good testimony and witness (compare James 2:15-17).

V. Judgment for the Sheep and the Goats


41 "Then he will say to those on his left, 'Depart from me, you who are cursed, into the eternal fire prepared for the devil and his angels.
42 For I was hungry and you gave me nothing to eat, I was thirsty and you gave me nothing to drink,
43 I was a stranger and you did not invite me in, I needed clothes and you did not clothe me, I was sick and in prison and you did not look after me.'
44 "They also will answer, 'Lord, when did we see you hungry or thirsty or a stranger or needing clothes or sick or in prison, and did not help you?'
45 "He will reply, 'I tell you the truth, whatever you did not do for one of the least of these, you did not do for me.'
46 "Then they will go away to eternal punishment, but the righteous to eternal life."





A. Depart from me, you who are cursed, into the eternal fire prepared for the devil and his angels.

1. The eternal fire was prepared for the devil and his angels.

2. It was not prepared for humans, but those that reject Christ will go there because they will not be prepared.

B. Whatever you did not do for one of the least of these, you did not do for me.

1. Like with the parable of the talents, those that profess Christ should bear spiritual fruit.

2. They have been judged for their wickedness.

C. Then they will go away to eternal punishment, but the righteous to eternal life.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 26 – The Plot Against Jesus (Matthew 26:1-75)

I. Preparation for His Burial

Study Questions 26.1 Through 26.3


Question 26.1 How does Jesus demonstrate His omniscience?
Question 26.2 When, where, and why did the anointing occur, and who did it?
Question 26.3 What was going on with the religious leaders at that time?




1 When Jesus had finished saying all these things, he said to his disciples,
2 "As you know, the Passover is two days away--and the Son of Man will be handed over to be crucified."
3 Then the chief priests and the elders of the people assembled in the palace of the high priest, whose name was Caiaphas,
4 and they plotted to arrest Jesus in some sly way and kill him.
5 "But not during the Feast," they said, "or there may be a riot among the people."
6 While Jesus was in Bethany in the home of a man known as Simon the Leper,
7 a woman came to him with an alabaster jar of very expensive perfume, which she poured on his head as he was reclining at the table.
8 When the disciples saw this, they were indignant. "Why this waste?" they asked.
9 "This perfume could have been sold at a high price and the money given to the poor."
10 Aware of this, Jesus said to them, "Why are you bothering this woman? She has done a beautiful thing to me.
11 The poor you will always have with you, but you will not always have me.
12 When she poured this perfume on my body, she did it to prepare me for burial.
13 I tell you the truth, wherever this gospel is preached throughout the world, what she has done will also be told, in memory of her."





A. The Son of Man will be handed over to be crucified.

1. Jesus was speaking of the future, but the Greek wording suggested that it was as certain to happen as if it had already happened (Vincent).

2. To be handed over was a judicial term that meant to take one into custody (Mounce).

3. It was only two days before the Passover, and His hour was drawing near.

4. This chapter dealt with Wednesday and Thursday in the final week of Jesus' earthly existence (Mounce).

a) The Passover began on Thursday afternoon with the slaughter of the Passover lamb (Carson).

b) Jesus would have been sharing this message with His disciples on Tuesday evening, which would have been the beginning of Wednesday in Jewish chronology (Carson).

5. The chief priests and the elders of the people assembled in an open court rather than a palace. It was a meeting place. The Greek word used for "palace" was never used to mean "palace" in the New Testament (Vincent).

B. They plotted to arrest Jesus in some sly way and kill him.

1. The Jewish religious leaders wanted to very much get rid of Jesus, and they saw the upcoming Passover as their best opportunity.

2. They did not want to do it during the Passover Feast because Jesus was very popular with the people, and that action could cause a riot.

3. They wanted to get rid of them "apart from the festal crowd" instead of during the feast (Mounce).

C. A woman poured very expensive perfume on His head as he was reclining at the table.

1. Dr. Mounce indicated that Jesus might have spent His evenings in Bethany during the Passover week.

2. In John 12:1-5, He was with Mary, Martha, and Lazarus.


John 12:1-5 says, "Six days before the Passover, Jesus arrived at Bethany, where Lazarus lived, whom Jesus had raised from the dead. Here a dinner was given in Jesus' honor. Martha served, while Lazarus was among those reclining at the table with him. Then Mary took about a pint of pure nard, an expensive perfume; she poured it on Jesus' feet and wiped his feet with her hair. And the house was filled with the fragrance of the perfume. But one of his disciples, Judas Iscariot, who was later to betray him, objected, 'Why wasn't this perfume sold and the money given to the poor? It was worth a year's wages.'"






3. Simon may have been the father of Mary, Martha, and Lazarus (Mounce).

4. Another point is that John did not actually say that the dinner was at Lazarus' house. He only said that Jesus was in the town of Bethany, where Lazarus lived (Carson).

D. She did it to prepare me for burial.

1. A common criminal dying on a cross would not be anointed with oil, which was a common ceremony for anyone that died. Thus, she was doing what she did exclusively for his death as a criminal and pending burial rather than as an indication of His deity (Carson).

2. The disciples were probably speaking among themselves rather than directly to Jesus because Matthew 26:10 says that He became aware of what they were saying..

a) He may have overheard what they were saying to each other.

b) He may have been showing His omniscience in that He understood their hearts.

3. Jesus defended the woman for what she had done. She may or may not have understood the significance of what she had done (Carson).

4. He and his coming death were more important than the expensive ointment.

5. Jesus said that her work would be remembered by those generations that followed.

6. Jesus knew what was coming, but His disciples did not even though He had just told them. They heard, but they did not hear.


Matthew 11:5 says, "He who has ears, let him hear."



II. Preparation for the Passover

Study Questions 26.4 Through 26.9


Question 26.4 What kind of person was Judas, and what proof is available?
Question 26.5 When did they begin the Feast of Unleavened Bread? Why?
Question 26.6 Was Jesus surprised by what would happen?
Question 26.7 How did He show His omniscience?
Question 26.8 Was He overpowered by His enemies?
Question 26.9 Did Jesus celebrate Passover with His disciples? How?




14 Then one of the Twelve--the one called Judas Iscariot--went to the chief priests
15 and asked, "What are you willing to give me if I hand him over to you?" So they counted out for him thirty silver coins.
16 From then on Judas watched for an opportunity to hand him over.
17 On the first day of the Feast of Unleavened Bread, the disciples came to Jesus and asked, "Where do you want us to make preparations for you to eat the Passover?"
18 He replied, "Go into the city to a certain man and tell him, 'The Teacher says: My appointed time is near. I am going to celebrate the Passover with my disciples at your house.'"
19 So the disciples did as Jesus had directed them and prepared the Passover.





A. What are you willing to give me if I hand him over to you?

1. The Jewish leaders wanted to do away with Jesus, and Judas wanted money.

a) But the thirty pieces of silver was not a lot of money (Mounce and Carson).

b) Another possibility is that Judas was trying to force Jesus' hand into a military conflict with the Romans.

c) On the other hand, greedy is still greedy regardless of the amount.

2. John 12:4-5 says that Judas was the disciple disturbed about the wasted perfume.

3. John 12:6 says that Judas was a thief. That verse says, "He did not say this because he cared about the poor but because he was a thief; as keeper of the money bag, he used to help himself to what was put into it."

4. Judas was probably the most trusted of all the disciples because they trusted him with their money.

B. Jesus at the Feast of Unleavened Bread.

1. The lamb was to be slain on the fourteenth day of the first month (Nisan) and eaten that night (Exodus 12:6-8).

2. The next seven days were to be unleavened bread (Exodus 12:15).

3. The fourteenth of Nisan was the wrong day to begin the Feast of Unleavened Bread (Leviticus 23:5-6).

a) It should have been on the fifteenth day.

b) Jesus should have already been crucified by then.

c) The Jews probably started removing the leaven a day early over time. It would have been their new custom (Mounce).

C. My Appointed Time is Near.

1. Jesus was not surprised by the events that were about to happen.

2. He knew it, and He shared it with His disciples on several occasions.

III. Jesus Knew That He Would Be Betrayed


20 When evening came, Jesus was reclining at the table with the Twelve.
21 And while they were eating, he said, "I tell you the truth, one of you will betray me."
22 They were very sad and began to say to him one after the other, "Surely not I, Lord?"
23 Jesus replied, "The one who has dipped his hand into the bowl with me will betray me.
24 The Son of Man will go just as it is written about him. But woe to that man who betrays the Son of Man! It would be better for him if he had not been born."
25 Then Judas, the one who would betray him, said, "Surely not I, Rabbi?" Jesus answered, "Yes, it is you."





A. One of you will betray me.

1. The imperfect tense shows that Jesus was in the actual act of reclining. He had not been reclining for a long time (Vincent).

a) The Synoptic Gospels imply that Jesus was eating the Passover meal with His disciples (Carson).

b) But the Gospel of John implies that the Passover lamb was slain at the moment that Jesus was on the cross.

1) John may have changed the timing of the Last Supper and the Passover to preserve his "Jesus - Passover - lamb" topology (Carson).

2) The Synoptic Gospels may have treated the two as the same because they wanted to show the symbolism between the Last Supper and the Passover.

3) No one knows which is correct.

4) All accounts agree that Jesus was crucified on the day after the Last Supper.

5) Note that biblical inerrancy and inspiration of the Holy Spirit are not affected by these minor differences.

2. In earlier days, the Passover had been eaten while standing up. But by New Testament times, it was consumed like any other meal (Mounce).

3. Jesus was and is omniscient, and He knew that one of them would betray Him. It was not just a lucky or investigated guess.

a) The disciples were startled and horrified.

b) Their questions were asked in such a way that they were expecting Him to give a negative reply. It is not you rather than it is you (Vincent and Mounce).

B. But woe to that man who betrays the Son of Man.

1. Jesus was crucified so that sinners can be forgiven and saved.

2. However, the necessity of His death did not remove Judas from responsibility for his actions (Carson and Mounce).

C. Jesus answered, "Yes, it is you."

1. Judas also asked, expecting the same negative response. Note that the others said "Lord" and that Judas said "Rabbi" (Mounce).

2. None of the disciples fully understood. But Judas still did not recognize Jesus as deity.

3. Jesus spoke the truth and told Judas that he was the man that would betray Him.

IV. Having Their Last Supper Together

Study Questions 26.10 Through 26.19


Question 26.10 Was their last supper a celebration of Passover?
Question 26.11 Why was unleavened bread used?
Question 26.12 What is a covenant? What seven covenants are in the Bible?
Question 26.13 How did they conclude the evening?
Question 26.14 Was that normal for Passover?
Question 26.15 Is Matthew 26:29 a good reason to not drink wine?
Question 26.16 What stupid thing did Peter do on that last night together?
Question 26.17 What did the other disciples say?
Question 26.18 What does cockcrow mean?
Question 26.19 How did Jesus show His omniscience with Peter?




26 While they were eating, Jesus took bread, gave thanks and broke it, and gave it to his disciples, saying, "Take and eat; this is my body."
27 Then he took the cup, gave thanks and offered it to them, saying, "Drink from it, all of you.
28 This is my blood of the covenant, which is poured out for many for the forgiveness of sins.
29 I tell you, I will not drink of this fruit of the vine from now on until that day when I drink it anew with you in my Father's kingdom."
30 When they had sung a hymn, they went out to the Mount of Olives.





A. Jesus took bread, gave thanks and broke it, and gave it to his disciples.

1. This is My body. According to Dr. Mounce, He actually said, "This My body." The verb "is" was not used in the Aramaic language.

2. Reference to His body was not part of the normal Passover ritual (Carson).

3. During the days of the early church, the Roman Government accused Christians of being cannibals.

4. The bread was unleavened. In the Old Testament, leaven was often a symbol for sin (Matthew 16:6).


Matthew 16:6 says, "'Be careful,' Jesus said to them. 'Be on your guard against the yeast of the Pharisees and Sadducees.'"





B. This is My blood of the covenant.

1. A covenant was a contract. Exodus 24:8 showed the relationship of the blood and the contract. The sprinking of the blood showed that the people had been included in the contract agreement with the Lord (Carson and Mounce).

2. God has established seven covenants with His creation.

a) The Edenic Covenant - Stay from the Tree

b) The Adamic Covenant - Work the Land

c) The Noahic Covenant - Human Governments

d) The Abrahamic Covenant - Land and a Seed

e) The Mosaic Covenant - The Law

f) The New Covenant - Grace

g) The New Kingdom Covenant - The Millennium

C. I will not drink of this fruit of the vine until I drink it anew with you in my Father's kingdom.

1. He was looking past His humiliation and suffering and forward to the time when they would be reunited in His fully realized kingdom (Mounce).

2. This may be one reason to not drink wine.

D. When they had sung a hymn, they went out to the Mount of Olives.

1. Singing a closing song was also part of the Passover meal.

2. He would sing the lines, and the disciples would respond by singing "Hallelujah" (Carson).

3. During the original Passover ritual, people did not go outside until morning (Exodus 12:22), so things had changed in this respect over time, too (Vincent).

4. Jesus faced His most difficult hours with a hymn in His heart.

V. Peter's Most Foolish Utterance


31 Then Jesus told them, "This very night you will all fall away on account of me, for it is written: "'I will strike the shepherd, and the sheep of the flock will be scattered.'
32 But after I have risen, I will go ahead of you into Galilee."
33 Peter replied, "Even if all fall away on account of you, I never will."
34 "I tell you the truth," Jesus answered, "this very night, before the rooster crows, you will disown me three times."
35 But Peter declared, "Even if I have to die with you, I will never disown you." And all the other disciples said the same.





A. This very night you will all fall away on account of me.

1. Jesus was omniscient, a sign of His deity, and He knew, not just suspected, what would happen.

2. Zechariah 13:7 said "strike," but Jesus said, "I will strike." The change in the wording indicated that God would strike His only begotten Son (Mounce).


Zechariah 13:7 says, "'Awake, O sword, against my shepherd, against the man who is close to me!' declares the LORD Almighty. 'Strike the shepherd, and the sheep will be scattered, and I will turn my hand against the little ones.'"






3. Some object to that prediction by saying that not all of the disciples scattered because Peter and John followed Jesus to His trial. However, they scattered later that evening (Carson).

B. But after I have risen, I will go ahead of you into Galilee.

1. Jesus was and is the great Shepherd, and as such, according to Dr. Vincent, He was going ahead of (or leading) His sheep (the disciples).

2. When together in Galilee, He would again assume His role as Shepherd (Mounce).

C. Before the rooster crows, you will disown me three times.

1. Peter missed the part about meeting Jesus in Galilee. Instead, he focused on being heroic in the face of danger (Carson).

a) He thought that he would stand even though the others would fall away.

b) He did not believe what Jesus was saying about him.

c) He probably did not really believe that Jesus would be dying soon.

d) He was foolish because he did not know himself as well as he thought.

e) In time, he would become the rock of Matthew 16:18, but that time had not yet come.

2. The NIV might have missed the original Greek inference in this verse.

a) Before the rooster crows does not completely express what Jesus was saying.

b) In the KJV, the words "before the cock crow" were used.

1) In the Greek, the actual words were "before cockcrow (Vincent, Mounce, and Carson).

2) The article "the" was left out because Jesus was talking about more than a rooster crowing.

c) The Romans used the term "cockcrow" for the military watch that occurred between 12:00am and 3:00am (the midwatch).

3. The other disciples were just as foolish and falsely heroic as Peter, but they did not blurt out about themselves until after he had.

VI. Jesus Did Not Want to Die

Study Questions 26.20 Through 26.27


Question 26.20 Where did Jesus and His disciples go next? Why?
Question 26.21 Who was in Jesus’ inner circle?
Question 26.22 Where was Andrew?
Question 26.23 Did Jesus, as human, want to die? How do we know?
Question 26.24 What was the Old Testament significance of the cup?
Question 26.25 How is the material essence of Jesus explained?
Question 26.26 What attitude characterizes being without sin?
Question 26.27 Why was Jesus so upset with His disciples at Gethsemane?




36 Then Jesus went with his disciples to a place called Gethsemane, and he said to them, "Sit here while I go over there and pray."
37 He took Peter and the two sons of Zebedee along with him, and he began to be sorrowful and troubled.
38 Then he said to them, "My soul is overwhelmed with sorrow to the point of death. Stay here and keep watch with me."
39 Going a little farther, he fell with his face to the ground and prayed, "My Father, if it is possible, may this cup be taken from me. Yet not as I will, but as you will."





A. He took Peter and the two sons of Zebedee along with him.

1. Jesus continued to expose His inner three confidantes to unique situations.

2. Gethsemane meant "oil press," and that indicated that they were in an olive orchard. "Well-to-do citizens of Jerusalem maintained groves on the west slope of the Mount of Olives" (Mounce).

B. My soul is overwhelmed with sorrow.

1. Jesus had talked so calmly about His betrayal and death up to this point, but in the garden, He expressed extreme sorrow.

2. Early church fathers did not completely understand the essence of Jesus.

a) They questioned His substance (all God or all human) and His nature (all godly will or all human will).

b) They finally decided that He was and is both God and human and also that He had a divine will and a human will.

c) In the garden, His divine will and His human will were both obvious.

C. Yet not as I will, but as you will.

1. One's Christian experience is not about self. It is about the Lord.

2. In the Old Testament, the "cup" is a metaphor for punishment and suffering (Mounce). See Psalm 75:8 and Isaiah 51:17.


Psalm 75:8 says, "In the hand of the LORD is a cup full of foaming wine mixed with spices; he pours it out, and all the wicked of the earth drink it down to its very dregs."

Isaiah 51:17 says, "Awake, awake! Rise up, O Jerusalem, you who have drunk from the hand of the LORD the cup of his wrath, you who have drained to its dregs the goblet that makes men stagger."






3. Jesus provided the example of what one's attitude should be.

4. He was about to die a completely unique death ALONE, and one cannot fully understand all the anguish and pain that He was feeling.

5. He did not die as a martyr (Carson).

a) The martyrs in the early church gave up their lives largely because they had hope in their resurrection and heaven. Jesus was the Source of that hope.

b) Jesus did not have that same hope, UNLESS HE WAS AND IS GOD THE SON.

VII. Jesus Demonstrated Perfect Behavior


40 Then he returned to his disciples and found them sleeping. "Could you men not keep watch with me for one hour?" he asked Peter.
41 "Watch and pray so that you will not fall into temptation. The spirit is willing, but the body is weak."
42 He went away a second time and prayed, "My Father, if it is not possible for this cup to be taken away unless I drink it, may your will be done."
43 When he came back, he again found them sleeping, because their eyes were heavy.
44 So he left them and went away once more and prayed the third time, saying the same thing.





A. Then he returned to his disciples and found them sleeping.

1. Sometimes, people fall asleep (with their eyes open) when the preacher preaches or the teacher teaches.

2. It was late, and the disciples had had a long day.

a) On the other hand, this was the moment of their Lord's greatest agony.

b) They were also fishermen that frequently worked all night catching fish (Mounce).

3. Matthew 26:40 was more forceful than the NIV conveys. A better rendering would be, "What! Are you so utterly unable to watch" (Vincent).

4. All three were sleeping, but Jesus focused His question to Peter because Peter was the one that had been so bold just a few minutes earlier.

5. Dr. Mounce pointed out that they knew what Jesus was praying because they had to tell Matthew so that he could write about it.

a) They must have been close enough to hear Him before they fell asleep.

b) Given the gravity of the situation, that increases their guilt.

B. Watch and pray so that you will not fall into temptation.

1. Jesus exhorts them to watch and pray because He knows what ordeal they will soon be facing.

2. The keys to overcoming temptation, according to Jesus, are to watch and to pray.

a) To watch means to be alert, to recognize one's vulnerability and risks, and to be wise about evil and wrongdoing.

b) To pray means to recognize one's inability to triumph on one's own and to trust the matter to the Lord.

3. The disciples did not overcome the coming temptation, and it was mostly because they were not watching and praying.

4. They had had a halfhearted commitment towards prayer (Mounce).

C. May your will be done.

1. Jesus had a human will and a divine will, called the hypostatic union (Dr. Elmer L. Towns, Theology for Today).

a) His human will did not want to die, and it did not want to suffer the humiliation and rejection that were just ahead.

b) His divine will realized that death on the cross and the humiliation and rejection that were a part of it were His Father's will.

2. He expressed His human and divine nature, but in the end, He surrendered Himself to His Father's will.

3. His divine will ruled out. His human will was second. He overcame His temptation and went to the cross as humanity's sinless sacrifice.

4. Being without sin means to put one's human will second to the Lord's will. Everyone is tempted to do otherwise.

VIII. Judas Gave Jesus an Unloving Kiss

Study Questions 26.28 Through 26.38


Question 26.28 Why did Judas kiss Jesus?
Question 26.29 Would the soldiers have recognized Him otherwise? Why not?
Question 26.30 What kind of kiss did Judas give Jesus?
Question 26.31 Why did Judas call Jesus by the title, Rabbi?
Question 26.32 Did Jesus resist His enemies?
Question 26.33 Who put up a fight and against whom? What did Jesus do?
Question 26.34 What does Jesus’ capture teach about Christian behavior?
Question 26.35 What did Jesus say about being able to free Himself?
Question 26.36 How did He rebuke those that were arresting Him?
Question 26.37 What did Jesus’ disciples do?
Question 26.38 What did Peter and John do?




45 Then he returned to the disciples and said to them, "Are you still sleeping and resting? Look, the hour is near, and the Son of Man is betrayed into the hands of sinners.
46 Rise, let us go! Here comes my betrayer!"
47 While he was still speaking, Judas, one of the Twelve, arrived. With him was a large crowd armed with swords and clubs, sent from the chief priests and the elders of the people.
48 Now the betrayer had arranged a signal with them: "The one I kiss is the man; arrest him."
49 Going at once to Jesus, Judas said, "Greetings, Rabbi!" and kissed him.





A. The Son of Man is betrayed into the hands of sinners.

1. Jesus was very much aware of His time.

a) Frequently, during His ministry, He said that His time or hour of Messianic expectation had not yet come (John 2:4, John 7:6-8, John 7:30, and John 8:20).

b) He knew that His hour had come (John 13:1 , John 16:32, and John 17:1)

c) Ecclesiastes 3:1-8 is a passage about time.

2. His time to be betrayed, rejected, denied, and crucified for the sins of humanity had come.

B. The one I kiss is the man; arrest him.

1. The intensive pronoun in the Greek language indicates that Judas gave Him a very elaborate, very affectionate, and very showy kiss (Mounce).

2. The language and intensity of the kiss are the same as that of the father and the Prodigal Son in Luke 15:20 (Vincent).

3. Three reasons for the kiss so that the soldiers would know which was the right man.

a) It was dark (Carson).

b) It was long before the days of photography and even popular celebrities could have been overlooked (Carson).

c) Jesus would have probably looked like the others, and He could have been easily mistaken for someone else. Did He have short hair?

1) The Roman culture was for men to have short hair. Jesus probably had short hair because His appearance was not distinctive.

2) I Corinthians 11:14-15 says, "Does not the very nature of things teach you that if a man has long hair, it is a disgrace to him, but that if a woman has long hair, it is her glory? For long hair is given to her as a covering."

3) The Apostle John identified Jesus as the "living" Word in John 1:1-4.

IX. Jesus Did Not Resist Those That Arrested Him


50 Jesus replied, "Friend, do what you came for." Then the men stepped forward, seized Jesus and arrested him.
51 With that, one of Jesus' companions reached for his sword, drew it out and struck the servant of the high priest, cutting off his ear.
52 "Put your sword back in its place," Jesus said to him, "for all who draw the sword will die by the sword.
53 Do you think I cannot call on my Father, and he will at once put at my disposal more than twelve legions of angels?
54 But how then would the Scriptures be fulfilled that say it must happen in this way?"
55 At that time Jesus said to the crowd, "Am I leading a rebellion, that you have come out with swords and clubs to capture me? Every day I sat in the temple courts teaching, and you did not arrest me.
56 But this has all taken place that the writings of the prophets might be fulfilled." Then all the disciples deserted him and fled.





A. One of Jesus' companions reached for his sword, drew it out and struck the servant of the high priest, cutting off his ear (John 18:10).


John 18:10 says, "Then Simon Peter, who had a sword, drew it and struck the high priest's servant, cutting off his right ear. (The servant's name was Malchus.)"






1. Jesus referred to Judas as friend, and Judas had referred to Him as rabbi, not Lord. He told Judas and the soldiers to do what they had come to do.

2. Notice that initially Peter was the one that battled the soldiers. In the beginning, he apparently was not afraid.

3. In Luke 22:51, Jesus touched and healed the servant's ear. Apparently, Peter had aimed for the servant's head but missed (Vincent).

4. Jesus told Peter to put his sword away because Peter was obviously ready to fight it out. Peter was not a coward.

5. Jesus commented about dying by the sword because Christians are supposed to be peaceful people.

a) That does not mean that Christians are doormats or that that should ever compromise their beliefs.

b) Jesus might have been speaking to Genesis 9:6 and Revelation 13:10.


Genesis 9:6 says, "Whoever sheds the blood of man, by man shall his blood be shed; for in the image of God has God made man."

Revelation 13:10 says, "If anyone is to go into captivity, into captivity he will go. If anyone is to be killed with the sword, with the sword he will be killed. This calls for patient endurance and faithfulness on the part of the saints."







c) Those verses do not address self-defense. The first applies to the rule of governmental law, and the second pertains to the Great Tribulation and the fierce rule of the Anttichrist.

B. Do you think I cannot call on my Father, and he will at once put at my disposal more than twelve legions of angels?

1. Jesus did not have to be apprehended, tried, humiliated, or crucified, and He did not have to die.

2. The fact that He did not call out for the twelve legions of angels shows that He was committed to the salvation plan, too, even though He was the sacrificial Lamb (John 1:29).

3. Twelve legions of angels would have been 72,000 angels, where each legion was 6,000 angels.

C. Every day I sat in the temple courts teaching, and you did not arrest me.

1. Jesus said that He had not done anything wrong or in secret.

2. In Mark 14:48-49 and Matthew 26:55-56, Jesus chastized those that arrested Him, claiming that He had done everything openly during the day and that they could have easily apprehended Him then.

3. He was only taunting them because He knew that it was His Father's will for Him to be crucified.

D. Then all the disciples deserted him and fled.

1. In John 18:8-9, He asked the soldiers to let His disciples go. That was also according to His earlier words in John 17:12.

2. The disciples were so overcome by what was happening that they ran for their lives.

3. Jesus had to face His horrible ordeal deserted and alone, without any human support.

X. Jesus Did Not Resist Those That Questioned Him

Study Questions 26.39 Through 26.50


Question 26.39 Where did the soldiers take Jesus?
Question 26.40 How many trials did Jesus stand during that one night?
Question 26.41 Who were Annas and Caiaphas?
Question 26.42 How did Peter practice the formula for spiritual failure?
Question 26.43 What is the formula for spiritual success?
Question 26.44 How was the Sanhedrin conducted?
Question 26.45 What was the Sanhedrin, and what power did they have?
Question 26.46 How were the charges brought against Him incorrect?
Question 26.47 Why did Jesus respond in Matthew 26:64?
Question 26.48 What did the religious leaders of that day not understand?
Question 26.49 What happened to Peter?
Question 26.50 What was cockcrow, and what did it represent?




57 Those who had arrested Jesus took him to Caiaphas, the high priest, where the teachers of the law and the elders had assembled.
58 But Peter followed him at a distance, right up to the courtyard of the high priest. He entered and sat down with the guards to see the outcome.
59 The chief priests and the whole Sanhedrin were looking for false evidence against Jesus so that they could put him to death.
60 But they did not find any, though many false witnesses came forward. Finally two came forward
61 and declared, "This fellow said, 'I am able to destroy the temple of God and rebuild it in three days.'"
62 Then the high priest stood up and said to Jesus, "Are you not going to answer? What is this testimony that these men are bringing against you?"
63 But Jesus remained silent. The high priest said to him, "I charge you under oath by the living God: Tell us if you are the Christ, the Son of God."
64 "Yes, it is as you say," Jesus replied. "But I say to all of you: In the future you will see the Son of Man sitting at the right hand of the Mighty One and coming on the clouds of heaven."





A. Those who had arrested Jesus took him to Caiaphas.

1. Jesus went through six trials on that evening. Three were Jewish, and three were Roman.

a) In John 18:12-13, He was taken first to Annas, who was a former high priest.

b) In Matthew 26:57 and John 18:24, He was taken to Caiaphas, who was the current high priest and also the one that had suggested that one man die for all.

c) In Matthew 26:59, He stood trial before the Sanhedrin.

d) In Mark 15:1, He went before Pilate.

e) In Luke 23:7, He was sent to Herod.

f) In Luke 23:11, He was sent back to Pilate.

2. No one knew what to do with Jesus, and that is still a problem today.

3. Jesus endured all the trials and humiliation and did not try to defend Himself.

4. Meanwhile, Peter was practicing the formula for spiritual failure.

B. Peter followed him at a distance.

1. Notice the comparison between Peter following at a distance and Eve not knowing exactly what God had said. They both fell.

2. People can learn from how Peter and Eve failed.

3. The admonition is to follow the Lord closely, and be a student of the Bible.

C. The chief priests and the whole Sanhedrin were looking for false evidence against Jesus so that they could put him to death.

1. This was the third trial.

2. The Greek imperfect tense in Matthew 26:59 suggests that they were all there and that they were sifting through all of the evidence provided by the false witnesses (Mounce). They were looking for false evidence against Jesus.

3. They brought forth false witnesses, but none of them could bring a valid claim against Him.

4. Finally, two men charged Him with claiming to be able to destroy and rebuild the temple in three days.

a) Jesus did not say that He would destroy the temple in Matthew 24:2.

b) In John 2:19-20, He was speaking of Himself and His resurrection.

D. But Jesus remained silent.

1. Isaiah 53:7 says, "He was oppressed and afflicted, yet he did not open his mouth; he was led like a lamb to the slaughter, and as a sheep before her shearers is silent, so he did not open his mouth."

2. Finally, the chief priest ordered Him to answer, and that was equivalent to putting Him under oath to speak. In essence, the high priest said, "I call upon thee to swear" (Vincent).

E. "Yes, it is as you say," Jesus replied. "But I say to all of you: In the future you will see the Son of Man sitting at the right hand of the Mighty One and coming on the clouds of heaven."

1. Jesus could not lie, so He had to admit to being the Son of God. He said that the chief priest had spoken correctly.

2. With His death a certainty, He would have been very foolish to lie.

3. The whole church could have been destroyed if only:

a) Jesus had denied His deity.

b) After His resurrection, the Romans or the Jewish religious leaders could have found His body.

c) If the disciples or other saints had denied their new life in Christ. The suggestion that the disciples were somehow involved in a conspiracy is ridiculous, because all of them except John were martyred for their profession of faith in Christ.

XI. Peter's Lowest Moment in Life


65 Then the high priest tore his clothes and said, "He has spoken blasphemy! Why do we need any more witnesses? Look, now you have heard the blasphemy.
66 What do you think?" "He is worthy of death," they answered.
67 Then they spit in his face and struck him with their fists. Others slapped him
68 and said, "Prophesy to us, Christ. Who hit you?"
69 Now Peter was sitting out in the courtyard, and a servant girl came to him. "You also were with Jesus of Galilee," she said.
70 But he denied it before them all. "I don't know what you're talking about," he said.
71 Then he went out to the gateway, where another girl saw him and said to the people there, "This fellow was with Jesus of Nazareth."
72 He denied it again, with an oath: "I don't know the man!"
73 After a little while, those standing there went up to Peter and said, "Surely you are one of them, for your accent gives you away."
74 Then he began to call down curses on himself and he swore to them, "I don't know the man!" Immediately a rooster crowed.
75 Then Peter remembered the word Jesus had spoken: "Before the rooster crows, you will disown me three times." And he went outside and wept bitterly.





A. "He is worthy of death," they answered.

1. The Jewish religious leaders did not understand the Trinity, so they did not understand the three Persons of the Godhead.

2. The Trinity would not be understood by Christian saints until about 400AD or 500AD.

3. They thought that He was guilty of blasphemy.

4. The abuse began, as they started to slap at Him and spit at Him. All the while that they were doing to that to Him, He loved them, and He knew that He was about to die for them.

B. "You also were with Jesus of Galilee," she said.

1. Peter and John had both gone to the area outside where Jesus was being tried.

2. In John 18:15, John knew the high priest, so he was allowed inside the courtyard. Peter waited outside of the courtyard.

3. A short while earlier, Peter had drawn his sword to battle those in the garden. He was not a coward.

a) When he had been "with" the Lord in the garden, he had been strong, bold, and courageous.

b) When he followed the Lord at a distance (Matthew 26:58), he was timid, uncertain, and unsure of himself.

c. His first denial was to a servant girl, and he simply said that he did not know what she was talking about.

C. "This fellow was with Jesus of Nazareth."

1. Peter went out into the gateway where the area was darker, but he was still recognized.

2. Another girl tried to associate him with Jesus.

3. That time, by pledging his oath, he again denied knowing Jesus.

4. To the high priest, Jesus had declared with an oath that He was and is the Son of God.

5. Jesus would not lie even though great suffering awaited Him, while Peter lied three times to protect his own skin.

D. "Surely you are one of them, for your accent gives you away."

1. Other people also accused Peter, and they said that his Galilean accent betrayed him.

2. Galileans spoke Aramaic with an accent that people in Jerusalem thought showed inferiority. To them, it was uncouth (Mounce).

3. On his last denial, he called down curses on himself if he were lying. At that point, the cock crowed.

E. Then he began to call down curses on himself and he swore to them, "I don't know the man!" Immediately a rooster crowed.

1. The Romans had an expression called "cockcrow" which symbolized the changing of their guard (Mounce).

2. Cockcrow was the midnight-to-3:00AM, Roman watch (Carson).

3. In Matthew 26:35, Peter had not really thought that Jesus would be tried and ultimately put to death (Carson).

4. The Roman common term for that time in the morning was often accompanied by the crowing sound that made Peter realize what he had done.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 27 – Judas, Jesus, More Trials, and Crucifixion (Matthew 27:1-66)

I. Judas was Sorry About What he had Done

Study Questions 27.1 Through 27.6


Question 27.1 What Roman crimes did the priests want to show to Pilate?
Question 27.2 Why was Judas sorry for what he had done?
Question 27.3 Could he have been forgiven? What about Peter?
Question 27.4 What double prophecy was fulfilled by Judas?
Question 27.5 What did each prophet write?
Question 27.6 Why did Matthew only credit Jeremiah with the prophecy?




1 Early in the morning, all the chief priests and the elders of the people came to the decision to put Jesus to death.
2 They bound him, led him away and handed him over to Pilate, the governor.
3 When Judas, who had betrayed him, saw that Jesus was condemned, he was seized with remorse and returned the thirty silver coins to the chief priests and the elders.
4 "I have sinned," he said, "for I have betrayed innocent blood." "What is that to us?" they replied. "That's your responsibility."
5 So Judas threw the money into the temple and left. Then he went away and hanged himself.
6 The chief priests picked up the coins and said, "It is against the law to put this into the treasury, since it is blood money."
7 So they decided to use the money to buy the potter's field as a burial place for foreigners.
8 That is why it has been called the Field of Blood to this day.
9 Then what was spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled: "They took the thirty silver coins, the price set on him by the people of Israel,
10 and they used them to buy the potter's field, as the Lord commanded me."





A. All the chief priests and the elders of the people came to the decision to put Jesus to death

1. They came together early in the morning as a continuation from the night before, when they had apprehended Him.

2. They bound him, led him away and handed him over to Pilate (His fourth trial).

3. They had already made their decision.

a) By going to Pilate, they were just putting it into action.

b) They knew that Pilate would not care about Jesus claiming to be the Son of God.

c) So, they knew that they would have to show that He was guilty according to Roman law.

1) There strategy would be to show that He was guilty of treason (Carson).

2) They wanted to show that He was guilty of seditious teachings (Mounce).

3) They wanted to show that He was guilty of opposing Roman taxation (Mounce).

d) Obviously, their claims would not be true.

B. Judas saw that Jesus was condemned, he was seized with remorse, and he returned the thirty silver coins.

1. Judas may not have thought that Jesus would be killed.

2. He may have thought that His apprehension would force Him to take action against the Romans.

3. The thirty pieces of silver was not a lot of money.

4. He was very sorry for what he had done.

a) When he went back to the chief priests to return the money, they would not have anything to do with their blood money.

b) Notice that they did not care to release Jesus even after Judas expressed his sorrow. They knew that He was innocent, but they did not care.

5. Judas threw the money into the temple.

a) Dr. Vincent indicated that the money was thrown into the inner sanctuary (holy of holies) where only the priests could go. It was referred to as the temple proper.

b) Dr. Mounce, in referencing the Jewish historian, Josephus, indicated that the area did not have to be exclusively the inner sanctuary.

c) Exactly where he threw the money is not critically important. What the priests did with the money fulfilled prophecy.

C. Then what was spoken by Jeremiah the prophet was fulfilled.

1. The Lord was in total control through the entire event.

2. A double prophecy applied to the interchange between Judas and the priests (Zechariah 11:12-13 and Jeremiah 32:6-9).


Zechariah 11:12-13 says, "I told them, 'If you think it best, give me my pay; but if not, keep it.' So they paid me thirty pieces of silver. And the LORD said to me, 'Throw it to the potter' --the handsome price at which they priced me! So I took the thirty pieces of silver and threw them into the house of the LORD to the potter."

Jeremiah 32:6-9 says, "Jeremiah said, 'The word of the LORD came to me: Hanamel son of Shallum your uncle is going to come to you and say, Buy my field at Anathoth, because as nearest relative it is your right and duty to buy it.' Then, just as the LORD had said, my cousin Hanamel came to me in the courtyard of the guard and said, 'Buy my field at Anathoth in the territory of Benjamin. Since it is your right to redeem it and possess it, buy it for yourself.' I knew that this was the word of the LORD; so I bought the field at Anathoth from my cousin Hanamel and weighed out for him seventeen shekels of silver."







a) Zechariah prophesied about the thirty pieces of silver and the money being thrown into the the house of the Lord to the potter.

b) Jeremiah wrote about buying the potter's field.

3. However, Matthew only referenced Jeremiah because he was the major prophet.

a) Such a handling of dual prophecies was normal, and the Jewish people would not have been mixed up by it.

b) Mark 1:2-3 quotes Malachi 3:1 and Isaiah 40:3 concerning John the Baptist, but only Isaiah is mentioned.


Mark 1:2-3 says, "It is written in Isaiah the prophet: 'I will send my messenger ahead of you, who will prepare your way'-- 'a voice of one calling in the desert, Prepare the way for the Lord, make straight paths for him.'"



II. Jesus in His Fourth Trial

Study Questions 27.7 Through 27.14


Question 27.7 Who presided over Jesus’ fourth trial?
Question 27.8 What was Jesus asked, and how did He respond?
Question 27.9 What was the significance of Matthew 27:12-14?
Question 27.10 Where did Jesus go after standing before Pilate?
Question 27.11 What happened at that hearing, and why did Jesus do that?
Question 27.12 What role did Pilate’s wife play, and what did Pilate do?
Question 27.13 What did Pilate ultimately do to Jesus? Were his hands clean?
Question 27.14 What did it mean to be scourged and crucified?




11 Meanwhile Jesus stood before the governor, and the governor asked him, "Are you the king of the Jews?" "Yes, it is as you say," Jesus replied.
12 When he was accused by the chief priests and the elders, he gave no answer.
13 Then Pilate asked him, "Don't you hear the testimony they are bringing against you?"
14 But Jesus made no reply, not even to a single charge--to the great amazement of the governor.
15 Now it was the governor's custom at the Feast to release a prisoner chosen by the crowd.
16 At that time they had a notorious prisoner, called Barabbas.
17 So when the crowd had gathered, Pilate asked them, "Which one do you want me to release to you: Barabbas, or Jesus who is called Christ?"
18 For he knew it was out of envy that they had handed Jesus over to him.





A. Are you the king of the Jews?

1. Notice that Jesus answered Pilate, but He did not answer the chief priests during the night before, in Matthew 26:63-64, until He was put under His oath.

2. He probably did not answer the chief priests right away because they should have known His identity. It was absurd that the Jewish religious leaders failed to recognizae their own Messiah.

3. He probably did answer Pilate right away because a Roman procurator would not have understood about being the Son of God. Pilate was the fifth procurator of Judea, including Samaria and Idumea (Mounce).

B. Jesus made no reply, not even to a single charge.

1. Once again, when the chief priests accused Him before Pilate, He would not respond to them.

2. He was willing to speak to Pilate but not to those that had been conspiring against Him.

C. Luke 23:7-11 says that Pilate sent Him to Herod (His fifth trial), and then, He was sent back to Pilate (His sixth and final trial).

1. Herod tried to taunt Jesus into doing a miracle for him.

2. But Jesus would not respond to him or his request, either.

D. At that time they had a notorious prisoner, called Barabbas.

1. Pilate was content to let Jesus go. However, His silence towards the chief priests and Herod created the impression that He might be guilty.

2. No one knew what to do with Jesus.

3. Pilate knew about the custom to let someone go during the Passover Feast, and he thought that the crowd would choose Jesus, the Son of God.

III. Pilate Tried to Pretend that he did not Have any Responsibility


19 While Pilate was sitting on the judge's seat, his wife sent him this message: "Don't have anything to do with that innocent man, for I have suffered a great deal today in a dream because of him."
20 But the chief priests and the elders persuaded the crowd to ask for Barabbas and to have Jesus executed.
21 "Which of the two do you want me to release to you?" asked the governor. "Barabbas," they answered.
22 "What shall I do, then, with Jesus who is called Christ?" Pilate asked. They all answered, "Crucify him!"
23 "Why? What crime has he committed?" asked Pilate. But they shouted all the louder, "Crucify him!"
24 When Pilate saw that he was getting nowhere, but that instead an uproar was starting, he took water and washed his hands in front of the crowd. "I am innocent of this man's blood," he said. "It is your responsibility!"
25 All the people answered, "Let his blood be on us and on our children!"
26 Then he released Barabbas to them. But he had Jesus flogged, and handed him over to be crucified.





A. Pilate's wife sent him this message.

1. Pilate was bewildered by Jesus.

2. Based on a dream, his wife warned him to not be involved with Jesus.

B. But the chief priests and the elders persuaded the crowd.

1. But the crowd said to release Jesus Barabbas and to NOT release Jesus, the Son of God.

2. The crowd was not Jesus' accusers. They were people that wanted to be involved in the amnesty program (Carson).

3. The chief priests probably told them that Jesus was guilty of blasphemy.

4. Be careful about going along with the crowd.

C. What crime has he committed?" asked Pilate. But they shouted all the louder, "Crucify him!"

1. Pilate tried to take away his responsibility for the matter.

2. He questioned the crowd about Jesus' guilt, but they did not care to hear any of that.

3. Right or wrong, the people were out for blood.

4. The people were willing to make themselves accountable to God for having Jesus crucified.

D. He had Jesus flogged, and handed him over to be crucified.

1. Pilate washed his hands of the matter.

2. Being flogged was much, much worse than what was indicated by Matthew (Mounce).

a) Jesus was stripped and tied to two posts and then whipped with the "cat of nine tails."

b) The whip had pieces of sharpened bone and lead pellets woven into it.

c) Flogging, or scourging, was supposed to weaken the victim for crucifixion.

d) Sometimes, the victim died from scourging.

3. Then, he turned him over to be crucified.

4. Pilate might have wanted to rid himself of blame, but he could not do so.

a) Extra biblical sources say that he was cruel, imperious, and insensitive to his Jewish subjects (Carson).

b) No evidence exists to show that Pilate's wife ever converted to Christianity (Mounce).

IV. Jesus was Shamed and Treated Terribly

Study Questions 27.15 Through 27.19


Question 27.15 What did the Roman guards do to Jesus, and why?
Question 27.16 Why was Jesus not able to carry His own cross? Who did?
Question 27.17 What is known about the man that carried Jesus’ cross?
Question 27.18 Where was Jesus crucified, and why was it public?
Question 27.19 What did the plaque over His say, and why was it mounted?




27 Then the governor's soldiers took Jesus into the Praetorium and gathered the whole company of soldiers around him.
28 They stripped him and put a scarlet robe on him,
29 and then twisted together a crown of thorns and set it on his head. They put a staff in his right hand and knelt in front of him and mocked him. "Hail, king of the Jews!" they said.
30 They spit on him, and took the staff and struck him on the head again and again.
31 After they had mocked him, they took off the robe and put his own clothes on him. Then they led him away to crucify him.





A. The governor's soldiers took Jesus into the Praetorium.

1. The Praetorium was in Jerusalem (Mounce).

a) It was the governor's residence when he was in town.

b) It was also the barracks for his official guard when he was not there.

2. The soldiers would have numbered about six hundred if all were available. Most likely, the soldiers was referring to only those that were on duty rather than the whole group (Carson).

3. Some critics think that this guard, which was composed mainly of the recruited, non-Jewish population of Palestine and under Pilate's control, would not have been so cruel to someone that had just been scourged. However, the Jewish historian, Philo, wrote that such behavior was not unusual (Carson).

B. They stripped Him, they put a scarlet robe on Him, they set a crown of thorns on His head, they mocked Him, they spit on Him, they struck Him on the head again and again, and then, they led Him away to crucify Him.

1. What they did Jesus showed humanity at its worst (Carson).

2. The crown of thorns may have had the thorns pointing outwardly since the main purpose of their actions was to mock and ridicule Him rather than inflict even more pain. Jesus had already been scourged (Mounce).

3. The gesture was also imitating the radiating crown of Tiberius Caesar on the Roman coins (Mounce and Carson).

C. Jesus warned that the world would hate us, too (Mark 13:13 and John 15:18).


Mark 13:13 says, "All men will hate you because of me, but he who stands firm to the end will be saved."

John 15:18 says, "If the world hates you, keep in mind that it hated me first."



V. Jesus was Crucified for You and for Me


32 As they were going out, they met a man from Cyrene, named Simon, and they forced him to carry the cross.
33 They came to a place called Golgotha (which means The Place of the Skull).
34 There they offered Jesus wine to drink, mixed with gall; but after tasting it, he refused to drink it.
35 When they had crucified him, they divided up his clothes by casting lots.
36 And sitting down, they kept watch over him there.
37 Above his head they placed the written charge against him: THIS IS JESUS, THE KING OF THE JEWS.
38 Two robbers were crucified with him, one on his right and one on his left.





A. They forced him to carry the cross.

1. Jesus had been scourged, mocked, and treated very poorly.

2. He is often pictured as weak, but He would have been in excellent shape.

a) He did a lot of walking.

b) He also would have been the proper weight because He would not have been a glutton.

3. But He had been through so much that He was worn out and could not carry His cross.

a) The crucifixion victim had to carry the crossbeam that was attached to the top of vertical post.

b) The vertical post remained in place all the time. The crossbeam was carried to the post and the place of execution (Mounce).

4. A man from Cyrene, named Simon, was forced to carry His crossbeam for Him.

a) Mark 15:21 says that Simon was coming into the city from the country. He was only passing by. He was not there to gawk.

b) Executions normally occurred outside the city, so Jesus was probably able to carry His crossbeam to the city gates (Carson).

c) It is a mistake to make a hero out of Simon (Carson).

1) The evidence does not indicate that He had any sympathy for Jesus or that he supported Him in any way.

2) Besides that, he did not have a choice. The Roman soldiers forced him to carry the crossbeam.

B. They came to a place called Golgotha (which means The Place of the Skull).

1. It may have resembled a skull.

2. It may have just been the place of execution (Mounce).

C. When they had crucified him, they divided up his clothes by casting lots.

1. Modern-day Christians cannot comprehend the cruelty of a Roman crucifixion.

2. Crucifixions were always public as a warning to others (Carson).

3. The soldiers cast lots for His clothing (Psalm 22:17-18), and that was a common practice (Mounce).


Psalm 22:17-18 says, "I can count all my bones; people stare and gloat over me. They divide my garments among them and cast lots for my clothing."







a) It was a very bitter concoction, and Jesus would not drink it.

b) The wine may have been laced with a narcotic to ease the pain of the crucifixion (Mounce).

D. THIS IS JESUS, THE KING OF THE JEWS.

1. That was His crime, and it was common for such a plaque to be mounted.

2. The Jews would have associated their King with their Messiah.

3. Therefore, Pilate was most likely saying that Jesus was a Messiah Pretender.

VI. Jesus was Mocked While on the Cross

Study Questions 27.20 Through 27.28


Question 27.20 Why was Jesus suddenly so unpopular?
Question 27.21 How would you have reacted to Matthew 27:40?
Question 27.22 What Old Testament passage depicts what happened to Him?
Question 27.23 Who still supported Jesus while He was on the cross?
Question 27.24 What did the Prophet Amos maybe write about the event?
Question 27.25 Why darkness?
Question 27.26 What did He mean in Matthew 27:46?
Question 27.27 What other statements did He make from the cross?
Question 27.28 What did He mean when He said, “It is finished?”




39 Those who passed by hurled insults at him, shaking their heads
40 and saying, "You who are going to destroy the temple and build it in three days, save yourself! Come down from the cross, if you are the Son of God!"
41 In the same way the chief priests, the teachers of the law and the elders mocked him.
42 "He saved others," they said, "but he can't save himself! He's the King of Israel! Let him come down now from the cross, and we will believe in him.
43 He trusts in God. Let God rescue him now if he wants him, for he said, 'I am the Son of God.'"
44 In the same way the robbers who were crucified with him also heaped insults on him.





A. Those who passed by hurled insults at him.

1. This was also in Psalm 22:17-18.

2. In the end, Jesus will be exalted, not mocked, belittled, or made fun of. People were there to watch because the Sabbath did not begin until sundown.

3. They referenced His statements about destroying the temple and rebuilding it in three days.

4. But they were confused about what He was saying (Carson).

a) According to the Greek verb tense, they were actually accusing Him of having tried to destroy the temple in three days.

b) Their remarks also show that they were either at His trial in the Sanhedrin or that they were aware of what had happened.

5. They also tried to get Him to use His powers to come down from the cross. His mental anguish must have been almost unbearable.

B. The chief priests, the teachers of the law and the elders mocked him.

1. No big surprise in their behavior.

2. Remember that Judas had shown that Jesus was innocent, so the Jewish religious leaders knew exactly what they were doing.

3. They also got into the act of ridiculing Him.

4. When they stand before the Lord in the final judgment, they will not be happy to see that they had murdered the Son of God and that they had missed the whole thing spiritually.

C. The robbers who were crucified with him also heaped insults on him.

1. Jesus was attacked by everyone.

2. He faced His disgrace, humiliation, and agony ALONE.

3. He did it for each of us.

VII. His Final Hours of Agony


45 From the sixth hour until the ninth hour darkness came over all the land.
46 About the ninth hour Jesus cried out in a loud voice, "Eloi, Eloi, lama sabachthani?"--which means, "My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?"
47 When some of those standing there heard this, they said, "He's calling Elijah."
48 Immediately one of them ran and got a sponge. He filled it with wine vinegar, put it on a stick, and offered it to Jesus to drink.
49 The rest said, "Now leave him alone. Let's see if Elijah comes to save him."
50 And when Jesus had cried out again in a loud voice, he gave up his spirit.





A. Darkness came over all the land.

1. A supernatural darkness came over the whole land. The sixth hour would have been about noon, and the ninth hour would have been about 3:00pm.

2. Amos 8:9 says, "'In that day,' declares the Sovereign LORD, 'I will make the sun go down at noon and darken the earth in broad daylight.'"

a) Amos wrote about the Day of the Lord, when all the world would be judged (Dr. Thomas E. McComiskey, "Amos," The Expositor's Bible Commentary, volume 7).

b) He could have been writing about Revelation 8:12 and Revelation 9:2, which would have more closely tied to the overall theme of his Book.

c) His words could have been like a double prophecy.

3. The darkness during the middle of the day was an interruption to natural order (McComiskey).

4. Darkness in the middle of the day, without an eclipse, was a sign of God's judgment (see Exodus 10:21-22) (Carson).

B. My God, my God, why have you forsaken me?

1. David had written about the rejection that Jesus would feel (Psalm 22:1) by writing about the rejection that he was already feeling.


Psalm 22:1 says, "My God, my God, why have you forsaken me? Why are you so far from saving me, so far from the words of my groaning? "






2. Several parts of the psalm relate to Jesus on the cross (Notice Psalm 22:6-8 and Psalm 22:14-18).

3. Jesus felt what He was saying because the experience was dreadful and it was real.

4. However, He may also have been sharing with those around Him what was happening.

a) By referring to Psalm 22:1, which every good Jew in the crowd would have known, the people could have read in their own Scriptures about His rejection.

b) By associating Himself with Psalm 22, He was also claiming to be the Messiah, even while He was on the cross.

C. Let's see if Elijah comes to save him.

1. The people knew that Elijah had been a mighty prophet.

2. They knew that he had been carried to heaven in a fiery chariot and that he had not died in the sense that normal mortals die (II Kings 2:1-12).

3. They knew that Jesus had been able to work mighty powers before He was nailed to the cross.

4. Their curiosity had them looking for some great miracle to take place.

5. Only looking to Jesus out of curiosity is a mistake that many people have made through the ages.

D. When Jesus had cried out again in a loud voice, he gave up his spirit.

1. Jesus really died. It was not a Hollywood production.

2. He had made seven statements from the cross.


1. Luke 23:34 says, "Jesus said, 'Father, forgive them, for they do not know what they are doing.'"

2. Luke 23:43 says, "Jesus answered him, 'I tell you the truth, today you will be with me in paradise.'"

3. John 19:26-27 says, "When Jesus saw his mother there, and the disciple whom he loved standing nearby, he said to his mother, 'Dear woman, here is your son,' and to the disciple, 'Here is your mother.'"

4. Matthew 27:46 says, "About the ninth hour Jesus cried out in a loud voice, 'Eloi,Eloi, lama sabachthani?'-- which means, 'My God,my God, why have you forsaken me?'"

5. John 19:28 says, "Later, knowing that all was now completed, and so that the Scripture would be fulfilled, Jesus said, 'I am thirsty.'"

6. John 19:30 says, "When he had received the drink, Jesus said, 'It is finished.' With that, he bowed his head and gave up his spirit."

7. Luke 23:46 says, "Jesus called out with a loud voice, 'Father, into your hands I commit my spirit.' When he had said this, he breathed his last."






3. "It is finished" came from a Greek business term which meant that the debt had been paid in full.

a) Jesus did more than die for us.

b) His blood paid the sin debt for every sinner that will accept what He has done.

c) That is what John 3:16 meant when it said to believe on Jesus.

VIII. Things That Happened When Jesus Died

Study Questions 27.29 Through 27.38


Question 27.29 What happened to the curtain in the temple? Why from top?
Question 27.30 Which curtain was torn?
Question 27.31 What happened with the earth and the rocks?
Question 27.32 What happened in some tombs of Old Testament saints?
Question 27.33 What did the centurion say, and what did he mean?
Question 27.34 What does Calvary do to the Roman Catholic church?
Question 27.35 How was Jesus’ body prepared for burial after His death?
Question 27.36 How did they get His body?
Question 27.37 Who were the women?
Question 27.38 Where was Jesus buried?




51 At that moment the curtain of the temple was torn in two from top to bottom. The earth shook and the rocks split.
52 The tombs broke open and the bodies of many holy people who had died were raised to life.
53 They came out of the tombs, and after Jesus' resurrection they went into the holy city and appeared to many people.
54 When the centurion and those with him who were guarding Jesus saw the earthquake and all that had happened, they were terrified, and exclaimed, "Surely he was the Son of God!"





A. The curtain of the temple was torn in two from top to bottom.

1. Jesus' death was not a neutral event.

2. Genesis 3:14-15 says, "So the LORD God said to the serpent, 'Because you have done this, Cursed are you above all the livestock and all the wild animals! You will crawl on your belly and you will eat dust all the days of your life. And I will put enmity between you and the woman, and between your offspring and hers; he will crush your head, and you will strike his heel.'"

3. When Jesus died on the cross, He crushed Satan's head. Satan has been judged, and in time, he will be eternally condemned.

4. The temple had two curtains (sixty feet long and thirty feet wide (Vincent)). One was the inner, and the other was the outer (Carson).

a) If the outer curtain had been torn, then that would have suggested a destruction of the temple, which did, in fact, happen later during the first century.

b) If inner curtain was torn, then that would have symbolized that people would have a new kind of access to the Lord.

c) Both interpretations fit, but Dr. Vincent and Dr. Mounce favored the new access theory.

5. Jesus' death changed people's access to Him.

a) Before His death, they only had access to the Lord through a priest (Hebrews 10:19-23).

b) Now, people have access directly to God, and Jesus is the only Mediator that they need (I Timothy 2:5-6).


I Timothy 2:5-6 says, "For there is one God and one mediator between God and men, the man Christ Jesus, who gave himself as a ransom for all men -- the testimony given in its proper time."







c) Calvary says that the Roman Catholic Church, with all of their bureaucratic, religious hierarchy, are wrong. There is not a pope or cardinal or priest between Jesus and any sinner.

B. The earth shook and the rocks split. The tombs broke open and the bodies of many holy people who had died were raised to life.

1. They came out of the tombs.

2. They went into the holy city and appeared to many people.

3. The event reflected Old Testament imageries of earthquakes, tombs opening, and the rising of the dead (Mounce).

C. Surely he was the Son of God!

1. Anyone watching Jesus' crucifixion knew that they were not watching a normal execution.

2. But the Roman centurion was not acknowledging Jesus' deity.

3. The original Greek does not say "the Son of God." It only says "Son of God," and that really meant that Jesus must have been Someone really special (Vincent).

a) The guards were pagan and not religious.

b) They would have only known what they had heard from others.

c) They did, however, know that Jesus was not like the normal criminal.

IX. His Body was Prepared for Burial


55 Many women were there, watching from a distance. They had followed Jesus from Galilee to care for his needs.
56 Among them were Mary Magdalene, Mary the mother of James and Joses, and the mother of Zebedee's sons.
57 As evening approached, there came a rich man from Arimathea, named Joseph, who had himself become a disciple of Jesus.
58 Going to Pilate, he asked for Jesus' body, and Pilate ordered that it be given to him.
59 Joseph took the body, wrapped it in a clean linen cloth,
60 and placed it in his own new tomb that he had cut out of the rock. He rolled a big stone in front of the entrance to the tomb and went away.
61 Mary Magdalene and the other Mary were sitting there opposite the tomb.





A. He asked for Jesus' body.

1. The women were watching from a distance, but that was alright because they would not have had any status during those days.

2. After Jesus was dead, Joseph of Arimathea asked for His body.

a) Jesus had died physically, but He did not die spiritually (Ephesians 4:7-10).


Ephesians 4:7-10 says, "But to each one of us grace has been given as Christ apportioned it. This is why it says: 'When he ascended on high, he led captives in his train and gave gifts to men.' (What does 'he ascended' mean except that he also descended to the lower, earthly regions? He who descended is the very one who ascended higher than all the heavens, in order to fill the whole universe.)"







b) Joseph was taking a big chance by being associated with Jesus. Just a few hours earlier, Peter had not been willing to do that.

c) Joseph would have approached Pilate between 3:00pm and 6:00pm since the Sabbath would begin at 6:00pm (Vincent).

d) Everyone was probably trying to do things quickly because of the Sabbath.

B. Joseph placed it in his own new tomb.

1. The Greek word for "new" tomb really meant that it had not been defiled by another dead body (Vincent).

a) Dr. Mounce thought that the tomb had just been hewned out.

b) The Greek word in question is "kainos," and it means recently made, fresh, recent, unused, or unworn.

c) Consequently, either interpretation seems reasonable. The Jews were always concerned about being defiled, so that may favor the "unused" nature of the tomb.

2. Joseph was a follower of Jesus.

3. After putting Jesus in his personal tomb, Joseph rolled a heavy stone in front of it. He may have had help.

a) People were not allowed to mourn the death of someone that had been executed under Roman law (Carson).

b) His followers had to simply watch quietly as He was buried.

c) The stone would have been very heavy and not easily moved.

d) The stone would have been rolled into a hole in front of the tomb, which would have made it even more difficult to move.

4. The opening of most Jewish tombs was 4-1/2 to 5 feet tall (Dr. Josh McDowell, A Ready Defense, Compiled by Bill Watson. San Bernardino, California: Here's Life Publishers, Inc., 1991.)

a) Spices for Jesus' body would have probably been about 75 pounds. This was not uncommon for a leader.

1) Gamaliel, the renouned Jewish scholar and teacher, had 86 pounds of spices.

2) For Herod, 500 men were needed to carry all the spices used on him.

b) A solid rock to cover such a large opening would have probably weighed between 1-1/2 and 2 tons.

X. Worried That the Disciples Would Steal His Bodies

Study Questions 27.39 Through 27.45


Question 27.39 What did the chief priests ask of Pilate, and why?
Question 27.40 How did Pilate respond?
Question 27.41 What evidence contradicted their fears?
Question 27.42 How competent were the Roman soldiers?
Question 27.43 What would have happened to them for not doing their job?
Question 27.44 Should the chief priests have been satisfied with the guard?
Question 27.45 Were they satisfied with all that had happened?




62 The next day, the one after Preparation Day, the chief priests and the Pharisees went to Pilate.
63 "Sir," they said, "we remember that while he was still alive that deceiver said, 'After three days I will rise again.'
64 So give the order for the tomb to be made secure until the third day. Otherwise, his disciples may come and steal the body and tell the people that he has been raised from the dead. This last deception will be worse than the first."
65 "Take a guard," Pilate answered. "Go, make the tomb as secure as you know how."
66 So they went and made the tomb secure by putting a seal on the stone and posting the guard.





A. We remember that while he was still alive that deceiver said.

1. The Romans and the Jewish religious leaders wanted the Jesus-thing to die out quickly.

2. Many people were turning to Him, and they wanted to avoid more problems (McDowell).

3. They remembered His prophecy about rising from the dead, and they wanted to make absolutely sure that no one stole the body in order to claim a resurrection that did not happen.

B. His disciples may come and steal the body.

1. The notion that they would steal the body was absurd because most of them were still in hiding.

2. Following His resurrection, John 20:19 says, "On the evening of that first day of the week, when the disciples were together, with the doors locked for fear of the Jews, Jesus came and stood among them and said, 'Peace be with you!'"

C. Make the tomb as secure as you know how.

1. Pilate cooperated with their wishes.

2. The Roman guard would have been a sharp fighting unit.

3. Failing to do their job would have resulted in their deaths.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Chapter 28 – Jesus Lives (Matthew 28:1-20)

I. An Angel Rolled Away the Stone

Study Questions 28.1 Through 28.8


Question 28.1 What aspects of the resurrection were unique to Matthew?
Question 28.2 Do the different gospel accounts add or take away credibility?
Question 28.3 What did the angel that the women saw look like?
Question 28.4 Why were the Roman guards so afraid? Was fear normal?
Question 28.5 What did the angel tell the women but not the guards?
Question 28.6 Where were the disciples to go?
Question 28.7 What standard invitation did the angel issue to the women?
Question 28.8 How does the account in John differ from Matthew?




1 After the Sabbath, at dawn on the first day of the week, Mary Magdalene and the other Mary went to look at the tomb.
2 There was a violent earthquake, for an angel of the Lord came down from heaven and, going to the tomb, rolled back the stone and sat on it.
3 His appearance was like lightning, and his clothes were white as snow.
4 The guards were so afraid of him that they shook and became like dead men.





A. Matthew brought out aspects of the resurrection that the other gospel writers did not (Vincent).

1. He noted the angel's outward glory.

2. He mentioned the earthquake.

3. He discussed the agency of the angel, probably in relation to the earthquake and the rolling back of the stone.

4. He noted the inability of the military to do their jobs.

5. He shared the disciple's adoration of the risen Jesus.

B. The minor differences among all the gospels makes the event more credible (Mounce).

1. The authors gave honest but slightly different accounts in terms of who went to the tomb, why they went, who spoke to them, and how they reacted.

2. None of the differences affect the validity of the resurrection.

3. Each writer was writing to a different audience, and the importance of that overshadowed any differences.

4. All of the Bible is verbally, plenary inspired. Verbal means that the words are inspired, and plenary means that the whole Bible is inspired.

C. Mary Magdalene and the other Mary went to look at the tomb.

1. Mark 16:1 also said that Salome was with them.

2. Matthew wrote that they went to see the tomb. Mark wrote that they went with spices to anoint Jesus' body.

3. The Greek text suggests that they went late on Saturday evening or early on Sunday morning before daybreak (Mounce).

4. The NIV and KJV suggest early Sunday morning.

D. There was a violent earthquake.

1. Only Matthew mentioned the earthquake.

2. The imperfect tense suggests that the stone was rolled away before the women got to the tomb. The angels were sitting on the stone.

3. The women saw an angel with a face like lightning and with clothes as white as snow.

4. What they saw compares closely to Daniel 7:9 and Daniel 10:5-6.


Daniel 7:9 says, "As I looked, thrones were set in place, and the Ancient of Days took his seat. His clothing was as white as snow; the hair of his head was white like wool. His throne was flaming with fire, and its wheels were all ablaze."

Daniel 10:5-6 says, "I looked up and there before me was a man dressed in linen, with a belt of the finest gold around his waist. His body was like chrysolite, his face like lightning, his eyes like flaming torches, his arms and legs like the gleam of burnished bronze, and his voice like the sound of a multitude."





E. The guards were so afraid.

1. Roman soldiers were trained for just about everything.

2. In Exodus 12:33, the Egyptians became afraid when they saw God's power and experienced His plagues.

II. The Women Saw the Risen Jesus


5 The angel said to the women, "Do not be afraid, for I know that you are looking for Jesus, who was crucified.
6 He is not here; he has risen, just as he said. Come and see the place where he lay.
7 Then go quickly and tell his disciples: 'He has risen from the dead and is going ahead of you into Galilee. There you will see him.' Now I have told you."
8 So the women hurried away from the tomb, afraid yet filled with joy, and ran to tell his disciples.
9 Suddenly Jesus met them. "Greetings," he said. They came to him, clasped his feet and worshiped him.
10 Then Jesus said to them, "Do not be afraid. Go and tell my brothers to go to Galilee; there they will see me."





A. Do not be afraid.

1. The angel reassured the women.

2. He told them to come closer to see the empty tomb.

B. He is not here; he has risen, just as he said.

1. They witnessed the greatest, most significant miracle of all time.

2. Christians' hope is the resurrection (I Corinthians 15:13-19).


I Corinthians 15:13-19 says, "If there is no resurrection of the dead, then not even Christ has been raised. And if Christ has not been raised, our preaching is useless and so is your faith. More than that, we are then found to be false witnesses about God, for we have testified about God that he raised Christ from the dead. But he did not raise him if in fact the dead are not raised. For if the dead are not raised, then Christ has not been raised either. And if Christ has not been raised, your faith is futile; you are still in your sins. Then those also who have fallen asleep in Christ are lost. If only for this life we have hope in Christ, we are to be pitied more than all men."





C. Come and see.

1. The women were encouraged to come and see.

2. Christians are encouraged to bring others to come and see.

D. Go quickly and tell his disciples.

1. The women went to the tomb, and the disciples were hiding away for fear of their lives.

2. When they experienced the reality of the resurrection, they were changed, too.

E. Suddenly Jesus met them. "Do not be afraid."

1. Like the angel, Jesus reassured the women, too.

2. In John 20:17, Jesus told Mary Magdalene not to hold onto Him.

a) The Greek word for hold indicates that she was holding onto Him, probably His feet because she fell prostrate and worshipped Him.

b) He wanted her to go tell His disciples about His resurrection rather than having her hold onto Him.

c) She needed to tell the disciples to go to Galilee.

d) He wanted to make her understand that their relationship had changed because He would no longer be in human Form.

III. The Stolen Body Theory

Study Questions 28.9 Through 28.17


Question 28.9 How would the chief priests try to explain the resurrection?
Question 28.10 Why were the Roman guards accountable to the chief priests?
Question 28.11 What was the penalty for falling asleep on watch?
Question 28.12 Why were the guards willing to make that claim?
Question 28.13 Why is the stolen body theory invalid?
Question 28.14 Why is the swoon theory invalid?
Question 28.15 Why is the hallucination theory invalid?
Question 28.16 Why is the legend theory invalid?
Question 28.17 Why is the idea of a resurrection absurd?




11 While the women were on their way, some of the guards went into the city and reported to the chief priests everything that had happened.
12 When the chief priests had met with the elders and devised a plan, they gave the soldiers a large sum of money,
13 telling them, "You are to say, 'His disciples came during the night and stole him away while we were asleep.'
14 If this report gets to the governor, we will satisfy him and keep you out of trouble."
15 So the soldiers took the money and did as they were instructed. And this story has been widely circulated among the Jews to this very day.





A. The chief priests met with the elders and devised a plan.

1. The Roman guard was given to the chief priests, so it would have been logical for them to report to them (Mounce).

2. The large sum of money literally meant a sufficient amount of money to bribe them to where they would invent or support the lie (Vincent).

3. The guards confessed to a crime that would have been punishable by death, but the chief priests protected them.

B. We will keep you out of trouble.

1. The Roman guards trusted the chief priests to keep them out of trouble with Pilate.

2. The whole plan and Christianity could have been overturned if only someone had found Jesus' body.

3. The Romans would eventually persecute the church, but they never tried to deny the resurrection.

C. This story has been widely circulated among the Jews to this very day.

D. Arguments Against the Stolen Body Theory

1. According to Dr. Alexander Balmin Bruce in his book, even the language of the chief priests plan did not make sense. Those "sleeping" Roman guards in the above passage would not have known who, if anyone, had stolen the body (Alexander Balmin Bruce. The Expositors Greek New Testament. Volume I. "The Synoptic Gospels." London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1903).

2. The guards would have been highly trained, well-disciplined troops. Someone is supposed to believe that military personnel of that caliber could have or even would have actually slept while some or all of the disciples rolled away a three thousand pound stone, unwrapped Jesus body, and then carried Him away.

3. Even the biggest skeptic would have to chuckle at such a notion. Sleeping on duty under normal circumstances would have meant certain death for the guards. According to Dr. McDowell, those men would have been foolish to have committed such a crime and then even more foolish to have actually confessed to it (Josh McDowell. Evidence That Demands A Verdict. Volume I. San Bernardino, California: Here's Life Publishers, Inc., 1986.).

4. According to Dr. James Rosscup, Dr. Gary R. Habermas, and many others, the behavior of the Apostles changed dramatically following the discovery of Christ's Resurrection (James Rosscup. "Class Notes." La Mirada, CA: Talbot Theological Seminary, 1969. and Gary R. Habermas, The Resurrection of Jesus. Lanham, Maryland: University Press of America, 1984.).

E. Plenty of people saw the resurrected Jesus (I Corinthians 15:3-8).


I Corinthians 15:3-8 says, "For what I received I passed on to you as of first importance: that Christ died for our sins according to the Scriptures, that he was buried, that he was raised on the third day according to the Scriptures, and that he appeared to Peter, and then to the Twelve. After that, he appeared to more than five hundred of the brothers at the same time, most of whom are still living, though some have fallen asleep. Then he appeared to James, then to all the apostles, and last of all he appeared to me also, as to one abnormally born."





F. Other Arguments Against the Resurrection

1. The Swoon Theory

a) This theory says that Jesus faked His death.

b) Arguments against the Swoon Theory

1) Christ was beaten when He appeared before the High Priest.

2) He was scourged.

3) He had to carry His own cross to the site of the execution.

4) He had to endure the agony of being nailed to that cross.

5) He had to hang there naked and exposed to the elements for six hours.

6) He was stabbed in the side with a spear.

2. The Hallucination Theory

a) The Hallucination Theory says that people did not really see the resurrected Jesus but that they were only having hallucinations.

b) Arguments against the Hallucination Theory

1) Dr. Habermas tells us that hallucinations are not contagious and that they cannot be passed from one disciple to another, much less to hundreds of people at the same time.

2) Dr. McDowell adds that hallucinations are usually linked in a person's subconscious by a particular past experience.

3) Given these facts, it is highly unlikely that any two people, much less the hundreds who were reported, could have had the same hallucination at the same time.

4) Since Jesus was seen by many on several different occasions, this theory also is not reasonable.

3. The Legend Theory

a) The Legend Theory suggests that the resurrection was adopted by Christians after a long period of time to make Christianity more mystical and more appealing. But the main point of this theory is that the resurrection never happened.

b) Arguments against the Legend Theory

1) Dr. Habermas reports that there were many eyewitnesses who saw Jesus after the Resurrection.

2) Many of the people who had lived during those early days of the New Testament Church readily recognized and accepted the Resurrection as truth.

3) The fact of the Resurrection was well accepted during Josephus' days, and it had been since the time of Christ's death.

4) In light of all this information, the suggestion that this event had somehow been added over time just to spice up Christianity is not logical.

5) Because both secular and non-secular historical evidence shows that the Resurrection was reported and accepted from the beginning, the Legend theory, like the others, also cannot be taken seriously.

IV. The Giving of the Great Commission

Study Questions 28.18 Through 28.19


Question 28.18 What is the Great Commission?
Question 28.19 How does it relate to every Christian?




16 Then the eleven disciples went to Galilee, to the mountain where Jesus had told them to go.
17 When they saw him, they worshiped him; but some doubted.
18 Then Jesus came to them and said, "All authority in heaven and on earth has been given to me."
19 Therefore go and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit,
20 and teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you. And surely I am with you always, to the very end of the age."





A. The eleven disciples went to Galilee.

1. Jesus had told Mary Magdalene to remind them of their planned meeting.

2. Jesus and the disciples had already planned to meet in Galilee (Matthew 26:31-32).

B. They worshiped him; but some doubted.

1. When they worshipped Him, they fell prostrate with their face towards the ground. They had never done that before (Vincent).

2. Matthew 28:18 says that Jesus came to His disciples. Thus, their doubt might have been because they were not close to each other rather than that they doubted what had happened (Mounce).

C. All authority in heaven and on earth has been given to me.

1. "Came and spake unto them, saying" (KJV).

2. The first Greek word for say or speak (laleo - to utter a voice or emit a sound) indicates that Jesus first broke the silence.

3. A second Greek word (lego - to exhort, advise, to command, direct) that the author used focused on the importance of what Jesus was saying (Vincent).

4. God the Father gave Jesus all authority in heaven and on earth.

5. The Greek word for authority in the context in which it was spoken meant absolute power and jurisdiction (Mounce).

D. Go and make disciples of all nations, baptizing them in the name of the Father and of the Son and of the Holy Spirit, and teaching them to obey everything I have commanded you.

1. The Greek word, eis, for "in" means "into." Salvation can be understood by two of the prepositions that were consistently used when discussing it.

a) EIS - into Jesus to show a relationship

b) EPI - on Jesus to show complete trust

2. The Great Commission - Christians are commanded to go, make disciples, encourage new converts to be baptized as a first act of obedience, and teach one another.

E. I am with you always.

1. Jesus is omnipotent, omniscient, and omnipresent.

2. We are never alone.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

Bibliography

Alden, Robert. L. The Expositor's Bible Commentary. "Malachi." Volume 7. General Editor, Frank E. Gaebelein. Grand Rapids, Michigan: Zondervan Publishing House, 1984.

Bruce, Alexander Balmin. The Expositors Greek New Testament. Volume I. "The Synoptic Gospels." London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1903

Carson, D. A. The Expositor's Bible Commentary. "Matthew." Volume 8. General Editor, Frank E. Gaebelein. Grand Rapids, Michigan: Zondervan Publishing House, 1984.

Habermas, Gary R. Philosophy 240 - Christian Evidences. Liberty University. Lynchburg, Virginia, 2001.

Habermas, Gary R. The Resurrection of Jesus. Lanham, Maryland: University Press of America, 1984.

Henry, Matthew. Matthew Henry's Commentary - Matthew to John. Volume V. McLean, Virginia: MacDonald Publishing Company.

Kallard, Earl S. The Expositor's Bible Commentary. "Deuteronomy." Volume 3. General Editor, Frank E. Gaebelein. Grand Rapids, Michigan: Zondervan Publishing House, 1984.

McComiskey, Thomas E. The Expositor's Bible Commentary. "Amos." Volume 7. General Editor, Frank E. Gaebelein. Grand Rapids, Michigan: Zondervan Publishing House, 1984.

McDowell, Josh. A Ready Defense. Compiled by Bill Watson. San Bernardino, California: Here's Life Publishers, Inc., 1991.

McDowell, Josh. Evidence That Demands A Verdict. Volume I. San Bernardino, California: Here's Life Publishers, Inc., 1986.

Mounce, Robert H. New International Biblical Commentary. "Matthew." Volume 1. New Testament Editor, W. Ward Gasque. Peabody, Massachusettes: Hendrickson Publishers Inc, 2002.

Packer, J. I. Knowing God. Downers Grove, Illinois: InterVarsity Press, 1993.

Rosscup, James. "Class Notes." La Mirada, CA: Talbot Theological Seminary, 1969.

Tenney, Merrill C. The Expositor's Bible Commentary. "John." Volume 9. General Editor, Frank E. Gaebelein. Grand Rapids, Michigan: Zondervan Publishing House, 1984.

Towns, Elmer L. Theology for Today. Dubuque, Iowa: Kendall/Hunt Publishing Company, 1989.

Vincent, Marvin R. Vincent's Word Studies in the New Testament. "Matthew." Volume 1. Peabody, Massachusettes: Hendrickson Publishers Inc.

Virkler, Henry A. NBST 652 - Hermeneutics. Liberty University. Lynchburg, Virginia, 1995.

Copyright Page

Scripture taken from the HOLY BIBLE, NEW INTERNATIONAL VERSION (North American Edition). Copyright 1973, 1978, 1984 International Bible Society. Used by permission of Zondervan Publishing House.

 

----------------------------------------------

RETURN TO TOP

----------------------------------------------

 

The End

					Tom of Spotswood

"He that hath the Son hath life; and he that hath not the Son of God hath not life." (I John 5:12)

Back To TLEE's Home Page

Send email to: tlee6040@aol.com 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1